Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-1

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Specifications
SIE-ID = 796614

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 08-may-2001

LMB = mchapm01

Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications

Temperature

Temperature

Minimum Resistance

Nominal Resistance

Maximum Resistance

40C

40F

89500

100000

110500

30C

22F

46419

51400

56381

20C

4F

25120

27610

30100

10C

14F

14160

15450

16740

0C

32F

8278

8972

9666

10C

50F

5005

5391

5777

20C

68F

3120

3342

3564

30C

86F

2000

2132

2264

40C

104F

1317

1397

1477

50C

122F

888

938

988

60C

140F

613

645

677

70C

158F

432

453

474

80C

176F

310

324

338

90C

194F

228

237

246

100C

212F

170

176

182

110C

230F

128

132

136

120C

248F

98

101

104

130C

266F

77

79

81

140C

284F

60

62

64

150C

302F

48

49

50

SIE-ID = 808156

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 08-may-2003

LMB = bosier01

Fastener Tightening Specifications (Unit Repair)

Specification

Ref
No.*

Qty

Size

Metric

English

Accumulator Housing to Valve Body

318

12

M6x1.0x30.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Channel Plate to Valve Body

Description of Usage

300

M6x1.0x38.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Converter Housing to Case

M8x1.25x35.0

22 Nm

16 lb ft

Drain Plug to Fluid Pan

63

M14x1.5x10.0

20 Nm

15 lb ft

Extension Housing to Case

35

M8x1.25x35.0

22 Nm

16 lb ft

Fluid Pan to Case

65

20

M6x1.0x16.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Front Control Valve Body to Top

Channel Plate

50

M6x1.0x38.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Input Speed Sensor to Case

45

M6x1.0x20.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Output Speed Sensor to Case

43

M6x1.0x30.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Parking Pawl Actuator Bracket to Case

609

M8x1.25x25.0

22 Nm

16 lb ft

Prop Shaft Flange to Output Shaft

34

M22x1.5x10.0

57 Nm

42 lb ft

Torque Converter Housing Seal Bolt

228

M4x0.7x10.0

3.6 Nm

31.86 lb in

Transmission Fluid Pump Cover to

Torque Converter Housing

240

M6x1.0x40.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Transmission Fluid Pump Cover to

Torque Converter Housing

241

M8x1.25x40.0

22 Nm

16 lb ft

Transmission Level Hole Plug to Case

36

M18x1.5x12.0

20 Nm

15 lb ft

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-2

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Fastener Tightening Specifications (Unit Repair) (contd)

Specification

Ref
No.*

Qty

Size

Metric

English

Transmission Pressure Test Plug

to Case

40

M10x1.0x8.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Valve Body to Case

49

M6x1.0x50.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Valve Body to Case

51

M6x1.0x50.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Valve Body to Case

53

M6x1.0x68.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Valve Body to Channel Plate

53

M6x1.0x68.0

11 Nm

97 lb in

Description of Usage

* Reference Number refers to the callout number on the disassembled view.

SIE-ID = 808175

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 08-may-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Fastener Tightening Specifications (On Vehicle)

Specification
Application
Case Extension Housing Bolt

Metric

English

22 Nm

16 lb ft

Control Valve Body Assembly Bolt

11 Nm

97 lb in

Detent Spring Bolt

11 Nm

97 lb in

Drive Flange Nut

57 Nm

42 lb ft

Fluid Cooler Pipe Brace Bolt

50 Nm

37 lb ft

Fluid Cooler Pipe Retainer Bolt

25 Nm

18 lb ft

Fluid Drain Plug

20 Nm

15 lb ft

Fluid Fill Plug

20 Nm

15 lb ft

Fluid Pan Bolt

11 Nm

97 lb in

Input Speed Sensor Bolt

11 Nm

97 lb in

Manual Shift Shaft Nut

9 Nm

80 lb in

Oil Pressure Test Plug

11 Nm

97 lb in

Output Speed Sensor Bolt

11 Nm

97 lb in

Shift Control Assembly to Tunnel Reinforcement Nut

12 Nm

106 lb in

Shift Control Linkage Adjustment Nut

9 Nm

80 lb in

Torque Converter Bolt

63 Nm

46 lb ft

Torque Converter Seal Bolt

3.6 Nm

31.9 lb in

Transmission Mounting Bolt M10x1.5

50 Nm

37 lb ft

Transmission Mounting Bolt M12x1.75

75 Nm

55 lb ft

SIE-ID = 808082

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 18-sep-2001

LMB = bosier01

Transmission General Specifications

Name

5L40-E

RPO Codes

M82

Production Location

Strasbourg, France

Vehicle Platform
Engine/Transmission Usage

Transmission Drive

Rear Wheel Drive

1st Gear Ratio

3.42:1

2nd Gear Ratio

2.21:1

3rd Gear Ratio

1.60:1

4th Gear Ratio

1.00:1

5th Gear Ratio

0.75:1

Reverse Ratio

3.03:1

Torque Converter Size

Diameter of Torque
Converter Turbine

245 mm

Transmission General Specifications

(contd)
Name

5L40-E

Pressure Taps

Line Pressure

Transmission Fluid Type

DEXRON III

Transmission Fluid Capacity

Approximate

Bottom Pan Removal

Complete Overhaul: Dry
8.5L (9.0 qt)

Transmission Type: 5

Five Forward Gears

Transmission Type: L

Longitude Mount

Transmission Type: 40

Product Series

Transmission Type: E

Electronic Controls

Position Quadrant

P, R, N, D, 4, 3, 2

Case Material

Die Cast Aluminum

Transmission Weight Dry

73 kg (161 lb)

Transmission Net Weight

80.5 kg (161 lb)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission General Specifications

(contd)
Name

5L40-E

Maximum Trailer Towing

Capacity

Domestic: 454 kg
Export: 1,815 kg

Maximum Gross Vehicle

Weight

3 500 kg (7,716 lb)

SIE-ID = 820169

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 30-sep-2002

7-3

LMB = mchapm01

Fluid Capacity Specifications

Specification
Application
Transmission Fluid Capacity

Metric

English

8.5 liters

9.0 quarts

Measurements are approximate.

SIE-ID = 802866

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 01-jul-2002

LMB = mchapm01

Range Reference
Range

D432
3

Engine
Braking

*No

Yes

*No

Yes

*No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Direct
Clutch

Coast
Clutch

Reverse
Clutch

Forward
Clutch

Forward
Clutch Sprag

LD

LD

LD

LD

LD

LD

LD

Over-Drive
Clutch

Intermediate
Clutch Sprag

LD

LD

Intermediate
Clutch

Low
Clutch Sprag

LD

LD

Low and
Reverse
Clutch

Second Clutch

Second Clutch Sprag

LD

LD

Second Coast
Clutch

Gear

A = Applied
LD = Locked in Drive
SIE-ID = 796627

* Engine Braking is electronically controlled by the TCM, and is available as

calibrated for each model and application.

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-oct-2001

LMB = bosier01

Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio

Gear
Range

1-2/3-4
Shift
Solenoid

2-3 Shift
Solenoid

4-5 Shift
Solenoid

Gear
Ratio

Park,
Reverse,
Neutral

OFF

ON

OFF

3.16:1

First

OFF

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

ON

OFF

3.45:1

Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio

(contd)
Gear
Range

1-2/3-4
Shift
Solenoid

Second

ON

ON

OFF

2.21:1

Third

ON

OFF

OFF

1.59:1

2-3 Shift
Solenoid

4-5 Shift
Solenoid

Gear
Ratio

7-4

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio

(contd)

Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic

Gear Selector Position

Park

LOW

HI

HI

LOW

Gear
Range

1-2/3-4
Shift
Solenoid

2-3 Shift
Solenoid

4-5 Shift
Solenoid

Gear
Ratio

Park/Reverse

LOW

HI

HI

HI

Fourth

OFF

OFF

ON

1.00:1

Reverse

LOW

LOW

HI

HI

Fifth

OFF

OFF

OFF

0.76:1

Reverse/Neutral

HI

LOW

HI

HI

All shift solenoids are normally-closed.

The 4-5 shift solenoid also enables engine braking.
SIE-ID = 1208952

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-jan-2003

12 Shift

23 Shift

34 Shift

45 Shift

21 Shift

LOW

Drive 5

HI

LOW

LOW

HI

Drive 5/Drive 4

LOW

LOW

LOW

HI

Drive 4

LOW

LOW

LOW

LOW

Drive 4/Drive 3

LOW

HI

LOW

LOW

Drive 3

LOW

HI

LOW

HI

12

Drive 3/Drive 2

HI

HI

LOW

HI

25

10

Drive 2

HI

HI

LOW

LOW

Open

HI

HI

HI

HI

HI

HI

HI

LOW

50

17

12

12

16

15

25

19

17

50

30

28

12

28

24

25

30

28

50

49

45

12

41

38

25

50

46

50

106

98

12

25

5
12

25

13

12

50

13

12

12

23

21

25

23

21

50

23

21

12

31

28

25

31

28

50

40

37

3rd Gear
TCC Apply

12

24

22

25

45

41

4th Gear
TCC Apply

12

26

24

25

30

28

5th Gear
TCC Apply

12

31

29

25

75

68

SIE-ID = 820641

LOW

LOW

2.6L LY9

13

54 Shift

HI

LOW

3.2L
LA3/3.6L
LY7

12

43 Shift

LOW

HI

Output Speed (MPH)

50
32 Shift

HI

LMB = mchapm01

Shift Speed
TPS %

Neutral
Neutral/Drive 5

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 15-apr-2002

Invalid
HI = Ignition voltage
LOW = 0 voltage
SIE-ID = 803545

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 03-jul-2002

LMB = mchapm01

LMB = mchapm01

Line Pressure
Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Amperage

English

Metric

0.1

173197 psi

1 1941 355 kPa

0.3

162188 psi

1 1181 296 kPa

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-5

Line Pressure (contd)

English

Metric

0.5

Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Amperage

145169 psi

1 0021 166 kPa

0.7

117140 psi

804966 kPa

0.8

95119 psi

654819 kPa

0.9

6389 psi

453611 kPa

1.1

4264 psi

288440 kPa

Engine at 1,300 RPM

SIE-ID = 1296238

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 11-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Component Resistance
Circuit
Number

Wire
Color*

Inline
Connector
Pin

1-2 Shift
Solenoid Valve

1525

WH

17

1222

BK

14

2-3 Shift
Solenoid Valve

1525

WH

17

1223

BU

4-5 Shift
Solenoid Valve

1525

WH

17

898

GY

Pressure
Control
Solenoid Valve

1228

GN

13

1229

WH

TCC PWM
Solenoid Valve

1525

WH

17

422

YE

20

Input Speed
Sensor

1230

YE

18

1231

WH

15

400

OR

401

WH

1227

RD

10

2762

WH

Component

Output
Speed
Sensor
TFT Sensor

* All wire colors are internal to the transmission.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Resistance at 20C
(68F)

Resistance at 70C
(158F)

Resistance to
Ground
Transmission Case

15.017.0

17.920.3

Greater than 50K

15.017.0

17.920.3

Greater than 50K

15.017.0

17.920.3

Greater than 50K

3.54.6

4.25.5

Greater than 50K

10.011.5

11.813.6

Greater than 50K

325485

385575

Greater than 50K

325485

385575

Greater than 50K

Refer to Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor

Specifications on page 7-1.

7-6

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Schematic and Routing Diagrams

SIE-ID = 1370721

Owner = jsumme01

LMD = 20-aug-2003

LMB = jsumme01

Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons

Icon

Icon Definition

Notice: SIO-ID = 17618 LMD = 02-dec-1999 The OBD II symbol is used on the circuit
diagrams in order to alert the technician that the circuit is essential for proper OBD II
emission control circuit operation. Any circuit which fails and causes the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL) to turn ON, or causes emissions-related component damage, is
identified as an OBD II circuit.

19385

Important: Twisted-pair wires provide an effective shield that helps protect sensitive
electronic components from electrical interference. If the wires were covered with
shielding, install new shielding.
In order to prevent electrical interference from degrading the performance of the
connected components, you must maintain the proper specification when making any
repairs to the twisted-pair wires shown:
The wires must be twisted a minimum of 9 turns per 31 cm (12 in) as measured
anywhere along the length of the wires
The outside diameter of the twisted wires must not exceed 6.0 mm (0.25 in)
296880

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (Transmission Control Module (TCM) Power, Ground, Class 2 and Internal Mode
Switch (IMS)) SIE-ID = 1226915 SIO-ID = 1225440 LMD = 27-may-2003

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-7

1312073

SIE-ID = 1226915

SIO-ID = 1225447

LMD =

27-may-2003

7-8

Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (Sensors, Solenoids, DIC and Electronic PRNDL)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

1312076

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-9

Component Locator
Automatic Transmission Electronic
Component Views
SIE-ID = 805294

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-jul-2001

LMB = mchapm01

Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Locations

SIO-ID = 805290

LMD = 17-oct-2001

804365

Legend
(42) Output Speed Sensor (OSS)
(44) Input Speed Sensor (ISS)
(55) Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT)
Sensor - Part of Automatic Transmission
Wiring Harness (55)
(352) TCC PWM Solenoid Valve

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(357)
(368)
(369)
(376)
(602)

Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Assembly

12 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly
23 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly
45 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly
Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch
Assembly

7-10

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Disassembled Views
SIE-ID = 981157

Owner = bosier

LMD = 07-may-2003

LMB = bosier

Case and Associated Parts (1 of 2) 5L40-E

SIO-ID = 977984

LMD = 24-sep-2002

802005

Legend
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)

Torque Converter Assembly

Torque Converter Housing to Main Case Bolt
Torque Converter Housing Assembly
Torque Converter Housing Fluid Seal
Assembly
Reverse Clutch Housing Thrust Washer
Selective
Direct and Reverse Clutch Assembly
Forward and Coast Clutch Assembly
Input Sun Gear W/Forward Clutch Roller
Inner Race Shaft
Direct Clutch Hub Thrust Washer

(10) Direct Clutch Assembly W/Input and

Reaction Carrier in Hub
(11) Input and Reaction Carrier Inner Shaft
Thrust Washer
(12) Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assembly
(14) Intermediate and Overdrive Clutch Housing
Retainer Ring Selective
(15) Overdrive Clutch Housing Assembly
(16) Low Clutch Sprag Assembly
(17) Low Clutch Roller Thrust Bearing
(18) Center Support
(19) Input and Reaction Carrier Assembly
(20) Input and Reaction Carrier Thrust Bearing
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(21) Output Shaft Assembly W/Rear
Internal Gear
(22) Input and Reaction Carrier Washer
Selective

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-11

(23) Input and Reaction Carrier Thrust Bearing

(24) Automatic Transmisssion Case Assembly

7-12

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Case and Associated Parts (1 of 2) 5L50-E

SIO-ID = 977991

LMD = 24-sep-2002

951673

Legend
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)

Torque Converter Assembly

Torque Converter Housing to Main Case Bolt
Torque Converter Housing Assembly
Torque Converter Housing Fluid Seal
Assembly
Reverse Clutch Housing Thrust Washer
Selective
Direct and Reverse Clutch Assembly
Forward and Coast Clutch Assembly
Input Sun Gear W/Forward Clutch Roller
Inner Race Shaft
Direct Clutch Hub Thrust Washer
Direct Clutch Assembly W/Input and
Reaction Carrier in Hub
Input and Reaction Carrier Inner Shaft
Thrust Washer

(12) Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assembly

(14) Intermediate and Overdrive Clutch Housing
Retainer Ring Selective
(15) Overdrive Clutch Housing Assembly
(16) Low Clutch Sprag Assembly
(17) Low Clutch Roller Thrust Bearing
(18) Center Support
(19) Input and Reaction Carrier Assembly
(20) Input and Reaction Carrier Thrust Bearing
(21) Output Shaft Assembly W/Rear
Internal Gear
(22) Input and Reaction Carrier Washer
Selective
(23) Input and Reaction Carrier Thrust Bearing
(24) Automatic Transmisssion Case Assembly
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-13

7-14

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Case and Associated Parts (2 of 2) 5L40-E/5L50-E 2WD Excluding XLR

SIO-ID = 977998

LMD =

07-mar-2003

802007

Legend
(24) Automatic Transmission Case Assembly
(25) Automatic Transmission Case Extension
Gasket
(26) Output Shaft Bearing
(27) Automatic Transmission Case Extension
(28) Output Shaft Bearing
(29) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft
Flange Seal
(30) Output Shaft Assembly Retainer
(31) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft Flange
(32) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft Flange
O-Ring Seal
(33) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft Thrust
Washer
(34) Prop Shaft Flange Nut

(35) Automatic TransmissionCase Extension Bolt

(36) Automatic Transmission Fluid Level
Hole Plug
(37) Automatic Transmission Fluid Level Hole
Plug O-Ring Seal
(38) Center Support Fluid Passage Sleeve
(39) Overdrive Clutch Fluid Passage Sleeve
(40) Automatic Transmission Pressure Test Plug
(41) Output Speed Sensor Spacer
(42) Output Speed Sensor
(43) Output Speed Sensor Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 50
(44) Input Speed Sensor
(45) Input Speed Sensor Bolt
(46) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Cover
Gasket
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(47) Control Valve Body and Accumulator
Assembly
(49) Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 50
(50) Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 38
(51) Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 50
(52) Manual Shaft Detent Assembly
(53) Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 68
(54) Wiring Harness Clip
(55) Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness
(56) Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness
O-Ring seal 2
(57) Automatic Transmission Filter Seal 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

(59)
(60)
(61)
(62)
(63)

Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission
Drain Plug
(64) Automatic Transmission
Plug Seal
(65) Automatic Transmission
(66) Automatic Transmission
O-Ring Seal

Fluid
Fluid
Fluid
Fluid
Fluid

7-15

Filter
Pan Gasket
Pan Magnet
Pan Assembly
Pan

Fluid Pan Drain

Fluid Pan Bolt
Pressure Test Plug

7-16

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Case and Associated Parts (2 of 2) 5L40-E/5L50-E AWD Including 5L50-E 2WD XLR
978006

SIO-ID =

LMD = 18-mar-2003

951680

Legend
(24) Automatic Transmission Case Assembly
(25) Automatic Transmission Case Extension
Gasket
(26) Output Shaft Bearing
(27) Automatic Transmission Case Extension
(28) Output Shaft Bearing
(30) Output Shaft Assembly Retainer
(31) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft Flange
(32) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft Flange
O-Ring Seal
(33) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft Thrust
Washer
(34) Prop Shaft Flange Nut
(35) Automatic TransmissionCase Extension Bolt

(36) Automatic Transmission Fluid Level

Hole Plug
(37) Automatic Transmission Fluid Level Hole
Plug O-Ring Seal
(38) Center Support Fluid Passage Sleeve
(39) Overdrive Clutch Fluid Passage Sleeve
(40) Automatic Transmission Pressure Test Plug
(42) Output Speed Sensor
(43) Output Speed Sensor Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 50
(44) Input Speed Sensor
(45) Input Speed Sensor Bolt
(46) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Cover
Gasket
(47) Control Valve Body and Accumulator
Assembly
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(49)
(50)
(51)
(52)
(53)
(54)
(55)
(56)

Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 50

Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 38
Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 50
Manual Shaft Detent Assembly
Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 68
Wiring Harness Clip
Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness
Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness
O-Ring seal 2
(57) Automatic Transmission Filter Seal 2
(59) Automatic Transmission Fluid Filter
(60) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan Gasket

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-17

(61) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan Magnet

(62) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan Assembly
(63) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan
Drain Plug
(64) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan Drain
Plug Seal
(65) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan Bolt
(66) Automatic Transmission Pressure Test Plug
O-Ring Seal
(67) Input and Reaction Carrier Thrust Washer
(68) Automatic Transmission Prop Shaft Flange
Seal XLR

7-18

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Fluid Pump Assembly

Transmission/Transaxle
SIO-ID = 804621

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802011

Legend
(200) Reverse Clutch Housing Fluid Seal Ring - 3
(201) Input Shaft Bearing Assembly
(202) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Cover
Assembly
(203) Check Valve Retainer and Ball Assembly
(204) Valve Bushing/Spring Retainer
(205) Line Boost Valve Bushing Seal
(206) Line Boost Valve Bushing
(207) Line Boost Valve
(208) Line Boost Valve Spring
(209) Pressure Regulator Valve Spring
(210) Pressure Regulator Valve
(211) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump
Retainer Pin
(212) Automatic Transmission Pump Cover Seal

(213) Automatic Transmission

Assembly
(214) Brass Orifice Insert
(215) Turbine Shaft Bushing
(216) Automatic Transmission
Selective
(217) Automatic Transmission
Seal Support
(218) Automatic Transmission
Slide Seal
(219) Automatic Transmission
Slide Ring
(220) Automatic Transmission
Slide Ring
(221) Automatic Transmission
Vane Ring

Fluid Pump Screen

Fluid Pump Slide

Fluid Pump Slide
Fluid Pump
Fluid Pump
Fluid Pump
Fluid Pump

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(222) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Vane
(223) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Rotor
Selective
(224) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump
Rotor Guide
(225) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump
Vane Ring
(226) Torque Converter Bushing
(227) Torque Converter Housing
(228) Torque Converter Housing Seal Bolt
M4 x 0.7 x 10.0 - 4
(229) Torque Converter Housing Seal
(231) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Slide
Pin Assembly
(232) Orifice Sleeve

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

(233)
(234)
(235)
(236)
(237)
(238)
(239)
(240)
(241)
(242)

7-19

Orifice Cup Plug - 2

TCC Control Valve Spring
TCC Control Valve
Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump
Retainer Pin
TCC Enable Valve
Pressure Relief Ball Valve Spring
Pressure Relief Ball Valve
Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Bolt
M6 x 1.0 x 40
Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Bolt
M8 x 1.25 x 40
Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Slide
O-ring Seal

7-20

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Control Valve Body and Accumulator Assembly 5L40-E

SIO-ID = 978014

LMD = 24-sep-2002

802014

Legend
(300) Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 38 - 7
(301) Control Valve Top Channel Plate
(302) Control Valve Channel Plate Ball Check
Spring
(303)
(304)
(305)
(306)
(307)
(308)
(309)
(310)
(311)
(312)

Control Valve Channel Plate Gasket

Control Valve Bottom Channel Plate
Control Valve Body Gasket
Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve
Control Valve Body Spacer Plate
TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Filter Assembly
Control Valve Body Spacer Plate Gasket
Control Valve Rear Body Assembly
Control Valve Front Body Assembly
Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Filter
Assembly

(313) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston Spring

(314) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(315) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston
(316) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(317) Direct Clutch Accumulator Housing
(318) Accumulator Housing Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 30 - 12
(319) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston Spring
(320) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(321) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston
(322) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(323) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Housing

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(324) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
Spring
(325) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
Fluid Seal Ring
(326) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
(327) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
Fluid Seal Ring

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

(328)
(329)
(330)
(331)
(332)
(333)

7-21

Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Housing

2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston Spring
2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston Seal Ring
2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston
2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston SealRing
2nd Clutch Accumulator Housing

7-22

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Control Valve Body and Accumulator Assembly 5L50-E

SIO-ID = 978022

LMD = 18-mar-2003

951808

Legend
(300) Control Valve Body Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 38 - 7
(301) Control Valve Top Channel Plate
(302) Control Valve Channel Plate Ball Check
Spring
(303)
(304)
(305)
(306)
(307)
(308)
(309)
(310)
(311)
(312)

Control Valve Channel Plate Gasket

Control Valve Bottom Channel Plate
Control Valve Body Gasket
Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve
Control Valve Body Spacer Plate
TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Filter Assembly
Control Valve Body Spacer Plate Gasket
Control Valve Rear Body Assembly
Control Valve Front Body Assembly
Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Filter
Assembly

(313) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston Spring

(314) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(315) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston
(316) Direct Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(317) Direct Clutch Accumulator Housing
(318) Accumulator Housing Bolt M6 x 1.0 x 30 - 12
(319) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston Spring
(320) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(321) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston
(322) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid
Seal Ring
(323) Overdrive Clutch Accumulator Housing

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(324) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
Spring
(325) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
Fluid Seal Ring
(326) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
(327) Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Piston
Fluid Seal Ring

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

(328)
(329)
(330)
(331)
(332)
(333)
(334)

7-23

Intermediate Clutch Accumulator Housing

2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston Spring
2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston Seal Ring
2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston
2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston SealRing
2nd Clutch Accumulator Housing
2nd Clutch Accumulator Piston Inner Spring

7-24

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Front Control Valve Body

Transmission/Transaxle
SIO-ID = 804627

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802016

Legend
(340)
(341)
(342)
(343)
(344)
(345)
(346)
(347)
(348)

Front Control Valve Body

Safety Mode Valve
Safety Mode Valve Spring
Valve Spring Retainer - 3
34 Shift Valve Spring
34 Shift Valve
34 Shift Control Valve
TCC Regulator Apply Valve Spring
TCC Regulator Apply Valve

(349)
(350)
(351)
(352)
(353)
(354)
(355)
(356)
(357)

Solenoid Valve O-Ring Seal

Solenoid Valve O-Ring Seal
Solenoid Valve Retainer - 2
TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
Feed Limit Valve
Feed Limit Valve Spring
Pressure Control Solenoid O-Ring Seal
Pressure Control Solenoid O-Ring Seal
Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Assembly

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
Rear Control Valve Body

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

SIO-ID = 804628

7-25

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802018

Legend
(343)
(349)
(350)
(351)
(365)
(366)
(367)
(368)
(369)
(370)
(371)
(372)
(373)
(374)

Valve Spring Retainer

Solenoid Valve O-Ring Seal
Solenoid Valve O-Ring Seal
Solenoid Valve Retainer
Rear Control Valve Body
12 Shift Control Valve
12 Shift Control Valve Spring
12 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly
23 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly
23 Shift Control Valve
23 Shift Valve
23 Shift Valve Spring
45 Shift Valve Spring
45 Shift Valve

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(375)
(376)
(377)
(378)
(379)
(380)
(381)
(382)
(383)
(384)
(385)
(386)
(387)
(388)

45 Shift Control Valve

45 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly
Manual Valve
Manual Valve Link Washer Waved
Manual Valve Link
Manual Valve Link Retainer
Low Pressure Control Valve Bore Plug
Low Pressure Control Valve Spring
Low Pressure Control Valve
Low Pressure Control Valve Bore Retainer
Reverse Lockout Valve
Reverse Lockout Valve Spring
12 Shift Valve
12 Shift Valve Spring

7-26

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Direct and Reverse Clutch Assembly

Transmission/Transaxle
SIO-ID = 978027

LMD = 24-sep-2002

951816

Legend
(400)
(401)
(402)
(403)
(404)
(405)
(406)
(407)
(408)
(409)

Reverse Clutch Housing Bushing

Reverse Clutch W/Input Housing Assembly
Reverse Clutch Piston Inner Seal
Reverse Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve
Reverse Clutch Piston
Direct Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve
Direct Clutch Piston Assembly
Direct and Reverse Clutch Spring
Direct and Reverse Clutch Spring Retainer
Direct and Reverse Clutch Spring
Retainer Ring
(410) Direct Clutch Apply Plate
(411) Direct Clutch Plate Assembly Outer
Spline - 4

(412) Direct Clutch Plate Assembly Inner

Spline - 4
(413) Direct Clutch Backing Plate
(414) Direct Clutch Backing Plate Retainer Ring
Selective
(415) Reverse Clutch Spacer
(416) Reverse Clutch Apply Plate
(417) Reverse Clutch Plate Assembly Outer
Spline - 2
(418) Reverse Clutch Plate Assembly Inner
Spline - 2
(419) Reverse Clutch Backing Plate
(420) Reverse Clutch Backing Plate Retainer Ring
Selective

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
Forward and Coast Clutch Assembly

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

SIO-ID = 978034

7-27

LMD = 24-sep-2002

951822

Legend
(430)
(431)
(432)
(433)
(434)
(435)
(436)
(437)
(438)
(439)
(440)
(441)

Input Shaft O-Ring Seal

Input Shaft Fluid Seal Ring
Input Shaft Fluid Seal Ring - 3
Forward Clutch W/Input Housing Assembly
Forward Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve
Assembly
Forward Clutch Bushing
Forward Clutch Piston Assembly
Coast Clutch Piston Ball Check Valve
Assembly
Coast Clutch Piston Assembly
Forward and Coast Clutch Spring
Forward and Coast Clutch Spring
Retainer Ring
Coast Clutch Spacer Plate Selective

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(442) Coast Clutch Apply Plate

(443) Coast Clutch Plate Assembly Outer
Spline - 3
(444) Coast Clutch Plate Assembly Inner
Spline - 3
(445) Coast Clutch Backing Plate
(446) Coast Clutch Housing
(447) Forward Clutch Apply Plate
(448) Forward Clutch Plate Assembly Outer
Spline - 4
(449) Forward Clutch Plate Assembly Inner
Spline - 4
(450) Forward Clutch Backing Plate
(451) Forward Clutch Backing Plate Retainer Ring
Selective

7-28

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Input Sun Gear Shaft and Forward Sprag Clutch Assembly

SIO-ID = 804632

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802026

Legend
(455) Forward Clutch Roller Inner Race
Thrust Ring
(456) Forward Clutch Roller Inner Bearing
(457) Input Sun Gear Shaft Assembly
(458) Forward Clutch Roller Outer Race Washer

(459) Forward Clutch Sprag Outer Race

(460) Forward Clutch Sprag Assembly Retainer
Rings - 2
(461) Forward Clutch Sprag Assembly
(462) Orificed Cup Plug Lube

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Direct Clutch Drum and Shaft Assembly

SIO-ID = 804634

7-29

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802029

Legend
(465) Input and Reaction Carrier Bushing - 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(466) Direct Clutch Drum

7-30

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Intermediate Sprag Clutch Assembly

Transmission/Transaxle
SIO-ID = 804635

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802034

Legend
(470) Overdrive and Reverse Clutch W/Hub
Assembly
(471) Intermediate Clutch Roller Thrust Washer
(472) Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assembly
Retainer Rings - 2
(473) Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assembly

(474) Intermediate Clutch Sprag Outer Race

(475) Intermediate Clutch Roller Thrust Washer
(476) Intermediate Clutch Roller Thrust Bearing
Assembly
(477) Intermediate Clutch Roller Thrust Bearing
Assembly Retainer

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Overdrive and Intermediate Clutch Assembly

SIO-ID = 978041

7-31

LMD = 24-sep-2002

951832

Legend
(480) Overdrive Clutch Backing Plate Retainer
Ring Selective
(481) Overdrive Clutch Backing Plate
(482) Overdrive Clutch Plate Assembly Inner
Spline
(483) Overdrive Clutch Plate Assembly Outer
Spline
(484)
(485)
(486)
(487)

Overdrive
Overdrive
Overdrive
Overdrive

Clutch
Clutch
Clutch
Clutch

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Spacer
Spring Retainer Ring
Piston Spring
Piston Assembly

(488) Intermediate Clutch Backing Plate Retainer

Ring Selective
(489) Intermediate Clutch Backing Plate
(490) Intermediate Clutch Plate Assembly Inner
Spline - 3
(491) Intermediate Clutch Plate Assembly Outer
Spline - 3
(492) Intermediate Clutch Apply Plate
(493) Overdrive Clutch Housing
(494) Intermediate Clutch Spring
(495) Intermediate Clutch Piston Assembly
(496) Intermediate Clutch Housing
(497) Intermediate Clutch Housing Retainer Ring

7-32

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Low Clutch Sprag Assembly

Transmission/Transaxle
SIO-ID = 804638

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802038

Legend
(500) Low Clutch Roller Retainer
(501) Low Clutch Roller Thrust Washer
(502) Low Clutch Sprag Assembly Retainer
Rings - 2

(503) Low Clutch Sprag Assembly

(504) Low Clutch Sprag Outer Race
(505) Low Clutch Sprag Inner Race

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
Center Support Assembly

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

SIO-ID = 978050

7-33

LMD = 24-sep-2002

951845

Legend
(510) Low and Reverse Clutch Plate Retainer Ring
Selective
(511) Low and Reverse Clutch Backing Plate
(512) Low and Reverse Clutch Plate Assembly
Inner Spline - 5
(513) Low and Reverse Clutch Plate Assembly
Outer Spline - 5
(514) Low and Reverse Clutch Apply Plate
(515) Low and Reverse Clutch Spring
Retainer Ring
(516) Low and Reverse Clutch Spring
(517) Low and Reverse Clutch Piston
(518) Center Support
(519) Input and Reaction Bearing Assembly
(520) 2nd Clutch Piston
(521) 2nd Clutch Spring
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(522)
(523)
(524)
(525)
(526)
(527)
(528)
(529)
(530)
(531)
(532)
(533)
(534)

2nd Clutch Spring Retainer Ring

2nd Clutch Apply Plate
2nd Clutch Plate Assembly Outer Spline - 5
2nd Clutch Plate Assembly Inner Spline - 5
2nd Clutch Backing Plate
2nd Clutch Backing Plate Retainer Ring
Selective
2nd Coast Clutch Piston Assembly
2nd Coast Clutch Spring
2nd Coast Clutch Spring Retainer Ring
2nd Coast Clutch Spacer
2nd Coast Clutch Plate Assembly Outer
Spline - 3
2nd Coast Clutch Plate Assembly Inner
Spline - 3
2nd Coast Clutch Backing Plate

7-34

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

(535) 2nd Coast Clutch Plate Backing Plate

Retainer Ring Selective

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
Planetary Carrier Assembly

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

SIO-ID = 804640

7-35

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802041

Legend
(540) Input and Reaction Carrier Outer
Retainer Ring
(541) Input and Reaction Bearing Assembly
(542) 2nd Clutch Roller Inner Race Bearing
Assembly
(543) 2nd Clutch Sprag Retainer
(544) 2nd Clutch Roller Outer Race Washer
(545) 2nd Clutch Sprag Outer Race
(546) 2nd Clutch Sprag Assembly Retainer - 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(547)
(548)
(549)
(550)
(551)
(552)
(553)
(554)

2nd Clutch Sprag Assembly

Input and Reaction Carrier Bushing
2nd Clutch Sprag Inner Race
Reaction Internal Gear
Reaction Internal Gear Flange Washer
Reaction Carrier Bushing 2
Input and Reaction Carrier
Input and Reaction Bearing Assembly

7-36

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Rear Internal Gear Output Shaft Assembly 5L40-E/5L50-E 2WD Excluding XLR

SIO-ID = 978056

LMD

= 07-mar-2003

802044

Legend
(560) Rear Internal Gear
(561) Input and Reaction Carrier Bushing
(562) Output Shaft Assembly

(563) Rear Internal Retainer Ring

(564) Cup Plug

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Rear Internal Gear Output Shaft Assembly 5L40-E/5L50-E AWD Including 5L50-E 2WD
978066

7-37

SIO-ID =

LMD = 07-mar-2003

951857

Legend
(560) Rear Internal Gear
(561) Input and Reaction Carrier Bushing

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(562) Output Shaft Assembly

(563) Rear Internal Retainer Ring

7-38

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Park Pawl Assembly 5L40-E5L50-E 2WD Only Excluding XLR

SIO-ID = 978069

LMD = 07-mar-2003

951872

Legend
(600) Manual Shaft Detent Lever
(601) Manual Shaft Detent Lever Pin
(602) Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch
Assembly
(604) Transmission Case
(605) Manual Shift Shaft Seal
(606) Manual Shift Shaft
(607) Park Pawl Actuator Bracket

(608) Park Pawl Actuator Bracket

(609) Park Pawl Actuator Bracket Bolt
M8 x 1.25 x 25 - 2
(610) Park Pawl Shaft
(611) Park Pawl Spring
(612) Park Pawl
(613) Park Pawl Actuator Assembly
(614) Cup Plug

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Park Pawl Assembly 5L40-E/5L50-E AWD Including XLR

SIO-ID = 1257414

7-39

LMD = 18-mar-2003

1257399

Legend
(600) Manual Shaft Detent Lever
(601) Manual Shaft Detent Lever Pin
(602) Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch
Assembly
(603) Manual Shaft Detent Lever Pin
(604) Transmission Case
(605) Manual Shift Shaft Seal
(606) Manual Shift Shaft

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

(607) Park Pawl Actuator

(608) Park Pawl Actuator
(609) Park Pawl Actuator
M8 x 1.25 x 25 - 2
(610) Park Pawl Shaft
(611) Park Pawl Spring
(612) Park Pawl
(613) Park Pawl Actuator

Bracket
Bracket
Bracket Bolt

Assembly

7-40

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Component Location
SIE-ID = 804673

Owner = bosier

LMD = 29-jun-2001

LMB = bosier

Bushing and Bearing Locations

SIO-ID = 804649

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802048

Legend
(17)
(20)
(23)
(26)
(28)
(201)
(215)
(226)
(400)
(435)
(456)
(461)

Low Clutch Roller Thrust Bearing

Input and Reaction Carrier Thrust Bearing
Input and Reaction Carrier Thrust Bearing
Output Shaft Bearing
Output Shaft Bearing
Input Shaft Bearing Assembly
Turbine Shaft Bushing
Torque Converter Bushing
Reverse Clutch Housing Bushing
Forward Clutch Bushing
Forward Clutch Roller Inner Bearing
Forward Clutch Sprag Assembly

(465) Input and Reaction Carrier Bushing

Assembly - 2
(473) Intermediate Clutch Sprag Assembly
(476) Intermediate Clutch Roller Thrust Bearing
Assembly
(503) Low Clutch Sprag Assembly
(519) Input and Reaction Bearing Assembly
(541) Input and Reaction Bearing Assembly
(542) 2nd Clutch Roller Inner Race Bearing
Assembly
(547) 2nd Clutch Sprag Assembly
(548) Input and Reaction Carrier Bushing
(552) Reaction Carrier Bushing - 2
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(554) Input and Reaction Bearing Assembly

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

(561) Input and Reaction Carrier Bushing

7-41

7-42

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Seal Locations

Transmission/Transaxle
SIO-ID = 804651

LMD = 17-oct-2001

802051

Legend
(4) Torque Converter Housing Fluid Seal
Assembly
(29) Transmission Prop Shaft Flange Seal
(32) Transmission Prop Shaft Flange
O-ring Seal
(38) Center Support Fluid Passage Sleeve
(39) Overdrive Clutch Fluid Passage Sleeve
(56) A/Transmission Wiring Harness O-ring
Seal 2
(57) Automatic Transmission Filter Seal 2
(64) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan Drain
Plug Seal
(200) Reverse Clutch Housing Fluid Seal Ring - 3
(218) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump
Slide Seal

(220) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump

Slide Ring
(229) Torque Converter Housing Seal
(242) Automatic Transmission Fluid Pump Slide
O-ring Seal
(314) Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid Seal Ring
(316) Clutch Accumulator Piston Fluid Seal Ring
(402) Reverse Clutch Piston Inner Seal
(404) Reverse Clutch Piston
(406) Direct Clutch Piston Assembly
(430) Input Shaft O-Ring Seal
(431) Input Shaft Fluid Seal Ring
(432) Input Shaft Fluid Seal Ring - 3
(436) Forward Clutch Piston Assembly
(438) Coast Clutch Piston Assembly
(487) Overdrive Clutch Piston Assembly
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(495) Intermediate Clutch Piston Assembly
(517) Low and Reverse Clutch Piston
(520) 2nd Clutch Piston

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

(528) 2nd Coast Clutch Piston Assembly
(605) Manual Shift Shaft Seal

7-43

7-44

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Engine Side

Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way

Connector End View
SIE-ID = 1296244

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 11-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Transmission Side

821224

Connector Part
Information
817690

Connector Part
Information
Pin
1

Wire
Color
OR

Circuit
No.

Function

YE

400

Output Shaft Speed

Sensor (OSS) High
Signal

OR/BK

1786

Park/Neutral Signal

Output Speed
Sensor (OSS) High
Signal

PU

401

(OSS) Low Signal

BK/WH

1551

Ground

PK

898

4-5 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

TN

2762

TFT Sensor Low

Reference

Tab Pin Housing 20-way M (BK)

with O-rings
Circuit
No.
400

Wire
Color

Pin

Conn 20P F (BK) Locking

Function

BN

1786

Park/Neutral Signal

WH

401

(OSS) Low Signal

GN

1551

Ground

YE

772

Transmission Range
Signal B

GY

898

4-5 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

WH

2762

TFT Sensor Low

Reference

LBU/WH

1229

PC Solenoid Valve Low

Control

BK

772

Transmission Range
Signal B

YE/BK

1223

2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

WH

1229

PC Solenoid Valve Low

Control

10

YE/BK

1227

TFT Sensor Signal

11

WH

776

Transmission Range
Signal P

12

BU

1223

2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

10

RD

1227

TFT Sensor Signal

11

GY

776

Transmission Range
Signal P

12

13

GN

1228

14

BK

1222

15

WH

Not Used

13

OR/BK

1228

PC Solenoid Valve High

Control

14

LGN

1222

1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

PC Solenoid Valve High

Control

15

D
BU/WH

1231

ISS Low Signal

1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

16

TN/WH

771

Transmission Range
Signal A

1231

ISS Low Signal

17

OR

1525

Solenoid Power Supply

18

OR/BK

1230

ISS High Signal

19

GY

773

Transmission Range
Signal C

20

TN/BK

422

TCC Solenoid Valve

Control

Not Used

16

RD

771

Transmission Range
Signal A

17

WH

1525

Solenoid Power Supply

18

YE

1230

ISS High Signal

19

BU

773

Transmission Range
Signal C

20

YE

422

TCC Solenoid Valve

Control

Automatic Transmission Internal

Connector End Views
SIE-ID = 1218852

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch

Assembly Connector, Wiring Harness Side

23 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector,

Wiring Harness Side

799960

Connector Part
Information

12146095
Conn 6F M/P 150.2
P2S (NA)

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

BN

1786

Park/Neutral Signal

799985

Connector Part
Information

Function

GY

776

TR P (Parity) Signal

BK

772

TR Signal B

RD

771

TR Signal A

BU

773

TR Signal C

GN

1551

TR Ground

7-45

12146094
Conn 2F M/P 150.2
P2S (GY)

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

BU

1223

2-3 SS Control

WH

1525

Solenoid Power Supply

Function

45 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector,

Wiring Harness Side

12 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector,

Wiring Harness Side

799985

Connector Part
Information
799985

Connector Part
Information

12146094
Conn 2F M/P 150.2
P2S (GY)

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

BK

1222

1-2 SS Control

WH

1525

Solenoid Power Supply

Pin

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Function

12146094
Conn 2F M/P 150.2
P2S (GY)

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

GY

898

4-5 SS Control

WH

1525

Solenoid Power Supply

Function

7-46

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve

Connector, Wiring Harness Side

Transmission/Transaxle
Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector,
Wiring Harness Side

799985

Connector Part
Information
Pin
A
B

Wire
Color
GN
WH

12146094
Conn 2F M/P 150.2
P2S (GY)
Circuit
No.

Connector Part
Information

Function

1228

PC Solenoid High
Control

1229

PC Solenoid Low
Control

800008

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width

Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
Connector, Wiring Harness Side

12162201
Conn 2F M/P 150.2
P2S (NA)

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

OR

400

OSS High Signal

WH

401

OSS Low Signal

Function

Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector, Wiring

Harness Side

800008

800000

Connector Part
Information

12162202
Conn 2F M/P 150.2
P2S (BU)

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

YE

422

TCC PWM Control

WH

1525

Solenoid Power Supply

Function

Connector Part
Information

12162201
Conn 2F M/P 150.2
P2S (NA)

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

YE

1230

ISS High Signal

WH

1231

ISS Low Signal

Pin

Function

Automatic Transmission Related

Connector End Views
SIE-ID = 1218854

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

TCC Brake Switch Connector, Wiring

Harness Side

Transmission Control Module Connector

(contd)

130679

Connector Part
Information

12033704
Conn 4F M/P 280 (BK)

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

PK

1039

Conn 42F Module 1 Socket

Housing

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

Ignition 1 Voltage

OR

1525

TCC Brake Switch

Signal

Solenoid Power
Supply (HSD2)

PK

239C

Ignition Voltage

10

OR/BK

1230

Automatic Transmission
ISS High Signal

11

DBU
/WH

1231

Automatic Transmission
ISS Low Signal

12

13

WH/BK

5043B

14

15

YE/BK

1227

1617

18

YE/BK

1223

2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

19

PU

898

4-5 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

20

21

TN

2762

2223

24

YE

772

Transmission Range
Switch Signal B

25

GY

773

Transmission Range
Switch Signal C

Function

PU

420

PK

1039

Ignition 1 Voltage

847

Extended Travel Brake

Switch Signal

GY

821223

Connector Part
Information

7-47

Transmission Control Module Connector

Function

Not Used
Serial Data
Not Used
TFT Sensor Signal
Not Used

Not Used
TFT Sensor Low
Reference

821223

Connector Part
Information

Conn 42F Module 1 Socket

Housing

Not Used

Pin

Wire
Color

Circuit
No.

YE

400

Output Shaft
Speed (OSS) Sensor
High Signal

26

27

RD/WH

1440D

401

Output Shaft
Speed (OSS) Sensor
Low Signal

28

29

LBU
/WH

1229

PC Solenoid Valve Low

Control

30

LGN

1222

1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve

Control

31

32

WH

2500

PU

Function

OR/BK

1228

PC Solenoid Valve High

Control (HSD1)

TN/BK

422

TCC Solenoid Valve

Control

YE

343A

Accessory Voltage

BK/WH

1551E

Ground

BK/WH

1551C

Ground

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Not Used
Battery Positive Voltage
Not Used

Not Used
High Speed GMLAN
Serial Data Bus
+ (CAN)

7-48

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Transmission Control Module Connector

(contd)

821223

Connector Part
Information
Pin

Wire
Color

Conn 42F Module 1 Socket

Housing
Circuit
No.

33

GN

2501

3435

Function
High Speed GMLAN
Serial Data Bus
(CAN)
Not Used

36

TN/WH

771

Transmission Range
Switch Signal A

37

WH

776

Transmission Range
Switch Signal P

38

PU

420E

3942

TCC Brake Switch

Signal
Not Used

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-49

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic
Transmission
SIE-ID = 1221480

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 09-jan-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Begin the system diagnosis with the Diagnostic System

Check - Engine Controls on page 6-43 in Engine
Controls 2.6L and 3.2L or Diagnostic System Check
- Engine Controls on page 6-54 in Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7). The Diagnostic System Check - Engine
Controls on page 6-43 in Engine Controls 2.6L
and 3.2L or Diagnostic System Check - Engine
Controls on page 6-54 in Engine Controls 3.6L (LY7)
will provide the following information:

The identification of the control modules which

command the system
The ability of the control modules to communicate
through the serial data circuit
The identification of any stored diagnostic trouble
codes (DTCs) and their status
The use of the Diagnostic System Check - Engine
Controls on page 6-43 in Engine Controls 2.6L and
3.2L or Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in Engine Controls 3.6L (LY7)
will identify the correct procedure for diagnosing the
system and where the procedure is located.

Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission

SIE-ID = 1388108

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 30-sep-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Description
Important: Do not perform the Diagnostic System
Check-Automatic Transmission unless one of
the concerns noted is present. Failure to follow this
procedure could lead to misdiagnosis of the system.
The Diagnostic System Check-Automatic Transmission
is an organized approach to identifying a condition
created by an electronic transmission control system.
The Diagnostic System Check-Automatic Transmission
is intended for use in diagnosing a concern in a
vehicle with separate engine and transmission control
modules, ECM and TCM.
When an emission related diagnostic trouble
code (DTC) sets as a result of a transmission fault,
the TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). This request will be
identified by the ECM as DTC P0700. The ECM
may also independently illuminate the MIL. Although
either module may cause the MIL to illuminate,
the scan tool can display DTCs from only one module
at a time. In addition, the Clear DTC Info command
clears DTC data from both modules. If the DTC failure
records are not recorded from both modules before
the DTC data is cleared, important diagnostic
information will be erased.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Your training and experience as a technician may

cause you to focus on either the TCM or the ECM,
instead of both modules at the same time. To ensure
that both modules are properly diagnosed, separate
system checks are included. The Diagnostic System
Check - Engine Controls on page 6-43 in Engine
Controls 2.6L and 3.2L or Diagnostic System Check
- Engine Controls on page 6-54 in Engine Controls
3.6L identifies DTC status and communication
function for the ECM. If no ECM DTCs are present,
the Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in Engine Controls 2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls on
page 6-54 in Engine Controls 3.6L will direct you to
the Diagnostic System Check-Automatic Transmission.
The ECM diagnostics do not require transmission
data in order to run. Correct use of the tables
will reduce diagnostic time and prevent the
replacement of good parts.

Diagnostic Aids
Inspect all of the related wiring and connections
including the connections at the TCM, as these may
cause an intermittent concern. Inspect the terminals for
any damage or any corrosion. Inspect the connector
for any pushed-out terminals.

7-50

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission

Step

Action
Perform the following preliminary inspections:
Ensure that the battery is fully charged. Refer to Battery
Inspection/Test on page 6-43 in Engine Electrical.
Ensure that the battery cables are clean and tight.
Inspect the easily accessible systems of the visible system
components for obvious damage or conditions that could
cause the symptom. Refer to Strategy Based Diagnosis on
page 0-35 in General Information.
Ensure that the engine and control module grounds are
clean, tight, and in the correct location.
Inspect for aftermarket devices that could affect the operation
of the system. Refer to Checking Aftermarket Accessories on
page 8-10 in Wiring Systems.
Ensure the resistance between the TCM housing and the
battery negative cable is less than 0.5 .
Did you find and correct the condition?
1. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
2. Attempt to establish communication with the listed control
modules:
Transmission control module (TCM)
Engine control module (ECM)
Electronic brake control module (EBCM)
Instrument panel cluster (IPC)
HVAC control module
Theft deterrent control module
Does the scan tool communicate with all the listed control
modules?
Important: The engine may start during the following step. Turn
OFF the engine as soon as you have observed the Crank
power mode.
1. Access the Class 2 Power Mode in the Diagnostic Circuit
Check on the scan tool.
2. Rotate the ignition switch through all positions while
observing the ignition switch power mode parameter. Refer
to Body Control System Description and Operation on
page 8-39 in Body Control Systems for a list of the power
mode states that correspond to each ignition switch position.
Does the ignition switch parameter reading match the ignition
switch position for all switch positions?

Yes

No

System OK

Go to Step 2

Go to Step 3

Go to Scan Tool Does

Not Communicate with
Class 2 Device on
page 8-28 in Data Link
Communications

Go to Step 4

Go to Power Mode
Mismatch on
page 8-30 in Body
Control System

Go to Step 5

Go to Symptoms Engine Electrical on

page 6-43 in Engine
Electrical

Go to Step 6

Go to Engine Cranks
but Does Not Run on
page 6-313 in Engine
Controls 2.6 and
3.2L or Engine Cranks
but Does Not Run on
page 6-438 in Engine
Controls 3.6L

Attempt to start the engine.

Does the engine crank?

Did the engine start and idle?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-51

Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission (contd)

Step

Action
Important: Do NOT clear the DTCs unless instructed by a
diagnostic procedure.
1. Select the DTC display function for the following control
modules and record the DTCs:
Transmission control module (TCM)
Engine control module (ECM)
Electronic brake control module (EBCM)
Instrument panel cluster (IPC)
HVAC control module
Theft deterrent control module
2. IF multiple powertrain DTCs are stored, diagnose the DTCs
in the following order:
Test for component lever DTCs. For example, sensor DTCs,
then solenoid DTCs. Begin with the lowest number DTC
unless the diagnostic table directs you otherwise.
3. If there is any powertrain DTCs, Select Capture Info in order
to store the Powertrain DTC information with a scan tool.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs?

No

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 10

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC)
List on page 8-10 in
Data Link
Communications

Go to Step 8

Go to DTC P0601 on
page 7-86, DTC P0602
on page 7-88,
DTC P0603 on
page 7-90, DTC P0604
on page 7-92 or
DTC P1621 on
page 7-196

Go to Step 9

Go to DTC P0562 on
page 7-73 or
DTC P0563 on
page 7-77

Go to Step 10

Are there any other TCM DTCs observed?

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC)
List/Type on page 7-62

Go to Step 11

Are there any ECM DTCs or drivability symptoms other than

DTC P0700 observed?

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC)
List on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls 2.6L
and 3.2L or Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC)
List on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls 3.6L

Go to Step 12

Go to Symptoms Automatic
Transmission on
page 7-249

System OK

Does the scan tool display DTCs which begin with a U?

7

Does the scan tool display DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604
or P1621?
8

Does the scan tool display DTC P0562 or P0563?

9

10

11

12

Yes

Are there any transmission controls or transmission drivability

symptoms observed?

SIE-ID = 1221485

Owner = mchapm01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

LMD = 09-jan-2003

LMB = mchapm01

7-52

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Scan Tool Output Controls

Scan Tool
Output Control

1 2 Solenoid

Additional Menu
Selection(s)

Description
The TCM commands the 1-2 shift solenoid valve ON and OFF.
The scan tool 1-2 Sol. parameter should match the commanded
state. The scan tool Commanded Gear parameter should
correspond with the shift solenoid combination. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, there are no limits
to this control. The solenoid remains ON until commanded OFF,
and vice versa. When the output control is exited, the solenoid
state is determined by the TCM.
When the engine is running, the following control limits apply:
Only sequential gear changes are allowed. For example, 1st to
3rd is not allowed. If a non-sequential gear change is attempted,
the message Non-sequential gear changes not allowed. Gear
changes must be in order appears on the scan tool display.
The vehicle speed must be below a calibrated value. If the
vehicle speed is too high, the message Vehicle speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
The engine speed must be below a calibrated value. If the
engine speed is too high, the message Engine speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
Downshifts are allowed only when the vehicle speed is below a
calibrated value. If the vehicle speed is too high, the message
Eng. is on and veh. speed too hi for 3-2 or 2-1 downshift
appears on the scan tool display.
The gear requested may not be greater than the current
selected transmission range. For example, 3rd gear is not
allowed if the transmission range is D2. If the gear requested is
greater than the current selected transmission range, the
message Eng. running and gear request is greater than the
current TR appears on the scan tool display.
The solenoid remains ON until commanded OFF, and vice
versa. When the output control is exited, the solenoid state is
determined by the TCM.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-53

Scan Tool Output Controls (contd)

Scan Tool
Output Control

2 3 Solenoid

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Additional Menu
Selection(s)

Description
The TCM commands the 2-3 shift solenoid valve ON and OFF.
The scan tool 2-3 Sol. parameter should match the commanded
state. The scan tool Commanded Gear parameter should
correspond with the shift solenoid combination. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, there are no limits
to this control. The solenoid will remain ON until commanded OFF,
and vice versa. When the output control is exited, the solenoid
state is determined by the TCM.
When the engine is running, the following control limits apply:
Only sequential gear changes are allowed. For example, 1st to
3rd is not allowed. If a non-sequential gear change is attempted,
the message Non-sequential gear changes not allowed. Gear
changes must be in order appears on the scan tool display.
The vehicle speed must be below a calibrated value. If the
vehicle speed is too high, the message Vehicle speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
The engine speed must be below a calibrated value. If the
engine speed is too high, the message Engine speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
Downshifts are allowed only when the vehicle speed is below a
calibrated value. If the vehicle speed is too high, the message
Eng. is on and veh. speed too hi for 3-2 or 2-1 downshift
appears on the scan tool display.
The gear requested may not be greater than the current
selected transmission range. For example, 3rd gear is not
allowed if the transmission range is D2. If the gear requested is
greater than the current selected transmission range, the
message Eng. running and gear request is greater than the
current TR appears on the scan tool display.
The solenoid remains ON until commanded OFF, and vice
versa. When the output control is exited, the solenoid state is
determined by the TCM.

7-54

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Scan Tool Output Controls (contd)

Scan Tool
Output Control

4 5 Solenoid

Reset Transmission
Adapts

Additional Menu
Selection(s)

Description

The TCM commands the 4-5 shift solenoid valve ON and OFF.
The scan tool 4-5 Sol. parameter should match the commanded
state. The scan tool Commanded Gear parameter should
correspond with the shift solenoid combination. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, there are no limits
to this control. The solenoid will remain ON until commanded OFF,
and vice versa. When the output control is exited, the solenoid
state is determined by the TCM.
When the engine is running, the following control limits apply:
Only sequential gear changes are allowed. For example, 1st to
3rd is not allowed. If a non-sequential gear change is attempted,
the message Non-sequential gear changes not allowed. Gear
changes must be in order appears on the scan tool display.
The vehicle speed must be below a calibrated value. If the
vehicle speed is too high, the message Vehicle speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
The engine speed must be below a calibrated value. If the
engine speed is too high, the message Engine speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
Downshifts are allowed only when the vehicle speed is below a
calibrated value. If the vehicle speed is too high, the message
Eng. is on and veh. speed too hi for 3-2 or 2-1 downshift
appears on the scan tool display.
The gear requested may not be greater than the current
selected transmission range. For example, 3rd gear is not
allowed if the transmission range is D2. If the gear requested is
greater than the current selected transmission range, the
message Eng. running and gear request is greater than the
current TR appears on the scan tool display.
The solenoid remains ON until commanded OFF, and vice
versa. When the output control is exited, the solenoid state is
determined by the TCM.

The TCM clears, or resets, all TAP cells to zero.

There are no limits to using this control. It may be performed with
the engine running or when the ignition is ON, and the engine
is OFF.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-55

Scan Tool Output Controls (contd)

Scan Tool
Output Control

PC Solenoid

Shift Transmission

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Additional Menu
Selection(s)

Description

The TCM commands the amperage to the pressure control

solenoid in order to control transmission line pressure. As the
amperage increases, the line pressure decreases. As the
amperage decreases, the line pressure increases. The amperage
range is 0.101.10 and may be commanded in one-tenth amp
increments.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, the reference,
commanded, amperage may be controlled within calibrated limits.
The scan tool parameter PC Sol. Ref. Current changes, but the
parameter PC Sol. Actual Current does not change. The
reference current remains until commanded otherwise.
When the engine is running, the following control limits apply:
When the transmission range is Park or Neutral, the reference,
commanded, amperage may be controlled within calibrated
limits. The engine speed must be less than 1,500 RPM. If the
engine speed is greater than 1,500 RPM, the message TR in
park/neutral and engine speed over 1,500 RPM appears on the
scan tool display. Both the scan tool parameters PC Sol. Ref.
Current and PC Sol. Actual Current change. Both current
readings remain until commanded otherwise.
When the transmission range is not in Park or Neutral, the
reference amperage can only be controlled less than the current
determined by the TCM. The TCM does not allow a value to be
selected that may cause damage to the transmission. If the
requested amperage is more than allowed by the TCM, the
message Requested current for the PC Solenoid is too high
appears on the scan tool display.
Transmission IMS DTCs must not be active. If a transmission
IMS DTC is active, the message Engine running with
transmission DTC present appears on the scan tool display.

The TCM commands upshifts and downshifts. The scan tool

Commanded Gear parameter should correspond with the shift
solenoid combination. Refer to Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear
Ratio on page 7-3.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, there are no limits
to this control. The scan tool shift solenoid states change to match
the Commanded Gear selected.
When the engine is running, the following control limits apply:
The TCM does not allow a shift if it causes the engine RPM to
exceed a calibrated limit. If a gear is requested and the engine
speed is too high, the message Engine speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
The TCM does not allow a 3-2 or 2-1 downshift if the vehicle
speed exceeds a calibrated limit. If either downshift is requested
and the vehicle speed is too high, the message Eng. is on and
veh. speed too hi for 3-2 or 2-1 downshift appears on the scan
tool display.
The TCM does not allow a 4-3 downshift if the vehicle speed
exceeds a calibrated limit. If a 4-3 downshift is requested and
the vehicle speed is too high, the message Vehicle speed too
high appears on the scan tool display.
The TCM does not allow an upshift if the vehicle speed exceeds
a calibrated limit. If an upshift is requested and the vehicle
speed is too high, the message Vehicle speed too high
appears on the scan tool display.
The TCM does not allow an upshift that is greater than the
current selected transmission range. For example 3rd gear is
not allowed if the transmission range is D2. If an upshift is
requested that is greater than the current selected transmission
range, the message Eng. running and gear request is greater
than the current TR appears on the scan tool display.

7-56

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Scan Tool Output Controls (contd)

Scan Tool
Output Control

Additional Menu
Selection(s)

TCC Control Solenoid

High Side Driver 1

High Side Driver 2

Description

The TCM commands the duty cycle of the TCC PWM solenoid.
The duty cycle is represented by a percentage of ON, energized,
time. Approximately 90100 percent duty cycle represents an ON,
energized, commanded state. Zero percent represents an OFF,
non-energized, commanded state. The scan tool TCC Duty Cycle
parameter should match the commanded state.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, there are no limits
to this control. The solenoid remains ON, 90100 percent duty
cycle until commanded OFF, zero percent duty cycle, and vice
versa. When the output control is exited, the solenoid duty cycle is
determined by the TCM.
When the engine is running, the following control limits apply:
If the transmission range is Park, and the transmission is in hot
mode, the TCC control solenoid may not be commanded OFF. If
the solenoid is requested OFF, the message TCC OFF
command disabled in Hot Mode appears on the scan tool
display.
The TCC control solenoid may not be commanded OFF for
more than a calibrated amount of time. If the solenoid is
commanded OFF, for a certain amount of time, the message
TCC OFF time has been exceeded appears on the scan tool
display.

The TCM commands the driver for the solenoid voltage supply ON
and OFF.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, there are no limits
to this control.
High side driver 1 may not be commanded ON and OFF with the
scan tool if the engine is running.

The TCM commands the driver for the solenoid voltage supply ON
and OFF.
When the ignition is ON, and the engine is OFF, there are no limits
to this control.
High side driver 2 may not be commanded ON and OFF with the
scan tool if the engine is running.

Transmission Scan Tool Data List

SIE-ID = 1302292

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Use the Scan Tool Data List under the following

conditions:
The Diagnostic System Check - Automatic
Transmission on page 7-49 has been completed
The On-Board Diagnostics are functioning properly
No DTCs are present
Important: Do not use a scan tool that displays faulty
data. Report the condition to the scan tool
manufacturer. The use of a faulty scan tool can result
in misdiagnosis and the unnecessary replacement
of parts.

Only the parameters listed below are used in this

service manual for diagnosing. If a scan tool displays
other parameters, the values are not recommended
by General Motors for use in diagnosis.
Scan tool values below were recorded under the
following conditions:
Engine at idle
Upper radiator hose is hot
Closed throttle
Transmission in PARK
Closed loop operation
Accessories OFF
Brake pedal not applied

Transmission Scan Tool Data List

Scan Tool Parameter

Data List*

Units Displayed

Typical Data Value

12 Shift Error

F2

Seconds

Varies

12 Shift Time

F0, F2

Seconds

Varies

F0, F2, F3, F4, F5

On/Off

Off

F2

OK/Short to
Volts/Open/SHT GND.

OK

12 Sol.
12 Sol. CKT Status

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-57

Transmission Scan Tool Data List (contd)

Scan Tool Parameter

Data List*

Units Displayed

Typical Data Value

F7/F0

kPa (psi)

Varies

23 Shift Error

F3

Seconds

Varies

23 Shift Time

F0, F3

Seconds

Varies

F0, F2, F3, F4, F5

On/Off

On

23 Sol. CKT Status

F3

OK/Short to
Volts/Open/SHT GND.

OK

23 TAP Cell (416)

F7/F1

kPa (psi)

Varies

34 Shift Error

F4

Seconds

Varies

34 Shift Time

F0, F4

Seconds

Varies

34 TAP Cell (416)

F7/F2

kPa (psi)

Varies

F5

Seconds

Varies

12 TAP Cell (416)

23 Sol.

45 Shift Error
45 Shift Time

F0, F5

Seconds

Varies

F0, F2, F3, F4, F5

On/Off

Off

45 Sol. CKT Status

F5

OK/Short to
Volts/Open/SHT GND.

OK

45 TAP Cell (416)

F7/F3

kPa (psi)

Varies

F0

On/Off

Off

F0, F1, F2, F3, F4,

F5, F6

1,2,3,4,5

45 Sol.

A/C Clutch
Commanded Gear
Cruise
ECT
Engine Speed
Engine Torque
Gear Ratio

F0

Enabled/Disabled

Disabled

F0, F1

C (F)

85115C (185239F)

F0, F1, F2, F3, F4,

F5, F6

RPM

650800 RPM

F0, F1

Nm(lb ft)

013 Nm (lb ft)

F0, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5

Ratio

Varies

Ignition Voltage

F0

Volts

12.014.7 Volts

IMS A/B/C/P

F0

HI/LOW

High/Low/Low/High

F0

Park, Park/Reverse,
Reverse,
Reverse/Neutral,
Neutral, Neutral/Drive 5,
Drive 5, Drive 5/Drive 4,
Drive 4, Drive 4/Drive 3,
Drive 3, Drive 3/Drive 2,
Drive 2, Invalid

Park

IMS

Last Shift Time

F0

Seconds

Varies

PC Sol. Actual Current

F0, F6

Amps

Varies

PC Solenoid Duty Cycle

F0, F6

Varies

PC Sol. Ref. Current

F0, F6

Amps

Varies

Steady State TAP 1 GR

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 1 GR/TCC

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 2 GR

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 2 GR/TCC

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 3 GR

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 3 GR/TCC

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 4 GR

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 4 GR/TCC

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 5 GR

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP 5 GR/TCC

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

Steady State TAP Reverse

F7/F4

kPa (psi)

Varies

TCC Brake Switch

F0, F1

On/Off

Off

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-58

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Transmission Scan Tool Data List (contd)

Scan Tool Parameter
TCC Duty Cycle

Data List*

Units Displayed

Typical Data Value

F0, F1

0%

F1

OK/Short to
Volts/Open/SHT GND.

OK

TCC Duty Cycle CKT Status

TCC Slip Speed

F0, F1

RPM

0 RPM

F0, F1, F2, F3, F4,

F5, F6

F0

Active/Inactive

Inactive

F0, F1, F6

C (F)

85110C (185239F)

F0, F1

On/Off

Off

Transmission ISS

F0, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5

RPM

650800 RPM

Transmission OSS

F0, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5

RPM

0 RPM

Vehicle Speed

F0, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5

km/h (mph)

0 km/h (0 mph)

TP Angle
Traction Control
Trans. Fluid Temp.
Transmission Hot Mode

*Data List Legend

F0: Transmission Data
F1: TCC Data
F2: 12 Shift Data
F3: 23 Shift Data
F4: 34 Shift Data
F5: 45 Shift Data
F6: PC Solenoid Data
F7/F0: Transmission Adapts/12 Adapt. Data
F7/F1: Transmission Adapts/23 Adapt. Data
F7/F2: Transmission Adapts/34 Adapt. Data
F7/F3: Transmission Adapts/45 Adapt. Data
F7/F4: Transmission Adapts/Steady State Data

Transmission Scan Tool Data Definitions

SIE-ID = 1302296

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

This list explains each data message displayed on the

scan tool. This information will assist you in tracking
down emissions or driveability DTCs, because you can
view the displays while you are driving the vehicle.
Refer to Diagnostic System Check - Automatic
Transmission on page 7-49 for additional information.
12 Shift Error: This display is the difference
between the desired shift time and the actual shift
time for the specific shift indicated on the scan tool.
The desired shift time is calculated by the TCM.
The actual shift time is obtained by measuring the time
required for the input shaft to decelerate from the
previous ratio to the current ratio. If the number
is negative, the actual shift took longer than desired. If
the number is positive, the shift occurred more
quickly than desired.
12 Shift Time: This display is the actual time of the
last shift. The actual shift time is obtained by
measuring the time required for the input shaft to
decelerate from the previous ratio to the current ratio.
12 Sol.: The 12 Solenoid (Sol.) parameter
indicates the current commanded state of the shift
solenoids. All three of the 5L40-E shift solenoids are
normally-closed, which means that no fluid passes
through when the solenoid is commanded OFF. When
the TCM commands the solenoid ON, the solenoid
opens and allows fluid to flow through. Refer to Shift

Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

12 Sol. CKT Status: The 12 Solenoid (Sol.)
Circuit (CKT) Status parameter interprets the solenoid
driver feedback voltage signal and displays the
circuit status on the scan tool. If the voltage is low
when the solenoid is commanded OFF, the scan tool
will display Open/Short to GND. If the voltage is
high when the solenoid is commanded ON, the scan
tool will display Short to Volts.
12 TAP Cell: The 12 Transmission Adaptive
Pressure (TAP) Cell parameter displays the amount of
adaptive pressure, based on 17 Nm (12.5 lb ft) of
engine torque increment per cell, added or subtracted
from shift pressure during an upshift. A positive
number indicates that the TCM has detected long
shifts and has increased the PC solenoid duty cycle in
order to decrease shift time. A negative number
indicates that the TCM has detected short shifts
decreased the PC solenoid duty cycle in order
to increase shift time.
23 Shift Error: This display is the difference
between the desired shift time and the actual shift
time for the specific shift indicated on the scan tool.
The desired shift time is calculated by the TCM.
The actual shift time is obtained by measuring the time
required for the input shaft to decelerate from the
previous ratio to the current ratio. If the number
is negative, the actual shift took longer than desired. If
the number is positive, the shift occurred more
quickly than desired.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
23 Shift Time: This display is the actual time of the
last shift. The actual shift time is obtained by
measuring the time required for the input shaft to
decelerate from the previous ratio to the current ratio.
23 Sol.: The 23 Solenoid (Sol.) parameter
indicates the current commanded state of the shift
solenoids. All three of the 5L40-E shift solenoids are
normally-closed, which means that no fluid passes
through when the solenoid is commanded OFF. When
the TCM commands the solenoid ON, the solenoid
opens and allows fluid to flow through. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.
23 Sol. CKT Status: The 23 Solenoid (Sol.)
Circuit (CKT) Status parameter interprets the solenoid
driver feedback voltage signal and displays the
circuit status on the scan tool. If the voltage is low
when the solenoid is commanded OFF, the scan tool
will display Open/Short to GND. If the voltage is
high when the solenoid is commanded ON, the scan
tool will display Short to Volts.
23 TAP Cell: The 23 Transmission Adaptive
Pressure (TAP) Cell parameter displays the amount of
adaptive pressure, based on 17 Nm (12.5 lb ft) of
engine torque increment per cell, added or subtracted
from shift pressure during an upshift. A positive
number indicates that the TCM has detected long
shifts and has increased the PC solenoid duty cycle in
order to decrease shift time. A negative number
indicates that the TCM has detected short shifts
decreased the PC solenoid duty cycle in order
to increase shift time.
34 Shift Error: This display is the difference
between the desired shift time and the actual shift
time for the specific shift indicated on the scan tool.
The desired shift time is calculated by the TCM.
The actual shift time is obtained by measuring the time
required for the input shaft to decelerate from the
previous ratio to the current ratio. If the number
is negative, the actual shift took longer than desired. If
the number is positive, the shift occurred more
quickly than desired.
34 Shift Time: This display is the actual time of the
last shift. The actual shift time is obtained by
measuring the time required for the input shaft to
decelerate from the previous ratio to the current ratio.
34 TAP Cell: The 34 Transmission Adaptive
Pressure (TAP) Cell parameter displays the amount of
adaptive pressure, based on 17 Nm (12.5 lb ft) of
engine torque increment per cell, added or subtracted
from shift pressure during an upshift. A positive
number indicates that the TCM has detected long
shifts and has increased the PC solenoid duty cycle in
order to decrease shift time. A negative number
indicates that the TCM has detected short shifts
decreased the PC solenoid duty cycle in order
to increase shift time.
45 Shift Error: This display is the difference
between the desired shift time and the actual shift
time for the specific shift indicated on the scan tool.
The desired shift time is calculated by the TCM.
The actual shift time is obtained by measuring the time
required for the input shaft to decelerate from the
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-59

previous ratio to the current ratio. If the number is

negative, the actual shift took longer than desired. If
the number is positive, the shift occurred more quickly
than desired.
45 Shift Time: This display is the actual time of the
last shift. The actual shift time is obtained by
measuring the time required for the input shaft to
decelerate from the previous ratio to the current ratio.
45 Sol.: The 45 Solenoid (Sol.) parameter
indicates the current commanded state of the shift
solenoids. All three of the 5L40-E shift solenoids are
normally-closed, which means that no fluid passes
through when the solenoid is commanded OFF. When
the TCM commands the solenoid ON, the solenoid
opens and allows fluid to flow through. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.
45 Sol. CKT Status: The 45 Solenoid (Sol.)
Circuit (CKT) Status parameter interprets the solenoid
driver feedback voltage signal and displays the
circuit status on the scan tool. If the voltage is low
when the solenoid is commanded OFF, the scan tool
will display Open/Short to GND. If the voltage is
high when the solenoid is commanded ON, the scan
tool will display Short to Volts.
45 TAP Cell (416): The 45 Transmission
Adaptive Pressure (TAP) Cell parameter displays the
amount of adaptive pressure, based on
17 Nm (12.5 lb ft) of engine torque increment per cell,
added or subtracted from shift pressure during an
upshift. A positive number indicates that the TCM has
detected long shifts and has increased the PC
solenoid duty cycle in order to decrease shift time. A
negative number indicates that the TCM has
detected short shifts decreased the PC solenoid duty
cycle in order to increase shift time.
A/C Clutch: The Air Conditioner (A/C) represents
the commanded state of the A/C clutch control
relay. The clutch should be engaged whenever ON is
displayed. The ECM will compensate for the
additional engine load that is accompanied with the
A/C clutch engaged.
Commanded Gear: This display indicates the
commanded gear of the TCM.
Cruise: When the display indicates ENABLED, the
ECM is allowing cruise control operation. When
the display indicates DISABLED, the ECM has
disabled cruise control operation. The TCM modifies
upshift and downshift patterns when cruise control
is enabled.
ECT: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT)
parameter displays the engine coolant temperature
data that the TCM receives from the ECM on the CAN
bus. The TCM uses the ECT information to modify
shift patterns in cold weather and as a rationality check
for the transmission fluid temperature sensor.
Engine Speed: This parameter indicates the
rotational speed of the engine expressed in revolutions
per minute. Engine speed is computed by the ECM
from the crankshaft position sensor input.
Engine Torque: This display indicates the amount
of torque that is delivered from the engine.

7-60

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Gear Ratio: This display is the actual transmission

gear ratio as the transmission operates through all
drive ranges including REVERSE and
PARK/NEUTRAL. The gear ratio parameter is obtained
by dividing the input shaft speed by the output
shaft speed.
Ignition Voltage: This represents the system
voltage measured by the TCM at its ignition input.
IMS: The Internal Mode Switch (IMS) displays
the decoded status of the four A/B/C/P inputs from the
automatic transmission. If a valid combination of
inputs is not received by the TCM, Invalid will be
displayed.
IMS A/B/C/P: The Internal Mode Switch (IMS)
parameter displays the four inputs from the automatic
transmission. HI indicates an ignition voltage signal
and LOW indicates a 0 voltage signal.
Last Shift Time: This display indicates the actual
shift time of the most recent upshift.
PC Sol. Actual Current: The Pressure Control (PC)
Solenoid (Sol.) Actual Current parameter displays
the actual current flow through the pressure control
solenoid circuit which is monitored by the TCM.
High current results in low line pressure. Low current
results in high line pressure.
PC Solenoid Duty Cycle: The Pressure
Control (PC) Solenoid Duty Cycle parameter displays
the commanded state of the pressure control
solenoid expressed as a percent of ON time. No
current flow indicates zero ON time or 0% duty cycle.
High current flow is approximately 60% duty cycle
at idle.
PC Sol. Ref. Current: The Pressure Control (PC)
Solenoid (Sol.) Reference (Ref.) Current displays
the amount of current which the TCM has commanded
through the pressure control solenoid circuit. High
current results in low line pressure. Low current results
in high line pressure.
SS TAP Cell (010): The Steady State (SS)
Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP) Cell parameter
displays the pressure modification required during a
steady-state cruise in a single gear, with or without
TCC application. Line pressure is either increased in
order to prevent component slippage or decreased
in order to minimize pumping losses.
Steady State TAP 1 GR: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 1st Gear (1 GR)
parameter displays the amount of pressure used
to help prevent transmission component slip.
By analyzing the transmission gear ratio when
commanding first gear, the TCM will command
additional line pressure in order to maintain correct
first gear ratio. The amount of additional pressure
is determined by the TCM and is used to increase the
base line pressure. The larger the value, the greater
the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 1 GR/TCC: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 1st Gear (1 GR)
with Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) apply parameter
displays the amount of pressure used to help
prevent transmission component slip. By analyzing the

Transmission/Transaxle
transmission gear ratio when commanding first gear
and the TCC on, the TCM will command additional line
pressure in order to maintain correct first gear ratio
with the TCC applied. The amount of additional
pressure is determined by the TCM and is used to
increase the base line pressure. The larger the value,
the greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 2 GR: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 2nd Gear (2 GR)
parameter displays the amount of pressure used to
help prevent transmission component slip. By
analyzing the transmission gear ratio when
commanding second gear, the TCM will command
additional line pressure in order to maintain correct
second gear ratio. The amount of additional pressure is
determined by the TCM and is used to increase the
base line pressure. The larger the value, the
greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 2 GR/TCC: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 2nd Gear (2 GR)
with Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) apply parameter
displays the amount of pressure used to help
prevent transmission component slip. By analyzing the
transmission gear ratio when commanding
second gear and the TCC on, the TCM will command
additional line pressure in order to maintain correct
second gear ratio with the TCC applied. The amount of
additional pressure is determined by the TCM and is
used to increase the base line pressure. The larger the
value, the greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 3 GR: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 3rd Gear (3 GR)
parameter displays the amount of pressure used
to help prevent transmission component slip.
By analyzing the transmission gear ratio when
commanding third gear, the TCM will command
additional line pressure in order to maintain correct
third gear ratio. The amount of additional pressure is
determined by the TCM and is used to increase
the base line pressure. The larger the value, the
greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 3 GR/TCC: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 3rd Gear (3 GR)
with Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) apply parameter
displays the amount of pressure used to help
prevent transmission component slip. By analyzing the
transmission gear ratio when commanding third gear
and the TCC on, the TCM will command additional line
pressure in order to maintain correct third gear ratio
with the TCC applied. The amount of additional
pressure is determined by the TCM and is used to
increase the base line pressure. The larger the value,
the greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 4 GR: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 4th Gear (4 GR)
parameter displays the amount of pressure used
to help prevent transmission component slip.
By analyzing the transmission gear ratio when
commanding fourth gear, the TCM will command
additional line pressure in order to maintain correct
fourth gear ratio. The amount of additional pressure is
determined by the TCM and is used to increase the
base line pressure. The larger the value, the
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 4 GR/TCC: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 4th Gear (4 GR)
with Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) apply parameter
displays the amount of pressure used to help
prevent transmission component slip. By analyzing the
transmission gear ratio when commanding fourth gear
and the TCC on, the TCM will command additional
line pressure in order to maintain correct fourth gear
ratio with the TCC applied. The amount of additional
pressure is determined by the TCM and is used
to increase the base line pressure. The larger the
value, the greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 5 GR: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 5th Gear (5 GR)
parameter displays the amount of pressure used
to help prevent transmission component slip.
By analyzing the transmission gear ratio when
commanding fifth gear, the TCM will command
additional line pressure in order to maintain correct
fifth gear ratio. The amount of additional pressure
is determined by the TCM and is used to increase the
base line pressure. The larger the value, the greater
the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP 5 GR/TCC: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) 5th Gear (5 GR)
with Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) apply parameter
displays the amount of pressure used to help
prevent transmission component slip. By analyzing the
transmission gear ratio when commanding fifth gear
and the TCC on, the TCM will command additional line
pressure in order to maintain correct fifth gear ratio
with the TCC applied. The amount of additional
pressure is determined by the TCM and is used to
increase the base line pressure. The larger the value,
the greater the increase to line pressure.
Steady State TAP Reverse: The Steady State
Transmission Adapt Pressure (TAP) Reverse gear
parameter displays the amount of pressure used
to help prevent transmission component slip. By
analyzing the transmission gear ratio when
commanding reverse gear, the TCM will command
additional line pressure in order to maintain correct
reverse gear ratio. The amount of additional pressure
is determined by the TCM and is used to increase
the base line pressure. The larger the value, the
greater the increase to line pressure.
TCC Brake Switch: The Torque Convertor
Clutch (TCC) Brake Switch parameter displays the
status of the TCC brake switch circuit input to
the TCM. When the brake pedal is released, the scan
tool should indicate OPEN. When the brake pedal
is applied, the scan tool should indicate CLOSED.
TCC Duty Cycle: The Torque Convertor
Clutch (TCC) Duty Cycle parameter displays the
commanded state of the TCC PWM solenoid
expressed as a percent of ON time. 90% represents a
fully energized commanded state and 0% represents
a de-energized commanded state.
TCC Duty Cycle Sol. CKT Status: The Torque
Convertor Clutch (TCC) Duty Cycle Solenoid (Sol.)
Circuit (CKT) Status parameter interprets the solenoid
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-61

driver feedback voltage signal and displays the circuit

status on the scan tool. If the voltage is low when
the solenoid is commanded OFF, the scan tool
will display Open/Short to GND. If the voltage is high
when the solenoid is commanded ON, the scan
tool will display Short to Volts.
TCC Slip Speed: The Torque Convertor
Clutch (TCC) Slip Speed parameter displays the
difference between the engine RPM and the RPM of
the input shaft of the transmission. A negative
value indicates that the engine RPM is less than the
RPM of the input shaft, deceleration. A positive
value indicates that the engine RPM is greater than
the RPM of the input shaft.
TP Angle: The Throttle Position Angle parameter
indicates the position of the throttle. 0 % indicates that
the throttle is fully released. 100 % indicates that
the throttle is fully depressed.
Traction Control: This parameter indicates if the
ECM is reducing torque to a level below that which the
driver has commanded due to drive wheel slippage.
Trans. Fluid. Temp.: The Transmission (Trans.)
Fluid Temperature (Temp.) parameter displays
the temperature conversion of the voltage input signal
to the TCM from the transmission fluid
temperature (TFT) sensor. The TFT sensor is a
negative temperature coefficient thermistor. The
resistance decreases as the temperature increases.
As the transmission fluid temperature increases,
the decreasing resistance causes the 5 volt reference
voltage to be pulled progressively lower.
Trans. Oil Life: The Transmission (Trans.) Oil Life
parameter represents the remaining Transmission
Oil Life that is calculated and maintained by the TCM.
This parameter is displayed when the Trans. Oil
Life Reset is initiated with the scan tool.
Transmission Hot Mode: This display indicates
transmission hot mode operation due to high
transmission fluid temperature. OFF indicates that the
transmission fluid temperature has not exceeded
130C (266F). ON indicates that the transmission fluid
temperature has exceeded 130C (266F) and has
not cooled to 120C (248F) for more than five
seconds.
Transmission ISS: The Transmission Input Speed
Sensor (ISS) parameter displays the rotational
speed of the transmission input shaft expressed in
revolutions per minute.
Transmission OSS: The Transmission Output Shaft
Sensor (OSS) parameter displays the rotational
speed of the transmission output shaft expressed in
revolutions per minute.
Vehicle Speed: The vehicle speed sensor signal is
converted by the TCM to be displayed in mph
and km/h.

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type

Definitions
SIE-ID = 796639

Owner = bauer01

LMD = 11-sep-2001

LMB = bosier01

Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) are grouped into

several types. Each type has a unique set of
characteristics for MIL operation, DTC storage, and

7-62

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

DTC clearing. The following list contains a brief

summary of the DTC types and the associated
properties of each.
Type A
This DTC is emissions related. The MIL illuminates
and default actions, if any, are activated immediately
after a failure is detected. The DTC is then stored
in history and the Freeze Frame data is captured.
Type B
This DTC is emissions related. Default actions, if any,
are activated and a Failure Record is stored after
the first failure is detected. At the time of the first fail,
the DTC will appear in memory as pending. If the

Transmission/Transaxle
next trip reports a pass, the pending DTC is deleted. If
the failure recurs on the next consecutive drive
cycle, the MIL illuminates, the DTC is stored in history,
and the Freeze Frame data is captured at the time
of failure.
Type C
This DTC is non emission related and does not turn
on the MIL. When a Type C DTC sets, a message may
be displayed on the driver information center. Type
C DTCs that do not display a message were formerly
referred to as type D DTCs.
SIE-ID = 1221060

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 10-jul-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type

DTC

DTC Type

DTC P0115 on page 7-64

DTC P0120 on page 7-66

DTC P0218 on page 7-68

DTC P0500 on page 7-71

DTC P0562 on page 7-73

DTC P0563 on page 7-77

DTC P0572 on page 7-80

DTC P0573 on page 7-83

DTC P0601 on page 7-86

DTC P0602 on page 7-88

DTC P0603 on page 7-90

DTC P0604 on page 7-92

DTC P0711 on page 7-94

DTC P0712 on page 7-98

DTC P0713 on page 7-101

DTC P0716 on page 7-104

DTC P0717 on page 7-108

DTC P0722 on page 7-112

DTC P0723 on page 7-116

DTC P0727 on page 7-120

DTC P0731 on page 7-122

DTC P0732 on page 7-126

DTC P0733 on page 7-130

DTC P0734 on page 7-134

DTC P0735 on page 7-138

DTC P0741 on page 7-141

DTC P0742 on page 7-144

DTC P0748 on page 7-147

DTC P0751 on page 7-151

DTC P0752 on page 7-154

DTC P0756 on page 7-157

DTC P0757 on page 7-160

DTC P0761 on page 7-163

DTC P0762 on page 7-166

DTC P0850 on page 7-169

DTC P0897 on page 7-173

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type (contd)

DTC

DTC Type

DTC P0973 on page 7-175

DTC P0974 on page 7-179

DTC P0976 on page 7-182

DTC P0977 on page 7-186

DTC P0979 on page 7-189

DTC P0980 on page 7-193

DTC P1621 on page 7-196

DTC P1793 on page 7-200

DTC P1815 on page 7-202

DTC P1820 on page 7-207

DTC P1822 on page 7-210

DTC P1823 on page 7-214

DTC P1825 on page 7-217

DTC P1826 on page 7-221

DTC P1831 on page 7-225

DTC P1832 on page 7-228

DTC P1833 on page 7-231

DTC P1834 on page 7-234

DTC P2544 on page 7-239

DTC P2637 on page 7-241

DTC P2763 on page 7-243

DTC P2764 on page 7-246

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-63

7-64

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0115
SIE-ID = 1237590

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The engine control module (ECM) sends engine

coolant temperature data to the transmission control
module (TCM). The TCM uses this data to initiate
warm-up shift patterns and to establish default
transmission fluid temperature (TFT) values. The data
is sent to the TCM through a communication
network called the controller area network (CAN).
Two circuits are used to communicate CAN data
between the ECM and TCM. A fault in the CAN will
not cause DTC P0115 to set by itself. If a CAN
fault occurs, other DTCs will set before DTC P0115.
When the TCM receives invalid engine coolant
temperature data from the ECM, then DTC P0115 will
set. DTC P0115 is a type C DTC.

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate

the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM uses 25C (77F) as a default engine
coolant temperature value.
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0115 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Conditions for Running the DTC

A scan tool can clear the DTC.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

No other CAN errors are present.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM receives no valid engine coolant temperature
data from the ECM for 2 seconds.

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

DTC P0115
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Did you record any ECM Failure Records?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Turn the ignition OFF for at least 30 seconds.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
Did DTC P0115 reset?

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-65

DTC P0115 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Did any other DTCs set?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following operation to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC on the scan tool.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0115.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-66

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0120
SIE-ID = 1237591

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

The TCM uses the ECM default accelerator pedal

value for determining shift speeds.
The TCM turns off the pressure control solenoid.
When the pressure control solenoid is off, line
pressure is at maximum.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM disables the TCC.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0120 in TCM history.

The engine control module (ECM) sends accelerator

pedal position data to the transmission control
module (TCM). The TCM uses this data to modify shift
speeds. The data is sent to the TCM through a
communication network called the controller area
network (CAN). Two circuits are used to communicate
CAN data between the ECM and TCM. A fault in
the CAN will not cause DTC P0120 to set by itself. If a
CAN fault occurs, other DTCs will set before
DTC P0120.
When the TCM receives invalid accelerator pedal data
from the ECM, then DTC P0120 will set. DTC P0120
is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
No other CAN errors are present.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM receives no valid accelerator pedal data
from the ECM for 2 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

DTC P0120
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Did you record any ECM Failure Records?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-67

DTC P0120 (contd)

Step

Action
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Turn the ignition OFF for at least 30 seconds.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
Did DTC P0120 reset?

Value(s)

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following operation to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC on the scan tool.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0120.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 4
Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

No
Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did any other DTCs set?

Yes

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-68

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0218
SIE-ID = 1221499
SIO-ID = 1219089

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798815

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The primary source of heat in the transmission is the

torque converter. Hot oil exits the torque converter
through the torque converter clutch (TCC) control valve
and flows to the transmission cooler supply line.
The supply line connects to the cooler, which is located
in the radiator. From the cooler, the oil returns
through the oil cooler return line and enters the
lubrication circuits. After lubricating the internal
components, the oil then returns to the oil pan. The oil
pump draws oil through the filter from the oil pan,
where the transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
is located. The oil pump pressurizes the oil and
directs it to the pressure regulator valve. The pressure
regulator valve is the starting point for the main
supply of oil to the torque converter and the
transmission hydraulic components.

The transmission fluid temperature is 32C (270F) or

more for 600 seconds (10 minutes).

When the transmission control module (TCM) detects

high transmission oil temperature for an extended
period of time, DTC P0218 sets. DTC P0218 is a type
C DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

Conditions for Running the DTC

The transmission fluid temperature is 39 to +149C
(38 to +300F) for greater than 5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the engine control
module (ECM) to illuminate the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL).
TRANSMISSION HOT - IDLE ENGINE displays
on the driver information center (DIC).
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM records this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0218 in TCM history.

The TCM clears the DIC message when the

condition no longer exists.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the condition no longer exists.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

A scan tool can clear the DTC.

7-69

The TFT displayed on the scan tool should rise

steadily to a normal operating temperature,
then stabilize.

Diagnostic Aids
The DIC, if equipped, will display TRANSMISSION
HOT - IDLE ENGINE when the transmission fluid
temperature reaches 132C (270F).
Observe DIC messaging that would indicate the
engine cooling system is hot.

Ask about the customers driving habits, trailer

towing, etc. Trailer towing should occur in D4.

DTC P0218
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Engine
Overheating (LY7)
on page 6-32 or
Engine
Overheating (LA3,
LY9) on
page 6-33 or
Engine
Overheating (LY7)
on page 6-32 or
Engine
Overheating (LA3,
LY9) on
page 6-33 in
Engine Cooling

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important: Record the Failure Records before clearing the
DTC. Using the Clear Info function erases the Failure
Records from the ECM and the TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Is the engine coolant temperature above the specified
value when the DTC set?

125C (257F)

1. Clear the DTC.

2. Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.
Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Is the action complete?

1. Inspect the transmission cooling system for

restrictions or damage. Refer to Automatic
Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test
(J45096) on page 7-271 or Automatic Transmission
Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J35944-A) on
page 7-275.
2. Repair or replace the cooling system components as
necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

1. Perform the Line Pressure Check Procedure. Refer

to Line Pressure Check Procedure on page 7-259.
2. Repair the transmission as necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

1. Test the torque converter for a seized stator. Refer to

Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure on
page 7-263.
2. Replace the torque converter as necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

7-70

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0218 (contd)

Step

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle long enough to ensure the
transmission temperature remains below 129C
(262F).
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0218.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

No

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
8

Yes

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-71

DTC P0500
SIE-ID = 1221520

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 09-jan-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) provides the
engine control module (ECM) vehicle speed through
high-speed communications on the controller area
network (CAN). Vehicle speed is produced by the AC
current generated through the transmission output
shaft speed (OSS) sensor as the output shaft rotates.
The ECM continuously monitors the vehicle speed
signal supplied by the TCM.
When the ECM detects very low vehicle speed, while
the vehicle is in motion, DTC P0500 sets. DTC P0500
is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running The DTC

No communication DTC U2106.

Engine speed is 1,8002,200 RPM.
ECM deceleration fuel shutoff is active.
Engine coolant temperature is greater than 65C
(149F).
TCM commanded gear is 4th .

Conditions for Setting The DTC

Vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph) for a total
of 50 seconds.

The ECM records the operating conditions when

the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met. The
ECM stores this information as Freeze Frame and
Failure Records.
The ECM stores DTC P0500 in ECM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns off the MIL during the
third consecutive trip in which the diagnostic test
runs and passes.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The ECM clears the DTC from ECM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

Diagnostic Aids
If vehicle speed is not detected by the ECM, the
ECM will set DTC P0500.
A communication error, U-code, may exist
between the ECM and TCM, which may cause
DTC P0500 to set.
If TCM DTC P0722 or P0723 are set, diagnose
these DTCs first. The ECM may also set a
DTC P0700, requesting the MIL illumination from
the TCM.

Test Description

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The number below refers to the step number on the

diagnostic table.
3. Because the TCM supplies the ECM with vehicle
speed, the TCM will also have set a DTC.

The ECM illuminates the malfunction indicator

lamp (MIL) during the second consecutive trip
in which the Conditions for Setting the DTC
are met.

DTC P0500
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-72

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0500 (contd)

Step

Action
1. Install a scan tool.
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM
and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
Did you record Freeze Frame or Failure Records for any
of the following communication codes: U2100, U2104,
U2105, or U2106?

Value(s)

No

Go to
DTC U2100,
DTC U2104 or
DTC U2106 in
Data Link
Communications

Go to Step 3

Did you record Freeze Frame or Failure Records for

DTC P0722 or P0723?

Yes

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
Go to DTC P0722
page 6-413 in
on page 7-112 or
Engine Controls
DTC P0723 on
3.6L (LY7)
page 7-116

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-73

DTC P0562
SIE-ID = 1221523
SIO-ID = 1219091

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285481

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) continuously
monitors the system voltage on the Ignition 1 and
the battery circuits. Lower than normal voltage may be
inadequate to operate the transmission control
solenoids properly. Improper solenoid operation may
cause erratic transmission operation and tie-up
conditions, which may result in internal damage.
When the TCM detects low voltage, DTC P0562 sets.
DTC P0562 is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running The DTC

The engine speed is greater than 1,200 RPM.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

The TCM detects system voltage less than 11 volts for
10 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the engine control
module (ECM) to illuminate the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM records this information as a Failure
Record.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The TCM stores DTC P0562 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.

Diagnostic Aids
Observe the driver information center (DIC)
messaging that would indicate the electrical
system requires service.
Inspect for the following conditions:
Loose or damaged terminals at the generator
Loose or worn generator drive belt

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
4. This step tests the charging system voltage with a
nominal load.
5. This step obtains the ignition voltage
measurement reported by the TCM.
6. This step tests the voltage drop from the battery
and ignition voltage input at the TCM.

7-74

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

10. This step tests the voltage drop from the ground
terminals of the TCM to the ground terminal of
the battery.

DTC P0562
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Using the DMM, measure and record the battery
voltage across the battery terminals.
Is the voltage higher than the specified value?
1. Start the engine.
2. Allow the engine to warm up to normal operating
temperature.
Is the charge indicator light ON?
1. Turn ON the high beam headlamps.
2. Turn the HVAC blower control to the highest speed
setting.
3. Turn ON the rear window defroster.
4. Increase the engine speed to 1,500 RPM.
5. Observe the DMM battery voltage and record your
voltage reading for reference.
Is the voltage within the specified range?

11 V

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Electrical
on page 6-9 in
Engine Electrical

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Go to Charging
System Test
(With RVC) on
page 6-50 in
Engine Electrical

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 6

12.514.5 V

1. Increase the engine speed to 1,500 RPM.

2. Observe the Ignition Voltage with the scan tool.
Is the scan tool Ignition Voltage within the specified range?

Go to Step 3

Go to Battery
Inspection/Test
on page 6-43 in
Engine Electrical

12.514.5 V

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-75

DTC P0562 (contd)

Step

Action
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the TCM connector.
3. Probe terminal 9 and 27 of the TCM connector with
the ground probe of the DMM. Refer to Measuring
Voltage on page 8-12 in Wiring Systems.
4. Connect the positive lead of the DMM to the battery
positive terminal.
5. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Are the voltage drop measurements less than the
specified value?

Value(s)

Repair the short to ground in the battery voltage circuit or

the ignition voltage circuit. Refer to Wiring Repairs on
page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the repair complete?

Test the battery voltage circuit or the ignition voltage

circuit for an open or high resistance condition.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 13

10

1. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.

2. Using the positive probe of the DMM, probe
terminal 6 of the TCM connector.
3. Connect the negative lead of the DMM to the battery
ground terminal. Observe and record the voltage
measurement.
4. Using the positive probe of the DMM, probe
terminal 7 of the TCM connector. Observe and record
the voltage measurement. Refer to Measuring
Voltage Drop on page 8-12 in Wiring Systems.
Are both of the voltage drop measurements less than the
specified value?

11

Repair the open or high resistance condition in the TCM

ground circuits. Refer to Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in
Wiring Systems.
Is the repair complete?

12

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Start the engine.
Allow the engine to warm up to normal operating
temperature.
Raise the engine speed to at least 1,200 RPM.
TCM voltage must be greater than 11 volts for
12 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0562.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

0.5 V

Inspect the 10 amp ECM/TCM battery fuse and the

15 amp TCM/IPC ignition 1, fuse for an open. Refer to
Circuit Protection - Fuses on page 8-17 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find an open fuse?

13

Yes

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 11

0.2 V

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

7-76

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0562 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-77

DTC P0563
SIE-ID = 1221529
SIO-ID = 1219091

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 09-jan-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285481

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) continuously
monitors the system voltage on the Ignition 1 and
the battery circuits. Higher than normal voltage may
cause the solenoids inside the transmission to operate
improperly or damage solid-state components inside
the TCM.
When the TCM detects high voltage, DTC P0563 sets.
DTC P0563 is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running The DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

The TCM detects system voltage greater than 18 volts
for 10 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the engine control
module (ECM) to illuminate the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM records this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0563 in TCM history.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.

Diagnostic Aids
Observe the driver information center (DIC)
messaging that would indicate the electrical
system requires service.
Use the scan tool in order to inspect all other
modules for voltage related DTCs.
Running the engine with a battery charger
attached may cause DTC P0563 to set.
Inspect the charging circuit for high
resistance.
Inspect the vehicle battery for open or
sulfated cells.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
4. This step tests the charging system voltage with a
minimal load.
5. This step obtains the ignition voltage
measurement reported by the TCM.

7-78

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
DTC P0563

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to DTC P0560
on page 6-19 in
Engine Electrical

Go to Step 3

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Electrical
on page 6-9 in
Engine Electrical

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Go to Charging
System Test
(With RVC) on
page 6-50 in
Engine Electrical

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the Failure Records.
Did you record a Failure Record for DTC P0560?
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Start the engine.
3. Allow the engine to warm up to normal operating
temperature.
Is the charge indicator light ON?

1. Turn OFF all electrical accessories.

2. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 RPM.
3. Using the DMM, measure the voltage between the
battery terminals. Record the measurement for
reference.
Is the voltage within the specified range?

1. Leave the engine running.

2. Observe the Ignition Voltage on the scan tool.
3. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 RPM.
Is the difference between the voltage displayed on the
scan tool and the voltage measurement in Step 4 greater
than the specified value?

12.514.5 V

1.0 V

Did P0563 reset?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Go to Step 8

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-79

DTC P0563 (contd)

Step

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Start the engine.
Allow the engine to warm up to normal operating
temperature.
Observe the Ignition Voltage on the scan tool.
TCM voltage must remain below 18 volts for
12 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0563.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go toStep 9

Go toStep 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
9

Yes

7-80

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0572
SIE-ID = 1301472
SIO-ID = 1219097

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 15-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285484

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The torque converter clutch (TCC) brake switch is

used to indicate the status of the brake pedal, applied
or released, to the transmission control module (TCM).
The normally-closed TCC brake switch supplies an
ignition voltage input to the TCM. Applying the brake
pedal opens the switch, interrupting voltage to the
TCM. Releasing the brake pedal resumes voltage to
the TCM. When the TCM senses 0 volts at the
TCC brake switch input, the TCM de-energizes the
TCC solenoid valve.
If the TCM detects an open TCC brake switch, stuck
ON, during accelerations, then DTC P0572 sets.
DTC P0572 is a type C DTC.

The TCC brake switch input is at 0 volts for 15 minutes

and the following conditions occur eight times
without a status change on the TCC brake input:

Conditions for Running the DTC

No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.

The vehicle speed is less than 8 km/h

(5 mph), then,
The vehicle speed is between 8 km/h (20 mph)
and 32 km/h (20 mph) for at least 3 seconds,
but no more than 7 seconds, then,
The vehicle speed remains above 32 km/h
(20 mph) for at least 6 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The ECM records the operating conditions when

the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met. The
TCM stores this information as a Failure Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0572 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

The TCM clears the DIC message when the
condition no longer exists.
The TCC brake switch input indicates ignition
voltage for 2 seconds.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

7-81

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
2. Disconnecting the brake switch connector,
jumping the circuit, and observing a status change,
isolates the brake switch as the source of
the DTC.
3. If the TCC/ET voltage circuit shorts to ground, the
TCC/ET fuse opens.
7. Replace the TCM only after you have completed
the preceding diagnostic steps.

DTC P0572
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select TCC Brake Switch on the scan tool.
6. Disconnect the TCC brake switch connector.
7. Using the J 35616-B GM-terminal test kit, install a
fused jumper wire between the ignition 1 voltage
circuit and the TCC brake switch signal circuit at the
TCC brake switch connector.
Did the TCC brake switch status change from ON to OFF?

1. Remove the TCC/ET fuse.

2. Inspect the fuse for an open.
Refer to Circuit Protection - Fuses on page 8-17 in Wiring
Systems.
Is the fuse open?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-82

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0572 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Important: The condition that affects this circuit may exist

in other connecting branches of the circuit. Refer to
Engine Controls Schematics on page 6-11 in Engine
Controls 2.6L and 3.2L or Engine Control Schematics in
Engine Controls 3.6L (LY7) for complete circuit
distribution.
Test the Ignition 1 voltage circuit for a short to ground.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

1. Test the Ignition 1 voltage circuit for an open.

2. Test the TCC brake switch/cruise control release
signal circuit for an open.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Replace the TCC brake switch.

Refer to Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release
Switch Replacement on page 7-295.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Apply and release the brake pedal.
The TCM must receive 12 volts, brake switch
closed, on the signal circuit for 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0572.
Has the test run and passed?

No

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 8

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
9

Yes

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-83

DTC P0573
SIE-ID = 1301518
SIO-ID = 1219097

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 15-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285484

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The torque converter clutch (TCC) brake switch is

used to indicate the status of the brake pedal, applied
or released, to the transmission control module (TCM).
The normally-closed TCC brake switch supplies an
ignition voltage input to the TCM. Applying the brake
pedal opens the switch, interrupting voltage to the
TCM. Releasing the brake pedal resumes voltage to
the TCM. When the TCM senses 0 volts at the
TCC brake switch input, the TCM de-energizes the
TCC solenoid valve.
If the TCM detects a closed TCC brake switch, stuck
OFF, during decelerations, then DTC P0573 sets.
DTC P0573 is a type C DTC.

The TCC brake switch input indicates ignition voltage

and the following conditions occur eight times
without a status change on the TCC brake input:

Conditions for Running the DTC

No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The vehicle speed is greater than 32 km/h

(20 mph) for 6 seconds, then;
The vehicle speed is between 32 km/h (20 mph)
and 8 km/h (5 mph) for at least 3 seconds, but
no more than 7 seconds, then;
The vehicle speed is less than 8 km/h (5 mph).

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

7-84

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

The TCM records the operating conditions when

the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0573 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

The TCM clears the DIC message when the
condition no longer exists.
The TCC brake switch input indicates 0 volts for
2 seconds.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
2. Disconnecting the brake switch connector, and
observing a status change, isolates the brake
switch as the source of the DTC.
3. This step inspects the signal circuit for a short to
voltage, if the brake switch status on the scan
tool did not change in Step 2.
4. If the brake switch is properly adjusted, then the
brake switch must be replaced.
5. Replace the TCM only after you have completed
the preceding diagnostic steps.

DTC P0573
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select TCC Brake Switch on the scan tool.
6. Disconnect the TCC brake switch connector.
Does the TCC brake switch status change from OFF
to ON?

Test the TCC brake switch/cruise control release switch

signal circuit of the TCC brake switch for a short to
voltage.
Refer to Testing for a Short to Voltage on page 8-14 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Replace the TCC brake switch.

Refer to Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release
Switch Replacement on page 7-295.
Did you complete the replacement?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Did you complete the replacement?

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 6

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-85

DTC P0573 (contd)

Step

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Apply the brake pedal for at least 2 seconds, then
release it.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0573.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

Yes

7-86

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0601
SIE-ID = 1221795

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
A normal function of the transmission control
module (TCM) is to perform an internal test that
verifies the integrity of the ROM memory allocation.
This diagnostic detects faults in the allocation of flash
memory that contain the program and calibration
by comparing a calculated checksum with a stored
checksum. When the TCM detects that the calculated
checksum is different from the stored checksum,
DTC P0601 sets. DTC P0601 is a type B DTC.

The TCC is disabled.

At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0601 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

Conditions for Running The DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

The TCM EEPROM checksums do not match.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids.
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if the
vehicle has successfully completed a 12
upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the vehicle
has not completed a 12 upshift in the current
ignition cycle, the transmission will operate
in fourth gear.
The TCC commands maximum line pressure.
The TCC freezes transmission adaptive functions.
Powertrain braking is disabled.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
DTC P0601 may set as a result of TCM
reprogramming.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step eliminates the TCM software as a
possible cause of the DTC. If the DTC continues
to set after reprogramming, the fault is in the
TCM hardware.

DTC P0601
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-87

DTC P0601 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition.
Did DTC P0601 reset?

Perform the Transmission Control Module Programming

Procedure. Refer to Transmission Control Module
Programming Procedure on page 7-346.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
4. Turn ON the ignition.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0601.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 3

Go to
Diagnostic Aids

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-88

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0602
SIE-ID = 1221796

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
A normal function of the transmission control
module (TCM) is to perform an internal test that
verifies the security of the diagnostic and shift
calibration programming. The programming must
contain security codes that enable a software lock to
engage. The software lock is designed to prevent
unauthorized changes to the diagnostics or shift
calibrations. The software lock utility is processed
independently from the diagnostic and shift calibration
software and contains application specific data.
This software lock data is entered into the TCM during
the final assembly of the vehicle.
When the security codes from the diagnostic and shift
calibration software fail to engage the software
lock, the TCM sets DTC P0602. DTC P0602 is a type
B DTC.

Conditions for Running The DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

The TCM detects an unlocked calibration
memory range.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids.
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if the
vehicle has successfully completed a 1-2
upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the vehicle
has not completed a 1-2 upshift in the current
ignition cycle, the transmission will operate
in fourth gear.
The TCC commands maximum line pressure.

The TCC freezes transmission adaptive functions.

Powertrain braking is disabled.
The TCC is disabled.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0602 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
DTC P0602 may set as a result of TCM
reprogramming.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step eliminates the TCM software as a
possible cause of the DTC. If the DTC continues
to set after reprogramming, the fault is in the
TCM hardware.

DTC P0602
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-89

DTC P0602 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition.
Did DTC P0602 reset?

Perform the Transmission Control Module Programming

Procedure. Refer to Transmission Control Module
Programming Procedure on page 7-346.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
4. Turn ON the ignition.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0602.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 3

Go to
Diagnostic Aids

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-90

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0603
SIE-ID = 1221797

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

The TCM stores DTC P0603 in TCM history.

A normal function of the transmission control

module (TCM) is to perform an internal test that
verifies the integrity of the non-volatile random access
memory (NVRAM) allocation. This diagnostic detects
faults in the allocation of NVRAM that contain the
transmission adaptive pressure memory cells by
comparing a calculated checksum with a stored
checksum. When the TCM detects that the calculated
checksum is different from the stored checksum,
DTC P0603 sets. DTC P0603 is a type A DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Conditions for Running The DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

Diagnostic Aids

The TCM NVRAM checksums do not match.

DTC P0603 may set as result of TCM reprogramming.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The ECM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The ECM stores this information as a
Freeze Frame.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step eliminates the TCM software as a
possible cause of the DTC. If the DTC continues
to set after reprogramming, the fault is in the
TCM hardware.

DTC P0603
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Diagnostic Aids

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition.
Did DTC P0603 reset?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-91

DTC P0603 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the Transmission Control Module Programming

Procedure. Refer to Transmission Control Module
Programming Procedure on page 7-346.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
4. Turn ON the ignition.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0603.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-92

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0604
SIE-ID = 1221798

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
A normal function of the transmission control
module (TCM) is to perform an internal test that
verifies the read and write capability of the random
access memory (RAM). This diagnostic detects faults
in the RAM by writing test data to the RAM, reading
back the same data, and then comparing the two data
sets. When the TCM detects that the data that was
read from the RAM is different from the test data that
was written to the RAM, DTC P0604 sets. DTC P0604
is a type B DTC.

Powertrain braking is disabled.

At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0604 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

Conditions for Running The DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

The data read from RAM does not match the test data
written to the RAM.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids.
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if the
vehicle has successfully completed a 1-2
upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the vehicle
has not completed a 1-2 upshift in the current
ignition cycle, the transmission will operate
in fourth gear.
The TCC commands maximum line pressure.
The TCC freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCC is disabled.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
DTC P0604 may set as a result of TCM
reprogramming.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step eliminates the TCM software as a
possible cause of the DTC. If the DTC continues
to set after reprogramming, the fault is in the
TCM hardware.

DTC P0604
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-93

DTC P0604 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition.
Did DTC P0604 reset?

Perform the Transmission Control Module Programming

Procedure. Refer to Transmission Control Module
Programming Procedure on page 7-346.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
4. Turn ON the ignition.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0604.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 3

Go to
Diagnostic Aids

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-94

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0711
SIE-ID = 1221639
SIO-ID = 1219093

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285482

Circuit Description
The automatic transmission fluid temperature (TFT)
sensor is a negative coefficient thermistor. When
the transmission fluid is cold, the sensor resistance is
high. As the transmission fluid warms up, the
sensor resistance decreases. This diagnostic monitors
the TFT circuit. The circuit may be functional, but
not in the normal operating range. This diagnostic
indicates stuck, erratic, intermittent, skewed, or
inaccurate values, indicating poor system performance.
The TFT range is 40 to +151C (40 to +305F).
If the TCM detects rapid or no voltage changes in the
TFT sensor circuit, then DTC P0711 sets. DTC P0711
is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No ECT DTC P0115.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
DTC P0711 has not passed in the current
ignition cycle.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The transmission fluid temperature is 39 to
+149C (38 to +300F).

For conditions 1 and 2 below, the engine coolant

temperature is greater than 70C (158F) and
has changed by at least 50C (90F) since startup.
For conditions 1 and 2 below, the TCC slip
speed is 120 RPM or greater for 600 seconds
(10 minutes) cumulatively.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

One of the following conditions occurs:
Condition 1
The transmission fluid temperature at startup is
40 to +21C (40 to +70F).
The vehicle speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph)
for 900 seconds (15 minutes) cumulatively.
The transmission fluid temperature has not
changed by more than 2C (4F) since startup for
100 seconds (1 minute and 40 seconds).
Condition 2
The transmission fluid temperature at startup is
129150C (264302F).
The vehicle speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph)
for 600 seconds (10 minutes) cumulatively.
The transmission fluid temperature has not
changed by more than 2C (4F) since startup for
100 seconds (1 minute and 40 seconds).
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-95

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Condition 3
The transmission fluid temperature has changed by
20C (36F) or greater within 250 milliseconds;
14 times within 7 seconds.

A scan tool can clear the DTC.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the engine control
module (ECM) to illuminate the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM calculates a default transmission fluid
temperature based on engine coolant temperature,
intake air temperature and engine run time.
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0711 in TCM history.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
5. This step tests for an intermittent short or open
condition in the engine wiring harness. The
test light is used as a resistor in the circuit.
6. This step determines if the TCM or the TFT,
sensor is causing a steady, unchanging TFT,
reading.

DTC P0711
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Trans. Fluid Temp. on the scan tool.
6. Drive the vehicle and observe the scan tool for either
of the following conditions:
The TFT does not change greater than 2C (4F)
in 1 minute and 40 seconds since startup.
The TFT changes by 20C (36F) or greater in
0.250 second, 14 times within 7 seconds,
unrealistic change.
Did either of the conditions occur?

Did the scan tool display a condition in which the Trans.

Fluid Temp. does not change by greater than the specified
value in 1 minute and 40 seconds since startup?

2C (4F)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-96

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0711 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness on the engine
side of the AT inline 20-way connector.
4. Using the connector test adapter kit, connect a test
light between the TFT sensor signal and low
reference circuits of the J 45681.
5. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
6. While observing the scan tool display, move or
wiggle the engine wiring harness from the TCM
connector to the AT inline 20-way connector.
Does the Trans. Fluid Temp. change by greater than the
specified value?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Did the scan tool display a condition in which the Trans.
Fluid Temp. does not change by greater than the specified
value in 1 minute and 40 seconds since startup?

2C (4F)

1. Test the TFT signal circuit for an intermittent open or

short condition between the TCM connector and the
AT inline 20-way connector.
2. Test the TFT low reference circuit for an intermittent
open or short condition between the TCM connector
and the AT inline 20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Testing
for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Did you complete the replacement?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Did you complete the replacement?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Drive the vehicle and ensure the following conditions
are met:
The TFT is 39C to +149C (38F to +300F).
The TFT changes by greater than 2C (4F) since
startup.
The TFT does not change by 20C (36F) or
greater within 0.250 second.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0711.
Has the test run and passed?

10

Yes

No

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 8

20C (36F)

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-97

DTC P0711 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
11

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-98

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0712
SIE-ID = 1221641
SIO-ID = 1219093

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285482

Circuit Description
The automatic transmission fluid temperature (TFT)
sensor is part of the automatic transmission internal
wiring harness assembly. The TFT sensor is a
thermistor, or a resistor that changes value when the
temperature changes. The sensor has a
negative-temperature coefficient. This means that as
the temperature increases, the resistance decreases,
and as the temperature decreases, the resistance
increases. The transmission control module (TCM)
supplies a 5 volt reference signal to the sensor
and measures the voltage drop in the circuit. When
the transmission fluid is cold, the sensor resistance is
high and the TCM detects high signal voltage. As
the fluid temperature increases, the resistance of the
sensor decreases, which lowers the signal voltage.
If the TCM detects a short to ground in the TFT sensor
or signal circuit, then DTC P0712 sets. DTC P0712
is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running The DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM calculates a default transmission fluid
temperature based on engine coolant temperature,
intake air temperature and engine run time.
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0712 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

Test Description

The TCM detects a transmission fluid temperature of

150 C (302 F) or more for 10 seconds.

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

3. This step tests the ability of the TCM to detect an

open circuit. If the TCM recognizes the open,
this eliminates the TCM and the wiring up to the
transmission connector. The fault must be internal
to the transmission.

7-99

5. Because the TFT is an integral part of the

transmission wiring, the entire harness must be
replaced.

DTC P0712
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 6

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTCs.
5. Select Trans. Fluid Temp. on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool display transmission fluid temperature
equal to or greater than the specified value?

150C (302F)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the transmission 20-way harness
connector. Additional DTCs may set.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Does the scan tool display transmission fluid temperature
equal to the specified value?

40C (40F)

Test the TFT signal circuit from the transmission 20-way

harness to the TCM for a short to ground. Refer to Testing
for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Replace the automatic transmission internal wiring

harness assembly. Refer to Transmission Internal
Electrical Harness Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 7

7-100

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0712 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
The Trans. Fluid Temp. must be 150C (302F) or
less for 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0712.
Has the test run and passed?

150C (302F)

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
8

Yes

No

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-101

DTC P0713
SIE-ID = 1221644
SIO-ID = 1219093

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285482

Circuit Description
The automatic transmission fluid temperature (TFT)
sensor is part of the automatic transmission internal
wiring harness assembly. The TFT sensor is a
thermistor, or a resistor that changes value when the
temperature changes. The sensor has a
negative-temperature coefficient. This means that as
the temperature increases, the resistance decreases,
and as the temperature decreases, the resistance
increases. The transmission control module (TCM)
supplies a 5 volt reference signal to the sensor
and measures the voltage drop in the circuit. When
the transmission fluid is cold, the sensor resistance is
high and the TCM detects high signal voltage. As
the fluid temperature increases, the resistance of the
sensor decreases, which lowers the signal voltage.
If the TCM detects an open or short to voltage in the
TFT sensor or signal circuit, then DTC P0713 sets.
DTC P0713 is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running The DTC

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
The output shaft speed is greater than 200 RPM
for 200 seconds (3 minutes and 20 seconds)
cumulative.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The TCC slip speed is greater than 120 RPM for

200 seconds (3 minutes and 20 seconds)
cumulative.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

Conditions for Setting The DTC

The TCM detects a transmission fluid temperature of
39 C (38 F) or less for 25 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM calculates a default transmission fluid
temperature based on engine coolant temperature,
intake air temperature and engine run time.
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0713 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

7-102

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

DTC P0713
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Trans. Fluid Temp. on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool display a Trans. Fluid Temp. less than
the specified value?

39C (38F)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness on the
transmission side of the AT inline 20-way connector.
4. Using the DMM and the J 35616-B GM-terminal test
kit, measure the resistance between the TFT sensor
signal and low reference circuit of the J 45681.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?

100 K

1. Test the TFT signal circuit for a short to voltage

between the TCM connector and the TFT sensor.
Refer to Testing for a Short to Voltage on page 8-14
in Wiring Systems.
2. Repair the wiring as necessary.
3. Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness.
Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the repair complete?

1. Test the TFT signal circuit for an open between the

TCM connector and the AT inline 20-way connector.
2. Test the TFT low reference circuit for an open
between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct an open condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Did you complete the replacement?

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-103

DTC P0713 (contd)

Step

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
The Trans. Fluid Temp. must be greater than
40C (40F) for 12.5 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0713.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
8

Yes

7-104

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0716
SIE-ID = 1221646
SIO-ID = 1219094

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285483

Circuit Description
The input shaft speed (ISS) sensor is a permanent
magnet generator. The ISS sensor mounts in the
transmission case in front of the valve body assembly.
The sensor faces the reverse clutch housing
machined teeth surface. As the reverse clutch housing
rotates, an AC voltage is induced and transmitted to
the transmission control module (TCM). The AC
voltage level and the number of pulses increase as
the speed of the reverse clutch housing increases. The
TCM converts the AC voltage into a digital signal.
The TCM uses the input shaft speed signal to
help determine line pressure, transmission shift
patterns, torque converter clutch (TCC) slip speed and
gear ratio.
If the TCM detects an unrealistic drop in input shaft
speed, DTC P0716 sets. DTC P0716 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTC P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No 1-2 Shift Solenoid Performance DTC P0752.
No 1-2 Shift Solenoid Electrical DTCs P0973
or P0974.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

The vehicle speed is greater than 16 km/h

(10 mph).
The transmission input shaft speed is greater than
1,050 RPM for 2 seconds.
The throttle position is greater than 12 percent.
One of the following conditions exist:
The transmission input shaft speed has not
changed for at least 2 seconds.
The transmission input shaft speed has
increased by greater than 500 RPM
within 2 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The transmission input shaft speed drops more than
1,000 RPM for at least 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM illuminates the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) during the second consecutive trip
in which the Conditions for Setting the DTC
are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM calculates input speed from the
automatic transmission output shaft speed sensor
and commanded gear.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the

operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0716 in TCM history.

Diagnostic Aids
Ensure the ISS is properly torqued to the transmission
housing.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. The resistance measurement will not change if
either the ISS high signal circuit or the ISS
low signal circuit, but not both, is shorted to
ground. The vehicle speed detector in the TCM
and the ISS are matched in such a way that
an open or a short to ground in the ISS low signal
circuit will not usually cause a loss of speed
signal or a DTC P0716 to set.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

7-105

6. This step isolates the short between the ISS and

the wiring.
11. Refer to the latest procedures for TCM
reprogramming.

DTC P0716
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select Transmission ISS on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool display input shaft speed above the
specified value?
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Using the DMM and the J 35616-B GM-terminal test
kit, measure the resistance between the ISS high
signal and low signal circuits at the TCM connector.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

500 RPM

325575

7-106

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0716 (contd)

Step

10

11

12

Action

Value(s)

Test the ISS high signal circuit and ISS low signal circuit
for the following conditions:
An open circuit or high resistance condition
ISS high signal circuit and ISS low signal circuit
shorted together
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Measure the resistance between ISS high signal circuit at

the TCM connector and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

1. Leave the DMM connected between the ISS signal

circuit and ground.
2. Disconnect the ISS.
3. Measure the resistance.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

Repair the short to ground in the ISS high signal circuit.

Refer to Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you complete the repair?

1. Connect the DMM between the ISS high signal and

low signal circuits.
2. Place the transmission in Park.
3. Start the engine.
Is the AC voltage equal to or greater than the
specified value?

0.5 V

1. Remove the ISS. Refer to Input Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-328.
2. Inspect the ISS and the ISS rotor for the following
conditions:
ISS damage
ISS rotor damage
Excessive air gap between the reverse clutch
input housing assembly (401) rotor and the ISS
Incorrect alignment between the ISS and the
reverse clutch input housing assembly (401) rotor
3. Repair or replace any of the above items as
necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Replace the ISS. Refer to Input Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-328.
Did you complete the repair?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start and idle the engine.
4. Observe Transmission ISS on the scan tool. Input
speed must be greater than 550 RPM for 4 seconds.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0716.
Has the test run and passed?

Yes

No

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-107

DTC P0716 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-108

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0717
SIE-ID = 1221648
SIO-ID = 1219094

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285483

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The input shaft sensor (ISS) is a permanent magnet

generator. The ISS sensor mounts in the transmission
case in front of the valve body assembly. The
sensor faces the reverse clutch housing machined
teeth surface. As the reverse clutch housing rotates,
an AC voltage is induced and transmitted to the
transmission control module (TCM). The AC voltage
level and the number of pulses increase as the speed
of the reverse clutch housing increases. The TCM
converts the AC voltage into a digital signal. The TCM
uses the input shaft speed signal to help determine
line pressure, transmission shift patterns, torque
converter clutch (TCC) slip speed and gear ratio.

The transmission input shaft speed is less than

100 RPM for 5 seconds.

If the TCM detects no input shaft speed when there is

vehicle speed in a drive gear range, then DTC P0717
sets. DTC P0717 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No engine torque DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The vehicle speed is greater than 16 km/h
(10 mph).

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM illuminates the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) during the second consecutive trip
in which the Conditions for Setting the DTC
are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM calculates input shaft speed from the
output shaft speed sensor and commanded gear.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0717 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

3. The resistance measurement will not change if

either the ISS high signal circuit or the ISS
low signal circuit, but not both, is shorted to
ground. The vehicle speed detector in the TCM
and the ISS are matched in such a way that
an open or a short to ground in the ISS low signal
circuit will not usually cause a loss of speed
signal or a DTC P0717 to set.

A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids

6. This step isolates the short between the ISS and

the wiring.

Ensure the ISS is properly torqued to the transmission

housing.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.

7-109

11. Refer to the latest procedures for TCM

reprogramming.

DTC P0717
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 9

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Start the engine.
6. Select Transmission ISS on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool display input shaft speed above the
specified value?

500 RPM

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Using the DMM and the J 35616-B GM-terminal test
kit, measure the resistance between the ISS high
signal and low signal circuits at the TCM connector.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

325575

Test the ISS high signal circuit and ISS low signal circuit
for the following conditions:
An open circuit or high resistance condition
ISS high signal and ISS low signal circuits shorted
together
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-110

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0717 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Measure the resistance between the ISS high signal circuit

at the TCM connector and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

1. Leave the DMM connected between the ISS high

signal circuit and ground.
2. Disconnect the ISS.
3. Measure the resistance.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

Repair the short to ground in the ISS high signal circuit.

Refer to Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you complete the repair?

1. Connect the DMM between the ISS high signal and

low signal circuits at the TCM connector.
2. Place the transmission in Park.
3. Start the engine.
Is the AC voltage equal to or greater than the
specified value?

0.5 V

1. Remove the ISS. Refer to Input Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-328.
2. Inspect the ISS and the ISS rotor for the following
conditions:
ISS damage
ISS rotor damage
Excessive air gap between the reverse clutch
input housing assembly (401) rotor and the ISS
Incorrect alignment between the ISS and the
reverse clutch input housing assembly (401) rotor
3. Repair or replace any of the above items as
necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

10

Replace the ISS. Refer to Input Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-328.
Did you complete the replacement?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start and idle the engine.
4. Observe Transmission ISS on the scan tool. Input
speed must be greater than 500 RPM for 5 seconds.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0716.
Has the test run and passed?

11

12

Yes

No

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-111

DTC P0717 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-112

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0722
SIE-ID = 1221650
SIO-ID = 1219099

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285485

Circuit Description
The output speed sensor (OSS) assembly provides
vehicle speed information to the transmission control
module (TCM). The OSS sensor assembly is a
permanent magnet generator. The sensor is mounted
in the transmission case facing the rear internal
gear which is splined to the output shaft assembly. As
the output shaft and internal gear rotate, the toothed
rotor of the internal gear produces AC voltage as
the rotor teeth pass through the magnetic field of the
sensor. The AC voltage level and the number of
pulses increase as the speed of the vehicle increases.
The TCM converts the voltage to vehicle speed.
The TCM uses the output shaft speed signal to
determine shift timing and torque converter
clutch (TCC) scheduling.
If the TCM detects no vehicle speed when there is
engine speed in a drive gear range, then DTC P0722
sets. DTC P0722 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTC P0723.
No engine torque DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

The throttle position is greater than 12 percent.

The engine torque is greater than 70 Nm(52 lb ft).
The transmission input shaft speed is 1,500
6,800 RPM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The transmission output shaft speed is less than
100 RPM for 3 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM illuminates the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) during the second consecutive trip
in which the Conditions for Setting the DTC
are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM calculates vehicle speed from the
automatic transmission input shaft speed sensor
and commanded gear.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-113

Test Description

The TCM stores DTC P0722 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
Ensure the OSS sensor is properly torqued to the
transmission housing.

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.
3. The resistance measurement will not change if
either the OSS high signal circuit or the OSS
low signal circuit, but not both, is shorted
to ground. The vehicle speed detector in the TCM
and the OSS are matched in such a way that
an open or a short to ground in the OSS low signal
circuit will not usually cause a loss of speed
signal or a DTC P0722 to set.
6. This step isolates the short between the OSS and
the wiring.
8. The DMM will detect AC voltage if the OSS high
signal circuit is shorted to ground.
11. Refer to the latest procedures for TCM
reprogramming.

DTC P0722
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Notice: SIO-ID = 17864 LMD = 13-sep-1996 In order to

avoid damage to the drive axles, support the lower control
arms in the normal horizontal position. Do not run the
vehicle in gear with the wheels hanging down at full travel.
1. Install a scan tool.
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Raise the drive wheels.
6. Support the lower control arms so that the drive axles
are in a horizontal, straight, position.
7. Start the engine.
8. Shift the transmission into D5.
9. Select Transmission OSS on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool display transmission output speed
above the specified value?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

100 RPM

7-114

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0722 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Measure the resistance between the OSS high signal
and OSS low signal circuits at the TCM connector.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

325575

Test the OSS high signal circuit and the OSS low signal
circuit for the following conditions:
An open circuit or high resistance condition
OSS high signal and OSS low signal circuits shorted
together
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Measure the resistance between the OSS high signal

circuit at the TCM connector and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

1. Leave the DMM connected between the OSS high

signal circuit and ground.
2. Disconnect the OSS.
3. Measure the resistance.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

Repair the short to ground in the OSS high signal circuit.

Refer to Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you complete the repair?

1. Connect the DMM between the OSS high signal and

OSS low signal circuits.
2. Measure the AC voltage with the DMM while rotating
the drive wheels by hand.
Is the AC voltage equal to or greater than the
specified value?

0.5 V

1. Remove the OSS. Refer to Output Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-329.
2. Inspect the OSS and the OSS rotor for the following
conditions:
OSS damage
OSS rotor damage
Excessive air gap between the OSS rotor and
the OSS
Incorrect alignment between the OSS and the
OSS rotor
Damaged or missing OSS sensor spacer
3. Repair or replace any of the above items as
necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Replace the OSS. Refer to Output Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-329.
Did you complete the repair?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

10

11

Yes

No

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-115

DTC P0722 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

12

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Drive the vehicle in D5 and observe the Transmission
OSS on the scan tool.
4. Ensure the Transmission OSS is greater than
500 RPM for at least 2 seconds.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0722.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-116

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0723
SIE-ID = 1221652
SIO-ID = 1219099

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285485

Circuit Description
The output speed sensor (OSS) assembly provides
vehicle speed information to the transmission control
module (TCM). The OSS sensor assembly is a
permanent magnet generator. The sensor is mounted
in the transmission case facing the rear internal
gear which is splined to the output shaft assembly. As
the output shaft and internal gear rotate, the toothed
rotor of the internal gear produces AC voltage as
the rotor teeth pass through the magnetic field of the
sensor. The AC voltage level and the number of
pulses increase as the speed of the vehicle increases.
The TCM converts the voltage to vehicle speed.
The TCM uses the output shaft speed signal to
determine shift timing and torque converter
clutch (TCC) scheduling.
If the TCM detects an unrealistic drop in output shaft
speed, DTC P0723 sets. DTC P0723 is a type
B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.

No 1-2 Shift Solenoid Electrical DTC P0974.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The transmission output speed is greater
than 1,400 RPM for 2 seconds or greater.

One of the following conditions exist:

The transmission input shaft speed has not
changed greater than 500 RPM for at least
2 seconds.
The transmission output shaft speed has not
increased greater than 500 RPM for at least
2 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The transmission output shaft speed drops greater
than 1,300 RPM for at least 3 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM illuminates the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) during the second consecutive trip
in which the Conditions for Setting the DTC
are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes adaptive transmission functions.
The TCM calculates vehicle speed from the
automatic transmission input shaft speed sensor
and commanded gear.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

At the time of the second failure, the ECM records

the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0723 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

7-117

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. The resistance measurement will not change if
either the OSS high signal circuit or the OSS
low signal circuit, but not both, is shorted
to ground. The vehicle speed detector in the TCM
and the OSS are matched in such a way that
an open or a short to ground in the OSS low signal
circuit will not usually cause a loss of speed
signal or a DTC P0723 to set.
6. This step isolates the short between the OSS and
the wiring.
8. The DMM will detect AC voltage if the OSS high
signal circuit is shorted to ground.
11. Refer to the latest procedures for TCM
reprogramming.

Diagnostic Aids
Ensure the OSS sensor is properly torqued to the
transmission housing.

DTC P0723
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Notice: SIO-ID = 17864 LMD = 13-sep-1996 In order to

avoid damage to the drive axles, support the lower control
arms in the normal horizontal position. Do not run the
vehicle in gear with the wheels hanging down at full travel.
1. Install a scan tool.
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Raise the drive wheels.
6. Support the lower control arms so that the drive axles
are in a horizontal, straight, position.
7. Start the engine.
8. Shift the transmission into D5.
9. Select Transmission OSS on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool display transmission output speed
above the specified value?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

100 RPM

7-118

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0723 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Measure the resistance between the OSS high signal
and the OSS low signal circuits at the TCM
connector.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

325575

Test the OSS high signal circuit and the OSS low signal
circuit for the following conditions:
An open circuit or high resistance condition
OSS high signal and OSS low signal circuits shorted
together
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?
Measure the resistance between the OSS high signal
circuit at the TCM connector and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

1. Leave the DMM connected between the OSS high

signal circuit and ground.
2. Disconnect the OSS.
3. Measure the resistance.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

50K

Repair the short to ground in the OSS high signal circuit.

Refer to Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you complete the repair?

1. Connect the DMM between the OSS high signal and

the OSS low signal circuits at the TCM connector.
2. Measure the AC voltage with the DMM while rotating
the drive wheels by hand.
Is the AC voltage equal to or greater than the
specified value?

0.5 V

1. Remove the OSS. Refer to Output Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-329.
2. Inspect the OSS and the OSS rotor for the following
conditions:
OSS damage
OSS rotor damage
Excessive air gap between the OSS rotor and
the OSS
Incorrect alignment between the OSS and the
OSS rotor
Damaged or missing OSS sensor spacer
3. Repair or replace any of the above items as
necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

10

Replace the OSS. Refer to Output Speed Sensor

Replacement on page 7-329.
Did you complete the repair?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

11

No

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 7

Yes

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-119

DTC P0723 (contd)

Step

12

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Drive the vehicle in D5 and observe Transmission
OSS on the scan tool.
4. Ensure the Transmission OSS is greater than
750 RPM and does not drop more than 650 RPM for
at least 2 seconds.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0723.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

Yes

7-120

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0727
SIE-ID = 1221656

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

The TCM commands maximum line pressure.

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0727 in TCM history.

Engine speed information is sent to the transmission

control module (TCM) by the engine control
module (ECM) through a communication network
called the controller area network (CAN). Two circuits
are used to communicate CAN data between the
ECM and TCM. A fault in the CAN will not cause
DTC P0727 to set by itself. If a CAN fault occurs, other
DTCs will set before DTC P0727.
When the ECM sends the TCM an invalid engine
speed, then DTC P0727 will set. DTC P0727 is a type
B DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.

The engine is running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The engine speed is invalid for 2.0 seconds.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM illuminates the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) during the second consecutive trip
in which the Conditions for Setting the DTC
are met.

DTC P0727
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to DTC U0100

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Did you record any ECM Failure Records?

Did you record a TCM Failure Record for DTC U0100?

1. Clear the DTC.

2. Turn the ignition OFF for at least 30 seconds.
3. Start and idle the engine.
4. Observe the Engine Speed on the scan tool.
Is the Engine Speed within the specified range?

500
1,000 RPM

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-121

DTC P0727 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 7

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 8

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 8

Road test the vehicle using various engine speeds.

Did DTC P0727 reset?

1. Select Engine Data on the scan tool.

2. Observe the scan tool Engine Speed parameter.
Is the Engine Speed value within the specified range?

500
1,000 RPM

Did any other DTCs set?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC on the scan tool.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
4. Operate the engine at varying speeds.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0727.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
10

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-122

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0731
SIE-ID = 1221799

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
The TCM calculates gear ratio based on data from the
automatic transmission input shaft speed and output
shaft speed sensors. The TCM compares the
known transmission gear ratio to a calculated ratio for
each commanded gear.
If the TCM detects an incorrect 1st gear ratio,
indicating excessive slip or drag within the
transmission, then DTC P0731 sets. DTC P0731 is a
type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The transmission temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The transmission is not in PARK or NEUTRAL.
The elapsed time since the most recent range
change is greater than 6 seconds.
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The gear ratio is between 0.61:1 and 4.14:1.
The gear ratio is not Reverse: 3.1:1 to 2.95:1.
The vehicle speed is greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON displays on the driver

information center (DIC).
The TCM inhibits first gear.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0731 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

The TCM clears the DIC message when the
condition no longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
Ask the customer about overloading the vehicle,
exceeding the trailer towing limit, or towing in
Overdrive.

Test Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.

The TCM commands 1st gear and the actual gear

ratio is not within one of the following ranges for
2 seconds:
The gear ratio is not within 3.76:1 to 3.33:1
The gear ratio is not within 2.44:1 to 2.10:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.76:1 to 1.44:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.10:1 to 0.90:1
The gear ratio is not within 0.83:1 to 0.68:1

3. This step tests for low fluid level, which may

cause slipping, and result in an incorrect
gear ratio.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

4. This step verifies that the correct 1st gear ratio

occurs for commanded 1st gear. If necessary,
use the Shift Transmission function of the
scan tool in order to command 1st gear for the
length of time necessary to read the gear
ratio from the display.
5. This step tests for low line pressure.

DTC P0731
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-123

DTC P0731 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Visually inspect the transmission cooling system for

fluid leaks.
2. Repair leaks as necessary.
Refer to Fluid Leak Diagnosis on page 7-267.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Is the action complete?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5 and record the 1st gear ratio.
Is the 1st gear ratio within the specified range?

3.33:13.76:1

Perform the Line Pressure Check Procedure. Refer to Line

Pressure Check Procedure on page 7-259.
Is the action complete?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan. Refer to Automatic

Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
2. Inspect the bottom of the pan for excessive sediment.
Did you find excessive amounts of sediment?

Inspect for the following conditions:

1-2 shift valve (387) stuck in the release position
1-2 shift solenoid valve assembly (368) mechanically
stuck on
1-2 shift control valve (366) stuck in the release
position
2-3 shift solenoid valve assembly (369) mechanically
stuck off or leaking
2-3 shift control valve (370) stuck
2-3 shift valve (371) stuck
Refer to Rear Control Valve Body Disassemble on
page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

Has the control valve body been serviced within the past
3 months or 4 828 km (3,000 miles)?

Repair or replace the control valve body.

Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Replacement on page 7-341.
Is the action complete?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

7-124

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0731 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

10

Inspect for the following conditions:

The input shaft fluid seal ring (432) worn or damaged
Retainer ring (451) out of position or damaged
Clutch plates (444 and 449) slipping, dragging or
damaged
Clutch apply plates (442 and 447) seized or damaged
Forward clutch piston seal assembly (436) or coast
clutch piston assembly (438) rolled, worn or damaged
Forward and coast clutch spring assembly (439)
damaged
Forward clutch housing check ball valve
assembly (434) blocked by debris or damaged
Refer to Forward and Coast Clutch Disassemble on
page 0-0 and Forward and Coast Clutch Assemble on
page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
The forward clutch sprag (461) not holding or
damaged
Refer to Input Sun Gear Shaft Disassemble on page 0-0
and Input Sun Gear Shaft Assemble on page 0-0 in
Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

11

Repair or replace the transmission. Refer to Transmission

Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L) on page 7-349 or
Transmission Replacement (3.6L (LY7)) on page 7-359.
Is the action complete?

12

1. Replace the AT fluid and filter.

Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Inspect for the correct AT fluid level.
3. Add new fluid as necessary.
Important: The Reset Transmission Adapts function will
clear all adapt cells. This may affect transmission
performance. The TCM will update the adapt cell values
as the vehicle is driven.
4. Use the scan tool in order to perform Reset
Transmission Adapts.
Did you complete the above procedures?

13

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
The TFT is 20130C (68266F).
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
Drive the vehicle in D5 with the throttle position
angle greater than 10 percent in order to obtain a
correct 1st gear ratio for 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0731.
Has the test run and passed?

Yes

No

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-125

DTC P0731 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-126

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0732
SIE-ID = 1221800

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM calculates gear ratio based on data from the

automatic transmission input shaft speed and output
shaft speed sensors. The TCM compares the
known transmission gear ratio to a calculated ratio for
each commanded gear.
If the TCM detects an incorrect 2nd gear ratio,
indicating excessive slip or drag within the
transmission, then DTC P0732 sets. DTC P0732 is a
type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The transmission is not in PARK or NEUTRAL.
The elapsed time since the most recent range
change is greater than 6 seconds.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The gear ratio is between 0.61:1 and 4.14:1.
The gear ratio is not Reverse: 3.1:1 to 2.95:1.
The vehicle speed is greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM commands 2nd gear and the actual gear
ratio is not within one of the following ranges for
2.8 seconds:
The gear ratio is not within 3.76:1 to 3.33:1
The gear ratio is not within 2.44:1 to 2.10:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.76:1 to 1.44:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.10:1 to 0.90:1
The gear ratio is not within 0.83:1 to 0.68:1

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate

the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON displays on the driver
information center (DIC).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0732 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

The TCM clears the DIC message when the
condition no longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
Ask the customer about overloading the vehicle,
exceeding the trailer towing limit, or towing in
Overdrive.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step tests for low fluid level, which may
cause slipping, and result in an incorrect
gear ratio.
4. This step verifies that the correct 2nd gear ratio
occurs for commanded 2nd gear. If necessary,
use the Shift Transmission function of the
scan tool in order to command 2nd gear for the
length of time necessary to read the gear
ratio from the display.
5. This step tests for low line pressure.

DTC P0732
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-127

DTC P0732 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Visually inspect the transmission cooling system for

fluid leaks.
2. Repair leaks as necessary.
Refer to Fluid Leak Diagnosis on page 7-267.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Is the action complete?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D2 and record the 2nd gear ratio.
Is the 2nd gear ratio within the specified range?

2.44:12.10:1

Perform the Line Pressure Check Procedure. Refer to Line

Pressure Check Procedure on page 7-259.
Is the action complete?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan. Refer to Automatic

Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
2. Inspect the bottom of the pan for excessive sediment.
Did you find excessive amounts of sediment?

Inspect for the following conditions:

1-2 shift solenoid valve assembly (368) mechanically
stuck off or leaking
1-2 shift control valve (366) stuck
1-2 shift valve (387) stuck
Refer to Rear Control Valve Body Disassemble on
page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
The control valve body and accumulator
assembly (47) for the second clutch accumulator (330
333) leaking
The automatic transmission case (24) for the center
support fluid passage sleeve (38) leaking
Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Disassemble on page 0-0 and Control Valve Body
Accumulator Assembly Assemble on page 0-0 in
Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

Has the control valve body been serviced within the past
3 months or 4 828 km (3,000 miles)?

Repair or replace the control valve body.

Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Replacement on page 7-341.
Is the action complete?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

7-128

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0732 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Inspect for the following conditions:

Second clutch backing plate retainer ring (527) out of
position or damaged
Second clutch plate assembly (524 or 525) slipping,
dragging or damaged
Second clutch apply plate (523) seized or damaged
Second clutch piston (520) cracked, damaged or worn
Second clutch spring (521) damaged
Refer to Center Support Disassemble on page 0-0
and Center Support Assemble on page 0-0 in
Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
The planetary carrier assembly for 2nd clutch sprag
assembly (547) not holding or damaged
Refer to Input and Reaction Carrier Disassemble on
page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

11

Repair or replace the transmission.

Refer to Transmission Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L) on
page 7-349 or Transmission Replacement (3.6L (LY7)) on
page 7-359.
Is the action complete?

12

1. Replace the AT fluid and filter.

Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Inspect for the correct level of AT fluid.
3. Add new fluid as necessary.
Important: The Reset Transmission Adapts function will
clear all adapt cells. This may affect transmission
performance. The TCM will update the adapt cell values
as the vehicle is driven.
4. Use the scan tool in order to perform Reset
Transmission Adapts.
Did you complete the above procedures?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
The TFT is 20130C (68266F).
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
Drive the vehicle in D5 with the throttle position
angle greater than 10 percent in order to obtain a
correct 2nd gear ratio for 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0732.
Has the test run and passed?

10

13

Yes

No

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-129

DTC P0732 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-130

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0733
SIE-ID = 1221801

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
The TCM calculates gear ratio based on data from the
automatic transmission input shaft speed and output
shaft speed sensors. The TCM compares the
known transmission gear ratio to a calculated ratio for
each commanded gear.
If the TCM detects an incorrect 3rd gear ratio,
indicating excessive slip or drag within the
transmission, then DTC P0733 sets. DTC P0733 is a
type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

SERVICE TRANSMISSION displays on the driver

information center (DIC).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0733 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The transmission is not in PARK or NEUTRAL.
The elapsed time since the most recent range
change is greater than 6 seconds.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The gear ratio is between 0.61:1 and 4.14:1.
The gear ratio is not Reverse: 3.1:1 to 2.95:1.
The vehicle speed is greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM commands 3rd gear and the gear ratio is
not within one of the following ranges for 3.5 seconds:
The gear ratio is not within 3.76:1 to 3.33:1
The gear ratio is not within 2.44:1 to 2.10:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.76:1 to 1.44:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.10:1 to 0.90:1
The gear ratio is not within 0.83:1 to 0.68:1

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

The TCM clears the DIC message when the

condition no longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
Ask the customer about overloading the vehicle,
exceeding the trailer towing limit, or towing in
Overdrive.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step tests for low fluid level, which may
cause slipping, and result in an incorrect
gear ratio.
4. This step verifies that the correct 3rd gear ratio
occurs for commanded 3rd gear. If necessary,
use the Shift Transmission function of the
scan tool in order to command 3rd gear for the
length of time necessary to read the gear
ratio from the display.
5. This step tests for low line pressure.

DTC P0733
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-131

DTC P0733 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Visually inspect the transmission cooling system for

fluid leaks.
2. Repair leaks as necessary.
Refer to Fluid Leak Diagnosis on page 7-267.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Is the action complete?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D3 and record the 3rd gear ratio.
Is the 3rd gear ratio within the specified range?

1.76:11.44:1

Perform the Line Pressure Check Procedure. Refer to Line

Pressure Check Procedure on page 7-259.
Is the action complete?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan. Refer to Automatic

Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
2. Inspect the bottom of the pan for excessive sediment.
Did you find excessive amounts of sediment?

Inspect for the following conditions:

2-3 shift solenoid valve assembly (369) mechanically
stuck on
2-3 shift control valve (370) stuck
2-3 shift valve (371) stuck
Refer to Rear Control Valve Body Disassemble on
page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
The automatic transmission case (24) for the
overdrive clutch fluid passage sleeve (39) leaking
Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Removal on page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair
Manual.
The control valve body and accumulator
assembly (47) for the intermediate clutch
accumulator (325328) leaking
Did you find any of the above conditions?

Has the control valve body been serviced within the past
3 months or 4 828 km (3,000 miles)?

Repair or replace the control valve body. Refer to Control

Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Replacement on
page 7-341.
Is the action complete?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

7-132

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0733 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Inspect for the following conditions:

Intermediate clutch housing retainer ring (497) out of
position or damaged
Intermediate clutch plates (490 and 491) slipping,
dragging or damaged
Intermediate clutch apply plate (492) seized or
damaged
Intermediate clutch piston assembly (495) cracked,
worn or damaged
Intermediate clutch spring assembly (494) damaged
Overdrive clutch housing (493) cracked or fluid feed
hole blocked
Refer to Overdrive and Intermediate Clutch
Disassemble on page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair
Manual.
The intermediate sprag clutch assembly for the
intermediate clutch sprag assembly (470 through 477)
not holding or damaged
Refer to Intermediate Clutch Sprag Inspection on page 0-0
in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

11

Repair or replace the transmission. Refer to Transmission

Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L) on page 7-349 or
Transmission Replacement (3.6L (LY7)) on page 7-359.
Is the action complete?

12

1. Replace the AT fluid and filter.

Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Inspect for the correct level of AT fluid.
3. Add new fluid as necessary.
Important: The Reset Transmission Adapts function will
clear all adapt cells. This may affect transmission
performance. The TCM will update the adapt cell values
as the vehicle is driven.
4. Use the scan tool in order to perform Reset
Transmission Adapts.
Did you complete the above procedures?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
The TFT is 20130C (68266F).
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
Drive the vehicle in D5 with the throttle position
angle greater than 10 percent in order to obtain a
correct 3rd gear ratio for 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0733.
Has the test run and passed?

10

13

Yes

No

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-133

DTC P0733 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-134

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0734
SIE-ID = 1221802

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
The TCM calculates gear ratio based on data from the
automatic transmission input shaft speed and output
shaft speed sensors. The TCM compares the
known transmission gear ratio to a calculated ratio for
each commanded gear.
If the TCM detects an incorrect 4th gear ratio,
indicating excessive slip or drag within the
transmission, then DTC P0734 sets. DTC P0734 is a
type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

SERVICE TRANSMISSION displays on the driver

information center (DIC).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0734 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The transmission is not in PARK or NEUTRAL.
The elapsed time since the most recent range
change is greater than 6 seconds.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The gear ratio is between 0.61:1 and 4.14:1.
The gear ratio is not Reverse: 3.1:1 to 2.95:1.
The vehicle speed is greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM commands 4th gear and the gear ratio is not
within one of the following ranges for 3.5 seconds:
The gear ratio is not within 3.76:1 to 3.33:1
The gear ratio is not within 2.44:1 to 2.10:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.76:1 to 1.44:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.10:1 to 0.90:1
The gear ratio is not within 0.83:1 to 0.68:1

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

The TCM clears the DIC message when the

condition no longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
Ask the customer about overloading the vehicle,
exceeding the trailer towing limit, or towing in
Overdrive.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step tests for low fluid level, which may
cause slipping, and result in an incorrect
gear ratio.
4. This step verifies that the correct 4th gear ratio
occurs for commanded 4th gear. If necessary,
use the Shift Transmission function of the
scan tool in order to command 4th gear for the
length of time necessary to read the gear
ratio from the display.
5. This step tests for low line pressure.

DTC P0734
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-135

DTC P0734 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Visually inspect the transmission cooling system for

fluid leaks.
2. Repair leaks as necessary.
Refer to Fluid Leak Diagnosis on page 7-267.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Is the action complete?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D4 and record the 4th gear ratio.
Is the 4th gear ratio within the specified range?

1.10:10.90:1

Perform the Line Pressure Check Procedure. Refer to Line

Pressure Check Procedure on page 7-259.
Is the action complete?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan. Refer to Automatic

Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
2. Inspect the bottom of the pan for excessive sediment.
Did you find excessive amounts of sediment?

Inspect for the following conditions:

1-2 shift solenoid valve assembly (345) mechanically
stuck on.
Refer to 1-2 Shift Solenoid Replacement on
page 7-331.
3-4 shift valve (345) stuck
Refer to Rear Control Valve Body Disassemble on
page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
The control valve body and accumulator
assembly (47) for the direct clutch accumulator
(314317) leaking.
Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Disassemble on page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair
Manual.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

Has the control valve body been serviced within the past
3 months or 4 828 km (3,000 miles)?

Repair or replace the control valve body.

Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Replacement on page 7-341.
Is the action complete?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

7-136

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0734 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

10

Inspect for the following conditions:

Direct clutch backing plate retainer ring (414) out of
position or damaged
Direct clutch plate assembly (411 and 412) slipping,
dragging or damaged
Direct clutch apply plate (410) seized or damaged
Direct clutch piston assembly (406) cracked or
damaged
Direct clutch and release clutch spring (407) damaged
Direct clutch housing ball check valve (405) leaking
Refer to Direct and Reverse Clutch Disassemble on
page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
The direct clutch drum and shaft assembly for the
direct clutch input and hub assembly (466) damaged
Refer to Direct Clutch Hub Assemble on page 0-0 in
Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
The fluid pump assembly for the reverse clutch
housing fluid seal ring (200) leaking
Refer to Fluid Pump Removal on page 0-0 and Fluid
Pump Assemble on page 0-0 in Transmission Unit
Repair Manual.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

11

Repair or replace the transmission.

Refer to Transmission Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L) on
page 7-349 or Transmission Replacement (3.6L (LY7)) on
page 7-359.
Is the action complete?

12

1. Replace the AT fluid and filter.

Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Inspect for the correct level of AT fluid.
3. Add new fluid as necessary.
Important: The Reset Transmission Adapts function will
clear all adapt cells. This may affect transmission
performance. The TCM will update the adapt cell values
as the vehicle is driven.
4. Use the scan tool in order to perform Reset
Transmission Adapts.
Reset oil life monitor to 100 percent.
Clear TAPS.
Did you complete the above procedures?

13

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
The TFT is 20130C (68266F).
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
Drive the vehicle in D5 with the throttle position
angle greater than 10 percent in order to obtain a
correct 4th gear ratio for 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0734.
Has the test run and passed?

Yes

No

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-137

DTC P0734 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-138

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0735
SIE-ID = 1221803

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
The TCM calculates gear ratio based on data from the
automatic transmission input shaft speed and output
shaft speed sensors. The TCM compares the
known transmission gear ratio to a calculated ratio for
each commanded gear.
If the TCM detects an incorrect 5th gear ratio,
indicating excessive slip or drag within the
transmission, then DTC P0735 sets. DTC P0735 is a
type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON displays on the driver

information center (DIC).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0735 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The transmission is not in PARK or NEUTRAL.
The elapsed time since the most recent range
change is greater than 6 seconds.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The gear ratio is between 0.61:1 and 4.14:1.
The gear ratio is not Reverse: 3.1:1 to 2.95:1.
The vehicle speed is greater than 5 km/h (3 mph).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM commands 5th gear and the gear ratio is not
within one of the following ranges for 4 seconds:
The gear ratio is not within 3.76:1 to 3.33:1
The gear ratio is not within 2.44:1 to 2.10:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.76:1 to 1.44:1
The gear ratio is not within 1.10:1 to 0.90:1
The gear ratio is not within 0.83:1 to 0.68:1

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

The TCM clears the DIC message when the

condition no longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
Ask the customer about overloading the vehicle,
exceeding the trailer towing limit, or towing in
Overdrive.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step tests for low fluid level, which may
cause slipping, and result in an incorrect
gear ratio.
4. This step verifies that the correct 5th gear ratio
occurs for commanded 5th gear. If necessary,
use the Shift Transmission function of the
scan tool in order to command 5th gear for the
length of time necessary to read the gear
ratio from the display.
5. This step tests for low line pressure.

DTC P0735
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-139

DTC P0735 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Visually inspect the transmission cooling system for

fluid leaks.
2. Repair leaks as necessary.
Refer to Fluid Leak Diagnosis on page 7-267.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Is the action complete?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5 and record the 5th gear ratio.
Is the 5th gear ratio within the specified range?

0.83:10.68:1

Perform the Line Pressure Check Procedure. Refer to Line

Pressure Check Procedure on page 7-259.
Is the action complete?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan. Refer to Automatic

Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
2. Inspect the bottom of the pan for excessive sediment.
Did you find excessive amounts of sediment?

Inspect for the following conditions:

4-5 shift solenoid valve assembly (376) mechanically
stuck on
4-5 shift control valve (375) stuck
4-5 shift valve (374) stuck
Refer to 4-5 Shift Solenoid Replacement on
page 7-335.
The control valve body ball check valve #12 stuck or
missing
The overdrive clutch accumulator (320323) leaking
Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Replacement on page 7-341.
Did you find any of the above conditions?

Has the control valve body been serviced within the past
3 months or 4 828 km (3,000 miles)?

Repair or replace the control valve body.

Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly
Replacement on page 7-341.
Is the action complete?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

7-140

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0735 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Inspect for the following conditions:

Overdrive clutch backing plate retainer ring (480) out
of position or damaged
Overdrive clutch plates (482 and 483) slipping,
dragging or damaged
Overdrive clutch spacer (484) cracked or damaged
Overdrive piston (487) cracked, rolled, worn or
damaged
Overdrive clutch spring (486) damaged
Refer to Overdrive and Intermediate Clutch Disassemble
on page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair Manual.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Repair or replace the transmission. Refer to Transmission

Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L) on page 7-349 or
Transmission Replacement (3.6L (LY7)) on page 7-359.
Is the action complete?

12

1. Replace the AT fluid and filter.

Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Inspect for the correct level of AT fluid.
3. Add new fluid as necessary.
Important: The Reset Transmission Adapts function will
clear all adapt cells. This may affect transmission
performance. The TCM will update the adapt cell values
as the vehicle is driven.
4. Use the scan tool in order to perform Reset
Transmission Adapts.
Did you complete the above procedures?

13

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
The TFT is 20130C (68266F).
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
Drive the vehicle in D5 with the throttle position
angle greater than 10 percent in order to obtain a
correct 5th gear ratio for 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0735.
Has the test run and passed?

10

11

No

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

Yes

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-141

DTC P0741
SIE-ID = 1221805
SIO-ID = 1219102

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798826

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) controls the
torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid valve pulse
width modulation (PWM). The solenoid directs
the hydraulic fluid for TCC apply and release. When
the TCC is applied, the engine is coupled directly
to the transmission through the TCC. The TCC slip
speed should be near 0.
If the TCM detects high torque converter slip when the
TCC is commanded ON, then DTC P0741 sets.
DTC P0741 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC performance DTC P0742.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No engine torque signal circuit DTC P2637.
No TCC solenoid electrical DTCs P2764 or P2763.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS range is D2, D3, D4, or D5.
The elapsed time since the most recent range
change is greater than 6 seconds.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C

(68266F).
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).
The throttle position is 1290 percent.
The gear ratio is within the following ranges:
1.56:1 to 1.64:1 3rd gear
0.98:1 to 1.03:1 4th gear
0.73:1 to 0.77:1 5th gear
The TCC apply pressure is greater than
150 kPa (22 psi) for more than 5 seconds.
The TCC duty cycle is greater than 80 percent for
more than 5 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM commands the TCC ON, and the TCC slip
is between 150250 RPM for greater than 8 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM inhibits 5th gear if the transmission is in
Hot Mode.

7-142

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.

At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0741 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

Transmission/Transaxle
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Diagnostic Aids
Inspect the transmission fluid lines to the radiator. The
lines may be pinched, plugged or twisted.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
2. This step inspects the transmission fluid to ensure
that it is at the proper level.
3. This step verifies that the TCC engages when
commanded ON by the scan tool.

DTC P0741
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 4

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Operate the vehicle in D5 at 72 km/h (45 mph).
6. Using the scan tool, command the TCC PWM
solenoid valve ON.
7. Monitor the TCC slip speed on the scan tool.
Is the slip speed within the specified range?

20 to
+75 RPM

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-143

DTC P0741 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Inspect the front control valve body assembly (311) for

the following conditions:
TCC PWM solenoid valve (352) mechanically stuck
off or leaking
TCC regulator apply valve (348) stuck. Refer to
Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-339.
Inspect the rear control valve body assembly (310) for
the control valve body ball check valve #2 stuck or
missing. Refer to Control Valve Body Accumulator
Assembly Replacement on page 7-341.
Inspect the fluid pump assembly (202) for the
following conditions:
TCC control valve (235) stuck in the off position
TCC enable valve (237) stuck in the off position.
Refer to Fluid Pump Disassemble on page 0-0 and
Fluid Pump Assemble on page 0-0 in Transmission
Unit Repair Manual.
Inspect the forward clutch input housing
assembly (433) for the input shaft fluid seal ring (432)
leaking or worn. Refer to Forward and Coast Clutch
Disassemble on page 0-0 in Transmission Unit Repair
Manual.
Did you find and correct any of the above conditions?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
The TFT is 20130C (68266F).
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
Drive the vehicle in D5 with the throttle position at
1290 percent.
Ensure that the TCC applies and the slip speed is
20 to +75 RPM for 4 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0741.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 5

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-144

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0742
SIE-ID = 1221694
SIO-ID = 1219102

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798826

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) controls the
torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid valve pulse
width modulation (PWM). The solenoid directs
the hydraulic fluid for TCC apply and release. When
the TCC is released, the engine is coupled by
fluid to the transmission and TCC slip speeds of
300 RPM to +1,500 RPM, during heavy acceleration,
are normal.
If the TCM detects low torque converter slip when the
TCC is commanded OFF, then DTC P0742 sets.
DTC P0742 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC performance DTC P0741.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No engine torque signal circuit DTC P2637.
No TCC solenoid electrical DTCs P2764 or P2763.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS range is D5.

The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C

(68266F).
The engine torque is greater than 80 Nm (59 lb ft).
The throttle position is 1590 percent.
The transmission is not in 1st gear and the gear
ratio is 0.73:1 to 2.27:1.
The vehicle speed is greater than 15 km/h
(9 mph).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The following conditions occur 4 times in
1 ignition cycle:
The TCM commands the TCC OFF.
The TCC slip is between 20 to +20 RPM for
greater than 2.8 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

At the time of the second failure, the ECM records

the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0742 in TCM history.

Diagnostic Aids
Rapid fluctuation in line pressure may set
DTC P0742. Refer to Line Pressure Check
Procedure on page 7-259.
The customer may notice an engine stalling
condition.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns off the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

7-145

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
2. This step verifies that the PCM commanded the
TCC PWM solenoid valve OFF and the slip
speed is 20 to +150 RPM.
3. This step inspects and repairs the components
that caused the DTC to set.

DTC P0742
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select TCC Duty Cycle and TCC Slip Speed on the
scan tool.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5, with the throttle position
angle greater than 15 percent. Allow the transmission
shift to 5th gear.
While the TCC duty cycle is 0 percent, does the scan tool
display a TCC slip speed within the specified range?

20 to
+20 RPM

1. Inspect for the following conditions:

The TCC PWM solenoid valve (352) is stuck ON
due to sediment.
The TCC regulator apply valve (348) is stuck due
to sediment. Refer to Torque Converter
Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement on
page 7-339.
2. Repair or replace components as necessary.
Did you find and correct a condition?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 4

7-146

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0742 (contd)

Step

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5 with the throttle position
angle of 1590 percent and a vehicle speed
greater than 15 km/h (9 mph).
The TFT is 20130C (68266F).
The engine torque is greater than
80 Nm (59 lb ft).
The TCC slip speed must be 1301,500 RPM for
2.5 seconds.
Stop the vehicle.
Drive the vehicle, as noted in Steps 13 above, in
order to cycle the TCC a second time.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0742.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

No

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
5

Yes

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-147

DTC P0748
SIE-ID = 1221697
SIO-ID = 1219105

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285486

Circuit Description
The pressure control (PC) solenoid valve regulates
actuator feed fluid passing through the solenoid
into torque signal pressure. The TCM uses a pulse
width modulated signal in order to control the
torque signal pressure. The TCM compares various
inputs in order to determine the appropriate pressure
for a given load. The TCM varies the current to
the PC solenoid from 0.1 amps, for maximum line
pressure to 1.1 amps, for minimum line pressure. An
internal current monitor within the TCM provides
feedback in order to determine actual PC solenoid
valve current draw.
If the TCM detects a continuous open, short to voltage
or short to ground in the PC solenoid circuit, then
DTC P0748 sets. DTC P0748 is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine is running.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The PC solenoid valve feedback circuit indicates a
continuous open or short to ground for greater
than 1.2 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON displays on the driver

information center (DIC).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P0748 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

The TCM clears the DIC when the condition no
longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
2. This step verifies the ability of the TCM to
command the PC solenoid valve.

7-148

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

3. This step verifies that the automatic transmission

wiring harness and the PC solenoid have correct
resistance.

DTC P0748
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 19

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Start the engine.
6. Using the scan tool, increase and decrease the PC
solenoid amperage.
7. Observe the scan tool display.
Does the PC Sol. Actual Current reading vary from the PC
Sol. Ref. Current reading by more than the specified
amount?

0.05 amps

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness on the
transmission side of the AT inline 20-way connector.
4. Using the DMM and the J 35616-B GM-terminal test
kit, measure the resistance between the PC solenoid
valve high control and PC solenoid valve low control
circuits of the J 45681.
Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

3.55.5

Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

1. Test the high control circuit of the PC solenoid valve

for an open between the AT inline 20-way connector
and the PC solenoid valve.
2. Test the low control circuit of the PC solenoid valve
for an open between the AT inline 20-way connector
and the PC solenoid valve.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

5.5

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-149

DTC P0748 (contd)

Step

Action
Test the high control circuit and the low control circuit of
the PC solenoid valve for being shorted together between
the AT inline 20-way connector and the PC solenoid.
Refer to Circuit Testing on page 8-10 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find the condition?

Value(s)

Measure the resistance from the PC solenoid valve high

control circuit of the jumper harness to ground.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?

10

1. Test the high control circuit of the PC solenoid valve

for a short to ground between the AT inline 20-way
connector and the PC solenoid.
2. Test the low control circuit of the PC solenoid valve
for a short to ground between the AT inline 20-way
connector and the PC solenoid.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Measure the resistance between the PC solenoid valve

high control circuit and all other terminals, except the PC
solenoid valve low control circuit, of the J 45681. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End
View on page 7-44.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?

100

10

1. Disconnect the J 45681 from the transmission side of

the AT inline 20-way connector.
2. Install the J 45681 on the TCM side of the AT inline
20-way connector.
3. Disconnect the TCM. Additional DTCs may set.
4. Using the DMM and the J 35616-B, measure the
resistance from the PC solenoid valve low control
circuit of the J 45681 to ground.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?

10

11

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 21

12

Using the DMM and the J 35616-B, measure the

resistance of the PC solenoid valve control circuit between
the J 45681 and the TCM connector. Refer to Automatic
Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View on
page 7-44.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?

10

13

Test the low control circuit of the PC solenoid valve for an

open between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Wiring
Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

14

Using the DMM and the J 35616-B, measure the

resistance from the PC solenoid valve high control circuit
of the J 45681 to ground.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?

10

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Test the low control circuit of the PC solenoid valve for a

short to ground between the TCM connector and the AT
inline 20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 and
Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Yes

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 21

Go to Step 15

Go to Step 16

7-150

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0748 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

15

Test the high control circuit of the PC solenoid valve for a

short to ground between the TCM connector and the AT
inline 20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 and
Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

16

Using the DMM and the J 35616-B, measure the

resistance of the PC solenoid valve high control circuit
between the J 45681 and the TCM connector. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End
View on page 7-44.
Is the resistance less than the specified value?

10

Test the high control circuit of the PC solenoid valve for

an open between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector. Refer to Testing for Continuity on
page 8-13 and Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

18

Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

19

Replace the PC solenoid. Refer to Pressure Control

Solenoid (PCS) Replacement on page 7-337.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Start and idle the engine.
System voltage must be at least 11 volts.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0748.
Has the test run and passed?

17

20

21

No

Go to Step 21

Go to Step 20

Go to Step 17

Go to Step 21

Go to Step 21

Go to Step 21

Go to Step 21

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
22

Yes

Go to Step 22

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-151

DTC P0751
SIE-ID = 1221705
SIO-ID = 1219107

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798830

Circuit Description
The 12 shift solenoid (SS) valve is a normally-closed
exhaust valve that, in conjunction with the 23 shift
solenoid (SS) valve, allows 4 different shifting
combinations. The 12 SS valve is attached to the
control valve body, within the transmission.
The TCM monitors the actual gear ratio, and compares
the actual gear ratio with the commanded gear ratio.
DTC P0751 sets under two conditions:
A stuck ON 12 SS valve
A stuck ON 12 shift valve
If the TCM detects a 22333 shift pattern, then
DTC P0751 sets. DTC P0751 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC stuck ON DTC P0742.
No shift solenoid electrical DTCs P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0979, or P0980.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No engine torque delivered signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS does not indicate PARK, NEUTRAL
or REVERSE.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The input shaft speed is 2006,800 RPM.
The output shaft speed is greater than 100 RPM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Both of the following conditions must occur twice
during the same trip:
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The TCM commands 1st gear when the engine

torque is greater than 40 Nm (30 lb ft) and the
resulting gear ratio is 2.16:12.27:1 for
1.25 seconds.
The TCM commands 4th or 5th gear when the
engine torque is greater than 36 Nm (27 lb ft) and
the resulting gear ratio is 1.56:11.64:1 for
5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0751 in TCM history
during the second consecutive trip in which
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

7-152

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Refer to Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear
Ratio on page 7-3.

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
Diagnostic Aids

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.

If you clear DTC P0751, and then cannot reset

DTC P0751, the following conditions may exist:
Fluid contamination
Plugged fluid circuits
Restricted fluid circuits

3. This step verifies a 22333 shift pattern.

4. This step tests for a mechanical or hydraulic
condition causing the 12 SS valve to be
stuck ON, or the circuit to be released.

DTC P0751
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5, in order to obtain 12, 23,
34, and 45 shifts with a throttle position angle of
10 percent or greater.
Are the commanded gear and gear ratio within the
specified range?

1st
2.16:12.27:1
4th /5th
1.56:11.64:1

1. Inspect the 12 shift circuit for the following

conditions:
12 SS valve mechanically stuck ON
Refer to Shift Solenoid Leak Test on page 7-270.
12 SS valve O-ring worn or damaged
12 shift valve stuck in the released position.
Refer to 1-2 Shift Solenoid Replacement on
page 7-331.
2. Repair the circuit as necessary.
Did you complete the repair?

Go to Step 5

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-153

DTC P0751 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5 with a throttle angle of
10 percent or greater.
Allow the transmission to shift through all the
gears 2 times.
Monitor the commanded gear and gear ratios. The
actual gear ratios must match the commanded
gears for 1 second, for all gears.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0751.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-154

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0752
SIE-ID = 1221707
SIO-ID = 1219107

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798830

Circuit Description
The 1-2 shift solenoid (SS) valve is a normally-closed
exhaust valve that, in conjunction with the 2-3 shift
solenoid (SS) valve, allows 4 different shifting
combinations. The 1-2 SS valve is attached to the
control valve body, within the transmission.
The TCM monitors the actual gear ratio, and compares
the actual gear ratio with the commanded gear ratio.
DTC P0752 sets under two conditions:
A stuck OFF 1-2 SS valve
A stuck OFF 1-2 shift valve
If the TCM detects a 1-1-4-4-5 shift pattern, then
DTC P0752 sets. DTC P0752 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTCs P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC stuck ON DTC P0742.
No shift solenoid electrical DTCs P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0979, or P0980.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No engine delivered torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS does not indicate PARK, NEUTRAL
or REVERSE.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The input shaft speed is 2006,800 RPM.
The output shaft speed is greater than 100 RPM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Both of the following conditions must occur twice
during the same trip:

The TCM commands 2nd gear when the engine

torque is greater than 32 Nm (24 lb ft) and the
resulting gear ratio is 3.33:13.50:1 for 2 seconds.
The TCM commands 3rd gear when the engine
torque is greater than 32 Nm (24 lb ft) and the
resulting gear ratio is 0.98:11.03:1 for 5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM inhibits 3-2 downshifts if the vehicle
speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0752 in TCM history
during the second consecutive trip in which
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-155

Refer to Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear

Ratio on page 7-3.

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
Diagnostic Aids

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.

If you clear DTC P0752, and then cannot reset

DTC P0752, the following conditions may exist:
Fluid contamination
Plugged fluid circuits
Restricted fluid circuits

3. This step verifies a 11445 shift pattern.

4. This step tests for a mechanical or hydraulic
condition causing the 1-2 SS valve to be
stuck OFF, or the circuit to be applied.

DTC P0752
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5, in order to obtain 1-2, 2-3,
3-4, and 4-5 shifts with a throttle position angle of
10 percent or greater.
Are the commanded gear and gear ratio within the
specified range?

2nd
3.33:13.50:1
3rd
0.98:11.03:1

1. Inspect the 1-2 shift circuit for the following

conditions:
1-2 SS valve mechanically stuck OFF
Refer to Shift Solenoid Leak Test on page 7-270.
1-2 SS valve O-ring worn or damaged
1-2 shift valve stuck in the applied position
2. Repair the circuit as necessary.
Refer to 1-2 Shift Solenoid Replacement on page 7-331.
Did you complete the repair?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 5

7-156

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0752 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5 with a throttle angle of
10 percent or greater.
Allow the transmission to shift through all the
gears 2 times.
Monitor the commanded gear and gear ratios. The
actual gear ratios must match the commanded
gears for 1 second, for all gears.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0752.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-157

DTC P0756
SIE-ID = 1221708
SIO-ID = 1219109

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798832

Circuit Description
The 2-3 shift solenoid (SS) valve is a normally-closed
exhaust valve that, in conjunction with the 1-2 shift
solenoid (SS) valve, allows 4 different shifting
combinations. The 2-3 SS valve is attached to the
control valve body, within the transmission.
The TCM monitors the actual gear ratio, and compares
the actual gear ratio with the commanded gear ratio.
DTC P0756 sets under two conditions:
A stuck OFF 2-3 SS valve
A stuck OFF 2-3 shift valve
If the TCM detects a 5-3-4-4-5 shift pattern, then
DTC P0756 sets. DTC P0756 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC stuck ON DTC P0742.
No shift solenoid electrical DTCs P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0979, or P0980.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No delivered torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS does not indicate PARK, NEUTRAL
or REVERSE.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The input shaft speed is 2006,800 RPM.
The output shaft speed is greater than 200 RPM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Both of the following conditions must occur during the
same trip:
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The TCM commands 1st gear when the output

shaft speed is 200 RPM or greater, the engine
torque is greater than 40 Nm (30 lb ft), and
the resulting gear ratio is 0.73:10.77:1 for
2.8 seconds.
The TCM commands 2nd gear when the engine
torque is greater than 36 Nm (27 lb ft) and the
resulting gear ratio is 1.56:11.64:1 for 1 second.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM inhibits 1st gear.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0756 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

7-158

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Refer to Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear
Ratio on page 7-3.

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
Diagnostic Aids

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.

If you clear DTC P0756, and then cannot reset

DTC P0756, the following conditions may exist:
Fluid contamination
Plugged fluid circuits
Restricted fluid circuits

3. This step verifies a 5-3-4-4-5 shift pattern.

4. This step tests for a mechanical or hydraulic
condition causing the 2-3 SS valve to be
stuck OFF, or the circuit to be applied.

DTC P0756
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5, in order to obtain 1-2, 2-3,
3-4, and 4-5 shifts with a throttle position angle of
10 percent or greater.
Are the commanded gear and gear ratio within the
specified range?

1st
0.73:10.77:1
2nd
1.56:11.64:1

1. Inspect the 2-3 shift circuit for the following

conditions:
2-3 SS valve mechanically stuck OFF
Refer to Shift Solenoid Leak Test on page 7-270.
2-3 SS valve O-ring worn or damaged
2-3 shift valve stuck in the applied position
2. Repair the circuit as necessary.
Refer to 1-2 Shift Solenoid Replacement on page 7-331.
Did you complete the repair?

Go to Step 5

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-159

DTC P0756 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5 with a throttle angle of
10 percent or greater.
Allow the transmission to shift through all
the gears.
Monitor the commanded gear and gear ratios. The
actual gear ratios must match the commanded
gears for 1 second, for all gears.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0756.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-160

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0757
SIE-ID = 1221709
SIO-ID = 1219109

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798832

Circuit Description
The 2-3 shift solenoid (SS) valve is a normally-closed
exhaust valve that, in conjunction with the 1-2 shift
solenoid (SS) valve, allows 4 different shifting
combinations. The 2-3 SS valve is attached to the
control valve body, within the transmission.
The TCM monitors the actual gear ratio, and compares
the actual gear ratio with the commanded gear ratio.
DTC P0757 sets under two conditions:
A stuck ON 2-3 SS valve
A stuck ON 2-3 shift valve
If the TCM detects a 1-2-2-1-1 shift pattern, then
DTC P0757 sets. DTC P0757 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC stuck ON DTC P0742.
No shift solenoid electrical DTCs P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0979, or P0980.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No engine delivered torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS does not indicate PARK, NEUTRAL
or REVERSE.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The input shaft speed is 2006,800 RPM.
The output shaft speed is greater than 100 RPM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Both of the following conditions must occur once
during the same trip:

The TCM commands 3rd gear when the output

shaft speed is 200 RPM or greater, the engine
torque is greater than 20 Nm (15 lb ft), and
the resulting gear ratio is 2.16:12.27:1 for
2 seconds.
The TCM commands 4th or 5th gear when the
engine torque is greater than 12 Nm (9 lb ft)
and the resulting gear ratio is 3.33:13.50:1 for
2 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM inhibits 4th and 5th gears.
The TCM inhibits TCC.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0757 in TCM history
during the second consecutive trip in which
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

7-161

Restricted fluid circuits

Refer to Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear
Ratio on page 7-3.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.

Diagnostic Aids
If you clear DTC P0757, and then cannot reset
DTC P0757, the following conditions may exist:
Fluid contamination
Plugged fluid circuits

3. This step verifies a 1-2-2-1-1 shift pattern.

4. This step tests for a mechanical or hydraulic
condition causing the 2-3 SS valve to be
stuck ON, or the circuit to be released.

DTC P0757
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5, in order to obtain 1-2, 2-3,
3-4, and 4-5 shifts with an throttle position angle of
10 percent or greater.
Are the commanded gear and gear ratio within the
specified range?

3rd
2.16:12.27:1
4th /5th
3.33:13.50:1

1. Inspect the 2-3 shift circuit for the following

conditions:
2-3 SS valve mechanically stuck ON
Refer to Shift Solenoid Leak Test on page 7-270.
2-3 SS valve O-ring worn or damaged
2-3 shift valve stuck in the released position
2. Repair the circuit as necessary.
Refer to 2-3 Shift Solenoid Replacement on page 7-333.
Did you complete the repair?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 5

7-162

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0757 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5 with a throttle angle of
10 percent or greater.
Allow the transmission to shift through all
the gears.
Monitor the commanded gear and gear ratios. The
actual gear ratios must match the commanded
gears for 1 second, for all gears.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0757.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-163

DTC P0761
SIE-ID = 1221710
SIO-ID = 1219110

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798836

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The 4-5 shift solenoid (SS) valve is a normally-closed

exhaust valve. When the 1-2 and the 2-3 SS valves
are both OFF, the 4-5 SS valve turns off to shift
the transmission into 5th gear. When either of the other
two shift solenoids are ON, the 4-5 SS allows
powertrain braking. The 4-5 SS valve is attached to
the control valve body, within the transmission.
The TCM monitors the actual gear ratio, and compares
the actual gear ratio with the commanded gear ratio.
DTC P0761 sets under two conditions:
A stuck OFF 4-5 SS valve
A stuck OFF 4-5 shift valve
If the TCM detects a 1-2-3-5-5 shift pattern, then
DTC P0761 sets. DTC P0761 is a type B DTC.

The following conditions must occur twice during the

same trip:
The TCM commands 4th gear.
The engine torque is greater than 36 Nm (27 lb ft).
The resulting gear ratio is 0.73:10.77:1 for
4 seconds.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC stuck ON DTC P0742.
No shift solenoid electrical DTCs P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0979, or P0980.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No engine delivered torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS does not indicate PARK, NEUTRAL
or REVERSE.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The throttle position is 10 percent or more.
The input shaft speed is 2006,800 RPM.
The output shaft speed is greater than 100 RPM.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0761 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

7-164

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Diagnostic Aids

Transmission/Transaxle
Test Description

If you clear DTC P0761, and then cannot reset

DTC P0761, the following conditions may exist:
Fluid contamination
Plugged fluid circuits
Restricted fluid circuits
Refer to Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear
Ratio on page 7-3.

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.
3. This step verifies a 1-2-3-5-5 shift pattern.
4. This step tests for a mechanical or hydraulic
condition causing the 4-5 SS valve to be
stuck OFF, or the circuit to be applied.

DTC P0761
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5, in order to obtain 1-2, 2-3,
3-4, and 4-5 shifts with a throttle position angle of
10 percent or greater.
Are the commanded gear and gear ratio within the
specified range?

4th
0.73:10.77:1

1. Inspect the 4-5 shift circuit for the following

conditions:
4-5 SS valve mechanically stuck OFF
Refer to Shift Solenoid Leak Test on page 7-270.
4-5 SS valve O-ring worn or damaged
4-5 shift valve stuck in the applied position
2. Repair the circuit as necessary.
Refer to 4-5 Shift Solenoid Replacement on page 7-335.
Did you complete the repair?

Go to Step 5

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-165

DTC P0761 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5 with a throttle angle of
10 percent or greater.
Allow the transmission to shift through all the
gears 2 times.
Monitor the commanded gear and gear ratios. The
actual gear ratios must match the commanded
gears for 1 second, for all gears.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0761.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-166

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0762
SIE-ID = 1221711
SIO-ID = 1219110

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 07-jan-2003

798836

Circuit Description
The 4-5 shift solenoid (SS) valve is a normally-closed
exhaust valve. When the 1-2 and the 2-3 SS valves
are both OFF, the 4-5 SS valve turns OFF to shift the
transmission into 5th gear. When either of the other
two shift solenoids are ON, the 4-5 SS turn OFF
in order to enable powertrain braking. The 4-5
SS valve is attached to the control valve body, within
the transmission.
The TCM monitors the actual gear ratio, and compares
the actual gear ratio with the commanded gear ratio.
DTC P0762 sets under two conditions:
A stuck ON 4-5 SS valve
A stuck ON 4-5 shift valve
If the TCM detects a 1-2-3-4-4 shift pattern, then
DTC P0762 sets. DTC P0762 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No throttle system DTC P0120.

No ISS DTCs P0716 or P0717.
No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.
No TCC stuck ON DTC P0742.
No shift solenoid electrical DTCs P0973, P0974,
P0976, P0977, P0979, or P0980.
No IMS DTCs P1815, P1820, P1822, P1823,
P1825 or P1826.
No engine delivered torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The IMS does not indicate PARK, NEUTRAL
or REVERSE.
The transmission fluid temperature is 20130C
(68266F).
The throttle position is greater than 10 percent.
The input shaft speed is 2006,800 RPM.

The output shaft speed is greater than 100 RPM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The following conditions must occur twice during the
same trip:
The TCM has commanded either 2nd or 3rd gear
for 3 seconds or greater.
The TCM commands 5th gear for 1 second.
The engine torque is greater than 36 Nm (27 lb ft).
The resulting gear ratio is 0.98:11.03:1 for
3.5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM inhibits 5th gear.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0762 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

7-167

Restricted fluid circuits

Refer to Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear
Ratio on page 7-3.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.

Diagnostic Aids
If you clear DTC P0762, and then cannot reset
DTC P0762, the following conditions may exist:
Fluid contamination
Plugged fluid circuits

3. This step verifies a 1-2-3-4-4 shift pattern.

4. This step tests for a mechanical or hydraulic
condition causing the 4-5 SS valve to be
stuck ON, or the circuit to be released.

DTC P0762
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to
Transmission
Fluid Checking
Procedure on
page 7-256

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

Perform the Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure.

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Did you perform the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool snapshot mode in order to record
commanded gear and gear ratio.
6. Drive the vehicle in D5, in order to obtain 1-2, 2-3,
3-4, and 4-5 shifts with a throttle position angle of
10 percent or greater.
Are the commanded gear and gear ratio within the
specified range?

4th
0.98:11.03:1

1. Inspect the 4-5 shift circuit for the following

conditions:
4-5 SS valve mechanically stuck ON
Refer to Shift Solenoid Leak Test on page 7-270.
4-5 SS valve O-ring worn or damaged
4-5 shift valve stuck in the released position
2. Repair the circuit as necessary.
Refer to 4-5 Shift Solenoid Replacement on page 7-335.
Did you complete the repair?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 5

7-168

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0762 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5 with a throttle angle of
10 percent or greater.
Allow the transmission to shift through all
the gears.
Monitor the commanded gear and gear ratios. The
actual gear ratios must match the commanded
gears for 1 second, for all gears.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0762.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
6

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-169

DTC P0850
SIE-ID = 1221713
SIO-ID = 1219111

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285488

Circuit Description
The engine control module (ECM) provides 12-volts to
the Park/Neutral switch of the manual shift shaft
position switch. The manual shift shaft position switch
is a sliding contact assembly that attaches to the
manual shift shaft inside the transmission. The switch
consists of five separate circuits, four of which
indicate gear selector position to the transmission
control module (TCM), and one that indicates
Park/Neutral position to the ECM. When the
transmission is in Park or Neutral, the switch closes
and pulls the ECM voltage low, 0 volts. When the
transmission is not in Park or Neutral, the ECM voltage
is high, 12 volts. The ECM uses the switch in order
to enable starter operation.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

If the Park/Neutral switch and the transmission manual

shift shaft position switch do not agree for a specified
length of time, DTC P0850 sets. DTC P0850 is a
type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ignition voltage is 818 volts.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P0850 sets when either of the following
conditions are true:
Condition 1
The Park/Neutral switch circuit is low, 0 volts, for
100 seconds while the TCM is reporting the gear
selector is in Reverse or any forward range.

7-170

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Condition 2
The Park/Neutral switch circuit is high, 12 volts, for
200 seconds while the TCM is reporting the gear
selector is in Park or Neutral.

Transmission/Transaxle
The ECM stores DTC P0850 in ECM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM clears the DTC from ECM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission diagnostic fault occurring.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The ECM does not illuminate the malfunction
indicator lamp (MIL).
The ECM uses the transmission range data to
enable engine cranking.
The ECM stores the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
This information is stored as a Failure Record.

The ECM cancels the default action when the

ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the ECM.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.

DTC P0850
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC)
List/Type on
page 7-62

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Record the Failure Records before clearing the DTCs.
Using the Clear Info function erases the Failure
Records.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Did you record TCM Failure Records for DTC P1815,
P1818, P1820, P1822, P1823, P1825 or P1826?

1. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.

2. Select Engine Data 2 on the scan tool.
3. Monitor the PNP Switch display on the scan tool.
4. Shift the transmission to Park.
Does the PNP Switch display Park/Neutral?

Shift the transmission from Park to Drive.

Does the PNP Switch display In Gear?

Disconnect the automatic transmission inline 20-way

connector.
Does the PNP Switch display Park/Neutral?

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 8

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-171

DTC P0850 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Test the PNP Switch signal circuit for a short to ground

between the automatic transmission inline 20-way
connector and manual shift shaft position switch. Refer to
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find the condition?

Test the PNP Switch signal circuit for a short to ground

between the automatic transmission inline 20-way
connector and the ECM. Refer to Testing for Short to
Ground on page 8-13 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

1. Disconnect the automatic transmission inline 20-way

connector.
2. Connect the J 45681 jumper harness to the vehicle
harness.
3. Connect a fused jumper from the PNP switch signal
circuit to ground.
4. Monitor the PNP Switch display.
Does the PNP Switch display Park/Neutral?

Test the PNP Switch signal circuit for an open between

the automatic transmission inline 20-way connector and
the ECM. Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

10

Test the PNP Switch signal circuit for an open between

the automatic transmission inline 20-way connector and
the manual shift shaft position switch. Refer to Testing for
Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find the condition?

11

Replace the transmission internal wiring harness. Refer to

Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement on
page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

12

Replace the manual shaft shift position switch. Refer to

Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch Replacement on
page 7-322.
Is the action complete?

13

Replace the ECM. Refer to Engine Control Module (ECM)

Replacement on page 6-343 in Engine Controls 2.6L
and 3.2L or Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
on page 6-469 in Engine Controls 3.6L.
Is the action complete?

14

Perform the following procedure to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear DTC Information.
3. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
4. Start the engine.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P0850.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 15

Go to Step 2

7-172

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0850 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
15

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-173

DTC P0897
SIE-ID = 1354555

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 10-jul-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
Transmission fluid life is determined by monitoring
transmission fluid temperature over a period of time.
The transmission control module (TCM) calculates
transmission fluid life based on a set of temperature
ranges stored in TCM memory. As the vehicle is
driven, a counter increments. The rate at which the
counter increments depends on the temperature range
in which the transmission is currently operating. The
higher the temperature range, the faster the counter
increments. As the counts increment, the TCM
will begin to decrease the fluid life percentage from
100, high fluid life, to 0, low fluid life.
If the TCM detects a calculated transmission oil life of
10 percent or less, then DTC P0897 sets. DTC P0897
is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No Transmission Fluid Overtemperature
DTC P0218.
No TFT DTCs P0711, P0712, or P0713.

CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID displays on the

driver information center (DIC).
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The PCM stores DTC P0897 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

The TCM clears the DIC when the condition no
longer exits.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

Diagnostic Aids
Inspect the transmission cooling system for possible
blockage and restrictions.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The calculated transmission oil life remaining is less
than 10 percent.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
2. This step changes the AT fluid and filter. It is
important to reset the oil life monitor after the fluid
and filter are replaced.

DTC P0897
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-174

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0897 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Replace the transmission fluid and filter. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
6. Use the scan tool in order to reset the transmission
oil life.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Ensure that the transmission oil life monitor displays
99 percent or greater.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0897.
Has the test run and passed?

No

Go to Step 3

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
4

Yes

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-175

DTC P0973
SIE-ID = 1237594
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The 1-2 shift solenoid valve is located in the control

valve body of the transmission. The transmission
control module (TCM) selects the required gear
by turning the appropriate solenoid ON or OFF,
enabling the transmission to shift. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

DTC P0973 sets when either of the following

conditions occurs:
The TCM detects an open in the 1-2 shift solenoid
valve circuit when HSD2 is commanded ON.
The TCM detects a short to ground in the 1-2 shift
solenoid valve circuit when HSD2 is
commanded OFF.

The TCM provides voltage to the solenoid through

High Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM uses a
second driver to control the solenoid ground circuit.
The controlled ground driver reports feedback voltage
to the TCM. When the TCM commands the 1-2
shift solenoid valve ON, the voltage of the control
circuit should be approximately 0 volts. When the TCM
commands the 1-2 shift solenoid valve OFF, the
voltage of the control circuit should be approximately
system voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous open or short to
ground in the 1-2 shift solenoid valve circuit, then
DTC P0973 sets. DTC P0973 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
HSD2 is commanded ON.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

Powertrain braking is disabled at the time that the
TCM first detects the failure, before the DTC sets.
The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids. When
the solenoids are off:
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if
the vehicle has successfully completed a
1-2 upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not completed a 1-2 upshift in
the current ignition cycle, the transmission
will operate in fourth gear. If the transmission
is operating in fifth gear, fourth gear may
be obtained if the engine is stopped briefly
and started again.

7-176

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The line pressure is at maximum.

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
Torque management is inhibited.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0973 in TCM history.

Transmission/Transaxle
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

2. Listen for an audible click when the solenoid

energizes.

DTC P0973
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 7

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the 1-2 shift
solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of the J 45681.
Does the test lamp illuminate?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-177

DTC P0973 (contd)

Step

Action
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 14 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?
Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 of the J 45681 and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the 1-2
solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit. Refer to
Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the 1-2 shift solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the 1-2 shift solenoid connector for the
following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the 1-2 shift solenoid valve. Refer to 1-2 Shift

Solenoid Replacement on page 7-331.
Is the action complete?

10

11

12

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

50K

No

15.020.3

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the 1-2 solenoid valve control circuit (CKT 1222)
for the following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Yes

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

7-178

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0973 (contd)

Step

13

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0973.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

No

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

Yes

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-179

DTC P0974
SIE-ID = 1237598
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The 1-2 shift solenoid valve is located in the control

valve body of the transmission. The transmission
control module (TCM) selects the required gear
by turning the appropriate solenoid ON or OFF,
enabling the transmission to shift. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

DTC P0974 sets when the TCM detects a short to

voltage in the 1-2 shift solenoid valve circuit.

The TCM provides voltage to the solenoid through

High Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM uses a
second driver to control the solenoid ground circuit.
The controlled ground driver reports feedback voltage
to the TCM. When the TCM commands the 1-2
shift solenoid valve ON, the voltage of the control
circuit should be approximately 0 volts. When the TCM
commands the 1-2 shift solenoid valve OFF, the
voltage of the control circuit should be approximately
system voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous short to voltage
in the 1-2 shift solenoid valve circuit, then DTC P0974
sets. DTC P0974 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
HSD2 is commanded ON.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM inhibits 3-2 downshifts if the vehicle
speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0974 in TCM history.

7-180

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Diagnostic Aids
DTC P 0974 may set when a communication fault
exists between the ECM and TCM. Inspect for DTCs
U 2100, U 2104, U 2105 and U 2106. If any of
these DTCs are present, diagnose them first.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

The TCM cancels the default actions when the

ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
2. Listen for an audible click when the solenoid
energizes.

DTC P0974
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 7

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the 1-2 shift
solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of the J 45681.
Does the test lamp illuminate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 14 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

15.020.3

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-181

DTC P0974 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the 1-2 solenoid valve control circuit (CKT 1222)
for a short to voltage. Refer to Testing for a Short to
Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the 1-2
solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit. Refer to
Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the 1-2 shift solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the 1-2 shift solenoid connector for a
short to voltage. Refer to Testing for a Short to
Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the 1-2 shift solenoid valve. Refer to 1-2 Shift

Solenoid Replacement on page 7-331.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0974.
Has the test run and passed?

10

11

12

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

Yes

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-182

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0976
SIE-ID = 1237600
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The 2-3 shift solenoid valve is located in the control

valve body of the transmission. The transmission
control module (TCM) selects the required gear
by turning the appropriate solenoid ON or OFF,
enabling the transmission to shift. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

DTC P0976 sets when either of the following

conditions occurs:
The TCM detects an open in the 2-3 shift solenoid
valve circuit when HSD2 is commanded ON.
The TCM detects a short to ground in the 2-3 shift
solenoid valve circuit when HSD2 is
commanded OFF.

The TCM provides voltage to the solenoid through

High Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM uses a
second driver to control the solenoid ground circuit.
The controlled ground driver reports feedback voltage
to the TCM. When the TCM commands the 2-3
shift solenoid valve ON, the voltage of the control
circuit should be approximately 0 volts. When the TCM
commands the 2-3 shift solenoid valve OFF, the
voltage of the control circuit should be approximately
system voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous open or short to
ground in the 2-3 shift solenoid valve circuit, then
DTC P0976 sets. DTC P0976 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
HSD2 is commanded ON.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

Powertrain braking is disabled at the time that the
TCM first detects the failure, before the DTC sets.
The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids. When
the solenoids are off:
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if
the vehicle has successfully completed a
1-2 upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not completed a 1-2 upshift in
the current ignition cycle, the transmission
will operate in fourth gear. If the transmission
is operating in fifth gear, fourth gear may
be obtained if the engine is stopped briefly
and re-started.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The line pressure is at maximum.

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive
functions.
Torque management is inhibited.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0976 in TCM history.

7-183

A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

2. Listen for an audible click when the solenoid

energizes.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

DTC P0976
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 7

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the 2-3 shift
solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of the J 45681.
Does the test light illuminate?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-184

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0976 (contd)

Step

Action
1. Turn OFF the ignition.
2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 9 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?
Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 of the J 45681 and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the 2-3
solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit. Refer to
Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the 2-3 shift solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the 2-3 shift solenoid connector for the
following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the 2-3 shift solenoid valve. Refer to 2-3 Shift

Solenoid Replacement on page 7-333.
Is the action complete?

10

11

12

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

50K

No

15.020.3

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the 2-3 solenoid valve control circuit (CKT 1223)
for the following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Yes

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-185

DTC P0976 (contd)

Step

13

Action
Perform the following procedure in order to verify the
repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0976.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

Yes

7-186

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0977
SIE-ID = 1237601
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The 2-3 shift solenoid valve is located in the control

valve body of the transmission. The transmission
control module (TCM) selects the required gear
by turning the appropriate solenoid ON or OFF,
enabling the transmission to shift. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

DTC P0977 sets when the TCM detects a short to

voltage in the 23 shift solenoid valve circuit.

The TCM provides voltage to the solenoid through

High Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM uses a
second driver to control the solenoid ground circuit.
The controlled ground driver reports feedback voltage
to the TCM. When the TCM commands the 2-3
shift solenoid valve ON, the voltage of the control
circuit should be approximately 0 volts. When the TCM
commands the 2-3 shift solenoid valve OFF, the
voltage of the control circuit should be approximately
system voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous short to voltage
in the 2-3 Shift Solenoid valve circuit, then
DTC P0977 sets. DTC P0977 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
HSD2 is commanded ON.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM inhibits first gear.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0977 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

7-187

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
2. Listen for an audible click when the solenoid
energizes.

DTC P0977
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the 2-3 shift
solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of the J 45681.
Does the test lamp illuminate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 9 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the 2-3 solenoid valve control circuit (CKT 1223)
for a short to voltage. Refer to Testing for a Short to
Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

15.020.3

7-188

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0977 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the 2-3
solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit. Refer to
Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the 2-3 shift solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the 2-3 shift solenoid connector for a
short to voltage. Refer to Testing for a Short to
Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the 2-3 shift solenoid valve. Refer to 2-3 Shift

Solenoid Replacement on page 7-333.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0977.
Has the test run and passed?

10

11

12

No

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

Yes

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-189

DTC P0979
SIE-ID = 1237603
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The 4-5 shift solenoid valve is located in the control

valve body of the transmission. The transmission
control module (TCM) selects the required gear
by turning the appropriate solenoid ON or OFF,
enabling the transmission to shift. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

DTC P0979 sets when one of the following conditions

occurs:
The TCM detects an open in the 4-5 shift solenoid
valve circuit when HSD2 is commanded ON.
The TCM detects a short to ground in the 4-5 shift
solenoid valve circuit when HSD2 is
commanded OFF.

The TCM provides voltage to the solenoid through

High Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM uses a
second driver to control the solenoid ground circuit.
The controlled ground driver reports feedback voltage
to the TCM. When the TCM commands the 4-5
shift solenoid valve ON, the voltage of the control
circuit should be approximately 0 volts. When the TCM
commands the 4-5 shift solenoid valve OFF, the
voltage of the control circuit should be approximately
system voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous open or short to
ground in the 4-5 shift solenoid valve circuit, then
DTC P0979 sets. DTC P0979 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
HSD2 is commanded ON.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids. When
the solenoids are off:
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if
the vehicle has successfully completed a
1-2 upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not completed a 1-2 upshift in
the current ignition cycle, the transmission
will operate in fourth gear. If the transmission
is operating in fifth gear, fourth gear may
be obtained if the engine is stopped briefly
and started again.
The line pressure is at maximum.

7-190

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.

Torque management is inhibited.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P0979 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

Transmission/Transaxle
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

2. Listen for an audible click when the solenoid

energizes.

DTC P0979
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 8

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the 4-5 shift
solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of the J 45681.
Does the test lamp illuminate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 5 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

15.020.3

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-191

DTC P0979 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Using the DMM, measure the resistance between

terminal 17 of the J 45681 and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the 4-5 solenoid valve control circuit (CKT 898)
for the following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the 4-5
solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit. Refer to
Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the 4-5 shift solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the 4-5 shift solenoid connector for the
following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

11

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

12

Replace the 4-5 shift solenoid valve. Refer to 4-5 Shift

Solenoid Replacement on page 7-335.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0979.
Has the test run and passed?

10

13

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

50K

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

7-192

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P0979 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-193

DTC P0980
SIE-ID = 1237605
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The 4-5 shift solenoid valve is located in the control

valve body of the transmission. The transmission
control module (TCM) selects the required gear
by turning the appropriate solenoid ON or OFF,
enabling the transmission to shift. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

DTC P0980 sets when the TCM detects a short to

voltage in the 4-5 shift solenoid valve circuit.

The TCM provides voltage to the solenoid through

High Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM uses a
second driver to control the solenoid ground circuit.
The controlled ground driver reports feedback voltage
to the TCM. When the TCM commands the 4-5
shift solenoid valve ON, the voltage of the control
circuit should be approximately 0 volts. When the TCM
commands the 4-5 shift solenoid valve OFF, the
voltage of the control circuit should be approximately
system voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous short to voltage
in the 4-5 shift solenoid valve circuit, then DTC P0980
sets. DTC P0980 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids. When
the solenoids are off:
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if
the vehicle has successfully completed a
1-2 upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not completed a 1-2 upshift in
the current ignition cycle, the transmission
will operate in fourth gear. If the transmission
is operating in fifth gear, fourth gear may
be obtained if the engine is stopped briefly
and started again.
The line pressure is at maximum.

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.

HSD2 is commanded ON.

Torque management is inhibited.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-194

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the

operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1865 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

Transmission/Transaxle
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
2. Listen for an audible click when the solenoid
energizes.

DTC P0980
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 7

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the 4-5 shift
solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of the J 45681.
Does the test lamp illuminate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 5 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

15.020.3

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-195

DTC P0980 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the 4-5 solenoid valve control circuit (CKT 898)
for a short to voltage. Refer to Testing for a Short to
Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the 4-5
solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit. Refer to
Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the 4-5 shift solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the 4-5 shift solenoid connector for a
short to voltage. Refer to Testing for a Short to
Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the 4-5 shift solenoid valve. Refer to 4-5 Shift

Solenoid Replacement on page 7-335.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P0980.
Has the test run and passed?

10

11

12

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

Yes

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-196

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1621
SIE-ID = 1221722

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
While the vehicle is being driven, engine and
transmission data accumulates in a random access
memory (RAM) device, which cannot store data
reliably when the transmission control module (TCM)
powers down. Before the TCM powers down, the
data is copied from RAM to an electrically-erasable
programmable read-only memory (EEPROM) device,
sometime referred to as non-volatile memory (NVM).
Both the RAM and the EEPROM are inside the
TCM. A normal function of the TCM programming is to
test the EEPROM at TCM power-down by copying
test data from RAM to the EEPROM and then
comparing the two copies. If they do not match,
DTC P1621 will set. DTC P1621 is a type A DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ignition is ON.

At the time of the first failure, the ECM records the

operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores this
information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1621 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Diagnostic Aids

The TCM detects a checksum error when the RAM

and EEPROM test data are compared.

TCM reprogramming may cause P1621 to set.

Test Description

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) when the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.

The number below refers to the step number on the

diagnostic table.
2. Performing this step helps verify that an external
anomaly, such as Electromagnetic
Interference (EMI), did not cause the code to set
originally.

DTC P1621
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-197

DTC P1621 (contd)

Step

Action

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Did DTC P1621 reset?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedures in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF for more
than 2 seconds.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1621.
Has the test run and passed?

Value(s)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 4

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
5

Yes

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-198

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1740 (2.6L, 3.2L)

SIE-ID = 1221810

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

To improve shift feel, the transmission control

module (TCM) may request that the engine control
module (ECM) reduce engine torque during shift
events. When such a request is received, the ECM
responds by retarding the base ignition timing
and notifying the TCM that the request has succeeded.
If the ECM is unable to comply with the request, the
ECM sends the TCM a message that the request
has failed.
The torque reduction request is sent to the ECM
through a communication network called the controller
area network (CAN). Two circuits are used to
communicate CAN data between the ECM and TCM.
A fault in the CAN will not cause DTC P1740 to
set by itself. If a CAN fault occurs, other DTCs will set
before DTC P1740.
When the TCM receives a torque reduction failure
message from the ECM, then DTC P1740 will
set. DTC P1740 is a type B DTC.

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the

malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1740 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
No other CAN errors are present.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM notifies the TCM that a torque reduction
request has failed for 2 seconds.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

DTC P1740 (2.6L, 3.2L)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Did you record any ECM Failure Records?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-199

DTC P1740 (2.6L, 3.2L) (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 4

Go to
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

1. Clear the DTC.

2. Turn the ignition OFF for at least 30 seconds.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
Did DTC P1740 reset?

Did any other DTCs set?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following operation to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC on the scan tool.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1740.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-200

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1793
SIE-ID = 1221731

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 10-jan-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The engine control module (ECM) sends wheel speed

data to the transmission control module (TCM). The
data is sent to the TCM through a communication
network called the controller area network (CAN).
Two circuits are used to communicate CAN data
between the ECM and TCM. A fault in the CAN will
not cause DTC P1793 to set by itself. If a CAN
fault occurs, other DTCs will set before DTC P1793.
When the TCM receives invalid wheel speed data from
the ECM, then DTC P1793 will set. DTC P1793 is a
type C DTC.

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate

the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P1793 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

A scan tool can clear the DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
No other CAN errors are present.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM receives no valid wheel speed data from the
ECM for 2 seconds.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

DTC P1793
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important: Record all Failure Records before clearing the
DTC. Using Clear Info erases the Failure Records from
the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Did you record any ECM Failure Records?

1. Clear the DTC.

2. Turn the ignition OFF for at least 30 seconds.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
Did DTC P1793 reset?

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-201

DTC P1793 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Did any other DTCs set?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following operation to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC on the scan tool.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1793.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-202

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1815
SIE-ID = 1221735
SIO-ID = 1219111

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285488

Circuit Description
The transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
is a sliding contact switch attached to the control
valve body within the transmission. The four inputs to
the transmission control module (TCM) from the
switch indicate which position is selected by the
transmission selector lever. This information is used
for engine controls as well as determining the
transmission shift patterns. The input voltage at the
TCM is high when the switch is open and low when the
switch is closed to ground. The state of each input
is displayed on the scan tool as IMS. The IMS
input parameters represented are transmission range
Signal A, Signal B, Signal C and Signal P (Parity).
If the TCM detects an invalid switch state while
the engine is being started, then DTC P1815 sets.
DTC P1815 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No OSS DTC P0722 or P0723.
The transmission output shaft speed is less than
100 RPM.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The manual shift shaft switch assembly indicates a
transitional state during the following sequence:
The engine speed is less than 60 RPM for more
than 0.25 second, then,
The engine speed is 81625 RPM for more than
0.15 seconds, then,
The engine speed is greater than 651 RPM for
more than 1.5 seconds, then,
The transmission input shaft speed is greater than
200 RPM for more than 1.5 seconds.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

A scan tool can clear the DTC.

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the

malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM assumes a D5 shift pattern.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1815 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

7-203

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. All HI values, in both Park and Drive 5, indicate
the ground circuit is OPEN.
5. With the transmission 20-way connector
disconnected, all IMS values should indicate HI.
7. If one circuit affects the other, this indicates a
short between the two circuits.
13. This step tests the internal transmission harness.
If no fault is found in the harness, the fault will
be in the switch.

DTC P1815
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 4

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Transmission Data on the scan tool.
6. Select IMS range on the scan tool.
7. Place the gear select lever in PARK, then move to
NEUTRAL.
Does each range selected match the scan tool IMS range
display?
1. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
2. Place the gear select lever in PARK, then move
to D5.
Does the scan tool IMS A/B/C/P display indicate the
specified value for each range?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

HI/HI/HI/HI

7-204

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1815 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Inspect the transmission linkage from the range

selector to the manual shift shaft for proper
adjustment.
2. Adjust the linkage as necessary.
Refer to Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement on page 7-322.
Did the linkage require adjustment?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool IMS A/B/C/P display all HI?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 jumper harness on the TCM side
of the AT inline 20-way connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Using the DMM and the J 35616-B GM-terminal test
kit, measure the voltage at the Transmission
Range (TR) signal A circuit of the J 45681.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way
Connector End View on page 7-44.
5. Measure the voltage at the TR signal B circuit of the
J 45681.
6. Measure the voltage at the TR signal C circuit of the
J 45681.
7. Measure the voltage at the TR signal P circuit of the
J 45681.
Did you measure ignition voltage at all four terminals?

Install a fused jumper wire from the TR signal A circuit of

the J 45681 to ground while monitoring the scan tool IMS
A/B/C/P display.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
When the TR signal A circuit is grounded, do any other
circuits indicate LOW?

Install a fused jumper wire from the TR signal B circuit of

the J 45681 to ground while monitoring the scan tool IMS
A/B/C/P display.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
When the TR signal B circuit is grounded, do any other
circuits indicate LOW?

Install a fused jumper wire from the TR signal C circuit of

the J 45681 to ground while monitoring the scan tool IMS
A/B/C/P display.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
When the TR signal C circuit is grounded, do any other
circuits indicate LOW?

10

Test the TR signal circuits of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly that did not indicate HI for a short
to ground between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 and
Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Yes

No

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 18

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-205

DTC P1815 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

11

Test the TR signal circuits of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly that did not indicate ignition voltage
for an open between the TCM and the AT inline 20-way
connector.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Wiring
Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

12

Test the affected TR signal circuits of the transmission

manual shift shaft switch assembly for a shorted together
condition between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector.
Refer to Circuit Testing on page 8-10 and Wiring Repairs
on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

13

Test the TR signal circuits of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly for an open or shorted condition
between the AT inline 20-way connector and the switch.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find the condition?

14

Test the ground circuit of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly for an open between the AT inline
20-way connector and the chassis.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Wiring
Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

15

Test the ground circuit of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly for an open between the AT inline
20-way connector and the switch.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find the condition?

16

Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness

assembly. Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical
Harness Replacement on page 7-306.
Did you complete the replacement?

Replace the transmission manual shift shaft switch

assembly. Refer to Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement on page 7-322.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start the engine in PARK.
4. Turn OFF the ignition.
5. Start the engine in NEUTRAL.
6. Select Specific DTC.
7. Enter DTC P1815.
Has the test run and passed?

17

18

19

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 16

Go to Step 17

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 15

Go to Step 16

Go to Step 17

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 20

Go to Step 2

7-206

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1815 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
20

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-207

DTC P1820
SIE-ID = 1221738
SIO-ID = 1219111

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285488

Circuit Description
The transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
is a sliding contact switch attached to the lower
control valve body within the transmission. The
four inputs to the transmission control module (TCM)
from the switch indicate which position is selected
by the transmission selector lever. This information is
used for engine controls as well as determining
the transmission shift patterns. The input voltage at
the TCM is high when the switch is open and low when
the switch is closed to ground. The state of each
input is displayed on the scan tool as IMS. The
four IMS input parameters represented are Signal A,
Signal B, Signal C and Signal P (Parity).
If the TCM detects a short to ground on the IMS
Signal A, then DTC P1820 sets. DTC P1820 is
a type B DTC.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Conditions for Running the DTC

No engine torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The switch indicates PARK for 1 second, then;
The switch indicates a transitional state between
D4 and D3 for greater than 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.

7-208

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM commands maximum line pressure.

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM assumes a D5 shift pattern.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1820 in TCM history
during the second consecutive trip in which
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.

Transmission/Transaxle
A scan tool can clear the DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step determines if the fault is internal or
external to the transmission.
4. This step determines if the engine wiring harness
circuit or the TCM is at fault.
5. This step determines if the automatic transmission
wiring harness or the IMS is at fault.

DTC P1820
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Transmission Data on the scan tool.
6. Select IMS range on the scan tool.
7. Place the gear select lever in D5.
Does the scan tool IMS range display Drive 5?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
Does the scan tool IMS Signal A display LOW?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-209

DTC P1820 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Test the TR signal A circuit of the switch for a short to

ground between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 and
Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Connect the AT inline 20-way connector.
3. Disconnect the automatic transmission wiring harness
at the transmission manual shift shaft switch
assembly.
4. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
5. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
Is the IMS Signal A displaying LOW?

Replace the automatic transmission internal wiring

harness. Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the transmission manual shift shaft switch

assembly. Refer to Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement on page 7-322.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D4.
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
IMS Signal A must be HI for 0.025 second.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1820.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
10

Yes

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-210

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1822
SIE-ID = 1221742
SIO-ID = 1219111

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285488

Circuit Description
The transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
is a sliding contact switch attached to the control
valve body, within the transmission. The four inputs to
the transmission control module (TCM) from the
switch indicate which position is selected by the
transmission selector lever. This information is used
for engine controls as well as determining the
transmission shift patterns. The input voltage at the
TCM is high when the switch is open and low when the
switch is closed to ground. The state of each input
is displayed on the scan tool as IMS. The four IMS
input parameters represented are Signal A, Signal B,
Signal C and Signal P (Parity).
If the TCM detects an open in the TR signal B circuit,
DTC P1822 sets. DTC P1822 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No engine torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The switch indicates PARK for 1 second, then;
The switch indicates a transitional state between
D2 and D3 for 4 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM commands maximum line pressure.

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM assumes a D5 shift pattern.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1822 in TCM history.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.

7-211

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step determines if the fault is internal or
external to the transmission.
4. This step determines if the engine wiring harness
circuit is at fault or the TCM.
5. This step determines if the automatic transmission
wiring harness or transmission manual shift shaft
switch assembly is at fault.

DTC P1822
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Transmission Data on the scan tool.
6. Select IMS range on the scan tool.
7. Place the gear select lever in D5.
Does the scan tool IMS range display Drive 5?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-212

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1822 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness on the TCM side
of the AT inline 20-way connector.
4. Using the J 35616-B GM-terminal test kit, connect a
fused jumper wire from the TR signal B circuit of the
J 45681 to ground.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way
Connector End View on page 7-44.
5. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
6. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
Is IMS Signal B displaying LOW?

Test the TR signal B circuit of the switch for an open

between the TCM connector and the AT inline 20-way
connector.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Wiring
Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Test the TR signal B circuit of the switch for an open

between the AT inline 20-way connector and the
transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find the condition?

Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the transmission manual shift shaft switch

assembly. Refer to Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement on page 7-322.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D5.
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
IMS Signal B must be LOW for 0.025 second.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1822.
Has the test run and passed?

Yes

No

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-213

DTC P1822 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
10

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-214

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1823
SIE-ID = 1221745
SIO-ID = 1219111

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285488

Circuit Description
The transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
is a sliding contact switch attached to the control
valve body within the transmission. The four inputs to
the transmission control module (TCM) from the
switch indicate which position is selected by the
transmission selector lever. This information is used
for engine controls as well as determining the
transmission shift patterns. The input voltage at the
TCM is high when the switch is open and low when the
switch is closed to ground. The state of each input
is displayed on the scan tool as IMS. The four IMS
input parameters represented are Signal A, Signal B,
Signal C and Signal P (Parity).
If the TCM detects a short to ground on the TR
signal P circuit, DTC P1823 sets. DTC P1823 is a
type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No engine torque signal DTC P2637.
The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
The engine torque is greater than 55 Nm (41 lb ft).

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The switch indicates PARK for 1 second, then;
The switch indicates a transitional state between
Neutral and D5 for 5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM commands maximum line pressure.

The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM assumes a D5 shift pattern.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1823 in TCM history.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.

7-215

The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when

the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step determines if the fault is internal or
external to the transmission.
4. This step determines if the engine wiring harness
circuit or the TCM is at fault.
5. This step determines if the automatic transmission
wiring harness or the transmission manual shift
shaft switch assembly is at fault.

DTC P1823
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Transmission Data on the scan tool.
6. Select IMS range on the scan tool.
7. Place the gear select lever in D5.
Does the scan tool IMS range display Drive 5?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
Is IMS Signal P displaying LOW?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-216

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1823 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Test the TR signal P circuit of the switch for a short to

ground between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 and
Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Connect the AT inline 20-way connector.
3. Disconnect the automatic transmission wiring harness
at the transmission manual shift shaft switch
assembly.
4. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Is IMS Signal P displaying LOW?

Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the transmission manual shift shaft switch

assembly. Refer to Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement on page 7-322.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Operate the vehicle under the following conditions:
Drive the vehicle in D4.
The engine torque is greater than
55 Nm (41 lb ft).
IMS Signal P must be HI for 0.025 second.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1823.
Has the test run and passed?

No

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
10

Yes

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-217

DTC P1825
SIE-ID = 1221747
SIO-ID = 1219111

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285488

Circuit Description

Conditions for Running the DTC

The transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly

is a sliding contact switch attached to the control
valve body within the transmission. The four inputs to
the transmission control module (TCM) from the
switch indicate which position is selected by the
transmission selector lever. This information is used
for engine controls as well as determining the
transmission shift patterns. The input voltage at the
TCM is high when the switch is open and low when the
switch is closed to ground. The state of each input
is displayed on the scan tool as IMS. The four IMS
input parameters represented are Signal A, Signal B,
Signal C and Signal P (Parity).
If the TCM detects an invalid IMS range, DTC P1825
sets. DTC P1825 is a type B DTC.

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM detects an invalid switch range for
5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM assumes a D5 shift pattern.

7-218

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the

operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1825 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Transmission/Transaxle
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.

3. This step tests the transmission manual shift shaft

switch assembly for an open ground circuit.
5. This step tests for correct reference voltage from
the TCM.

DTC P1825
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 9

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Transmission Data on the scan tool.
6. Select IMS range on the scan tool.
7. Place the gear select lever in each transmission
range: P, R, N, D5, D4, D3, and D2.
Does each range selected match the scan tool IMS range
display?

1. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.

2. Place the gear select lever in each transmission
range: P, R, N, D5, D4, D3, and D2.
Does the IMS A/B/C/P display match the specified value
for each range selected?

HI/HI/HI/HI

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Does the scan tool IMS A/B/C/P display indicate HI for all
range states?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-219

DTC P1825 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 jumper harness on the TCM side
of the AT inline 20-way connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Using the DMM and the J 35616-B GM-terminal test
kit, measure the voltage at the TR signal A circuit of
the J 45681.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way
Connector End View on page 7-44.
5. Measure the voltage at the TR signal B circuit of the
J 45681.
6. Measure the voltage at the TR signal C circuit of the
J 45681.
7. Measure the voltage at the TR signal P circuit of the
J 45681.
Did you measure ignition voltage at all four terminals?

Install a fused jumper wire from the TR signal A circuit of

the J 45681 to ground while monitoring the scan tool IMS
A/B/C/P display. Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires on
page 8-12.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
When the TR signal A circuit is grounded, do any other
circuits indicate LOW?

Install a fused jumper wire from the TR signal B circuit of

the J 45681 to ground while monitoring the scan tool IMS
A/B/C/P display. Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires on
page 8-12.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
When the TR signal B circuit is grounded, do any other
circuits indicate LOW?

Install a fused jumper wire from the TR signal C circuit of

the J 45681 to ground while monitoring the scan tool IMS
A/B/C/P display. Refer to Using Fused Jumper Wires on
page 8-12.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
End View on page 7-44.
When the TR signal C circuit is grounded, do any other
circuits indicate LOW?

Test the TR signal circuits of the switch that did not

indicate HI for a short to ground between the TCM
connector and the AT inline 20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 and
Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

10

Test TR signal circuits of the switch that did not indicate

ignition voltage for an open between the TCM connector
and the AT inline 20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Wiring
Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

11

Test the affected TR signal circuits for a shorted together

condition between the TCM connector and the AT inline
20-way connector.
Refer to Circuit Testing on page 8-10 and Wiring Repairs
on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 17

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 17

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 17

7-220

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1825 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

12

Test the TR signal circuits of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly for an open or shorted condition
between the AT inline 20-way connector and the switch.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

13

Test the ground circuit of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly for an open between the AT inline
20-way connector and the chassis ground.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Wiring
Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

14

Test the ground circuit of the transmission manual shift

shaft switch assembly for an open between the AT inline
20-way connector and the switch.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

15

Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the transmission manual shift shaft switch

assembly. Refer to Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement on page 7-322.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. The transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
must indicate a valid range for 5 seconds.
5. Select Specific DTC.
6. Enter DTC P1825.
Has the test run and passed?

16

17

18

No

Go to Step 15

Go to Step 16

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 15

Go to Step 16

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 18

Go to Step 18

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
19

Yes

Go to Step 19

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-221

DTC P1826
SIE-ID = 1221748
SIO-ID = 1219111

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285488

Circuit Description
The transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
is a sliding contact switch attached to the control
valve body within the transmission. The four inputs to
the transmission control module (TCM) from the
switch indicate which position is selected by the
transmission selector lever. This information is used
for engine controls as well as determining the
transmission shift patterns. The input voltage level at
the TCM is high when the switch is open and low
when the switch is closed to ground. The state of each
input is displayed on the scan tool as IMS. The
four IMS input parameters represented are Signal A,
Signal B, Signal C and Signal P (Parity).
If the TCM detects switch Signal C is high while the
vehicle is being driven in a forward gear, then
DTC P1826 sets. DTC P1826 is a type B DTC.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Conditions for Running the DTC

No OSS DTCs P0722 or P0723.

No engine torque signal DTC P2637.
Vehicle speed is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
Engine torque is greater than 20 Nm (15 lb ft).
DTC P1826 has not passed during the current
ignition cycle.
The gear ratio is within one of the following
ranges:
3.33:1 to 3.50:1 for first gear
2.16:1 to 2.27:1 for second gear
1.56:1 to 1.64:1 for third gear
0.98:1 to 1.03:1 for fourth gear
0.73:1 to 0.77:1 for fifth gear

7-222

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Transmission/Transaxle
Conditions for Clearing the DTC

The TCM detects Signal C is high, while the gear ratio

indicates first, second, third, fourth, or fifth gear for
3 seconds.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

A scan tool can clear the DTC.

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the

malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM assumes a D5 shift pattern.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1826 in TCM history.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
3. This step tests the integrity of the engine harness
and TCM by checking for the Signal C state
change from HI to LOW. A LOW signal indicates
the fault is in the internal transmission harness
or the switch. A HI signal indicates the fault is in
the engine harness or the TCM.

DTC P1826
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Select Transmission Data on the scan tool.
6. Select IMS range on the scan tool.
7. Place the range selector in D5.
Does the scan tool IMS range indicate Drive 5?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-223

DTC P1826 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
Additional DTCs may set.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness on the TCM side
of the AT inline 20-way connector.
4. Using the J 35616-B GM-terminal test kit, connect a
fused jumper wire from terminal 19 of the J 45681 to
ground.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way
Connector End View on page 7-44.
5. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
6. Select IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
Does IMS Signal C indicate LOW?

Test the TR signal C circuit of the transmission manual

shift shaft switch assembly for an open between the TCM
connector and the AT inline 20-way connector.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and Wiring
Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct a condition?

Test the TR signal C circuit of the transmission manual

shift shaft switch assembly for an open between the AT
inline 20-way connector and the switch.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find the condition?

Replace the automatic transmission wiring harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Replace the transmission manual shift shaft switch

assembly. Refer to Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement on page 7-322.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start and idle the engine in PARK.
4. Observe IMS A/B/C/P on the scan tool.
5. Move the range selector to D2, D3, D4 and D5
positions. Ensure that IMS Signal C indicates LOW
for each range.
6. Operate the vehicle to greater than 8 km/h (5 mph).
7. Select Specific DTC.
8. Enter DTC P1826.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 2

7-224

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1826 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
10

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-225

DTC P1831
SIE-ID = 1221786
SIO-ID = 1219105

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285486

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) provides
voltage to the pressure control solenoid, the
shift solenoids, and the TCC PWM solenoid through
two separate solid-state devices called High Side
Drivers, called HSD1 and HSD2. HSD1 provides
electrical power to the pressure control solenoid. HSD2
provides power to the shift solenoids. A normal
function of the TCM is to run tests on each driver to
ensure that it is functioning properly.
When the TCM detects a short to ground on HSD1,
then DTC P1831 sets. DTC P1831 is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM detects a short to ground on the HSD1
circuit when the HSD1 is commanded ON.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON displays on the driver

information center (DIC).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P1831 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC/DIC

The TCM clears the DIC when the condition no
longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

7-226

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1831
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 6

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Start the engine.
Did DTC P1831 reset?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Start the engine. Additional DTCs may set.
Did DTC P1831 reset?

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the HSD1 circuit between the AT inline 20-way
connector and the TCM for a short to ground. Refer
to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Test the HSD1 circuit between the AT inline 20-way

connector and the pressure control solenoid for a short to
ground. Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13
in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the shorted pressure control solenoid. Refer to

Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement on
page 7-337.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Repair the short to ground on the HSD1 circuit. Refer to

Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 10

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-227

DTC P1831 (contd)

Step
9

10

Action

Value(s)

Replace the internal transmission electrical harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1831.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 10

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
11

Yes

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-228

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1832
SIE-ID = 1221787
SIO-ID = 1219105

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285486

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) provides
voltage to the pressure control solenoid, the
shift solenoids, and the TCC PWM solenoid through
two separate solid-state devices called High Side
Drivers, called HSD1 and HSD2. HSD1 provides
electrical power to the pressure control solenoid. HSD2
provides power to the shift solenoids. A normal
function of the TCM is to run tests on each driver to
ensure that it is functioning properly.
When the TCM detects a short to voltage on HSD1,
then DTC P1832 sets. DTC P1832 is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM detects greater than 6.4 volts at the HSD1
terminal prior to commanding the HSD1 ON.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON displays on the driver

information center (DIC).
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
The TCM records the operating conditions
when the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The TCM stores DTC P1832 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC/DIC

The TCM clears the DIC when the condition no
longer exists.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-229

DTC P1832
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Did DTC P1832 reset?
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn OFF the ignition.

Disconnect the TCM.
Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Measure the voltage at the HSD1 circuit of the TCM
harness connector. Refer to Automatic Transmission
Related Connector End Views on page 7-46 and
Circuit Testing on page 8-10 in Wiring Systems.
Is the voltage greater than the specified value?

6.4 volts

Repair the short to voltage on the HSD1 circuit. Refer to

Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1832.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

7-230

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1832 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-231

DTC P1833
SIE-ID = 1221788
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) provides
voltage to the pressure control solenoid, the
shift solenoids, and the TCC PWM solenoid through
two separate solid-state devices called High Side
Drivers, called HSD1 and HSD2. HSD1 provides
electrical power to the pressure control solenoid. HSD2
provides power to the shift solenoids. A normal
function of the TCM is to run tests on each driver to
ensure that it is functioning properly.
When the TCM detects a short to ground on HSD2,
then DTC P1833 sets. DTC P1833 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM detects a short to ground on the HSD2
circuit when the HSD2 is commanded ON.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The transmission will operate in fifth gear if the

vehicle has successfully completed a 1-2
upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the vehicle
has not completed a 1-2 upshift in the current
ignition cycle, the transmission will operate
in fourth gear.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCC is disabled.
Powertrain braking is disabled.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1833 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.

7-232

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

Transmission/Transaxle
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

DTC P1833
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 6

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Start the engine.
Did DTC P1833 reset?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT inline 20-way connector.
3. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Start the engine. Additional DTCs may set.
Did DTC P1833 reset?

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the solenoid supply voltage circuit between the
AT inline 20-way connector and the TCM for a short
to ground. Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on
page 8-13 and Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Test the solenoid supply voltage circuit between the AT

inline 20-way connector and each individual solenoid for a
short to ground. Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on
page 8-13 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the shorted solenoid. Refer to 1-2 Shift Solenoid

Replacement on page 7-331, 2-3 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-333, 4-5 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-335, or Torque Converter
Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement on page 7-339, as
applicable.
Is the action complete?

Go to Step 9

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-233

DTC P1833 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Replace the internal transmission electrical harness. Refer

to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start the engine.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1833.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
10

Yes

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-234

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1834
SIE-ID = 1221791
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) provides
voltage to the pressure control solenoid, the
shift solenoids, and the TCC PWM solenoid through
two separate solid-state devices called High Side
Drivers, called HSD1 and HSD2. HSD1 provides
electrical power to the pressure control solenoid. HSD2
provides power to the shift solenoids. A normal
function of the TCM is to run tests on each driver to
ensure that it is functioning properly.
When the TCM detects a short to voltage on HSD2,
then DTC P1834 sets. DTC P1834 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The ignition is ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The TCM detects greater than 6.4 volts at the HSD2
terminal prior to commanding the HSD2 ON.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids.

The transmission will operate in fifth gear if the

vehicle has successfully completed a 1-2
upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the vehicle
has not completed a 1-2 upshift in the current
ignition cycle, the transmission will operate
in fourth gear.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
Torque management is inhibited.
Powertrain braking is disabled.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the
operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P1834 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.

7-235

The TCM cancels the default actions when the

ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

DTC P1834
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Turn OFF the ignition for at least 30 seconds.
6. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Did DTC P1834 reset?
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn OFF the ignition.

Disconnect the TCM.
Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Measure the voltage at the solenoid supply voltage
circuit of the TCM harness connector. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Related Connector End
Views on page 7-46 and Circuit Testing on page 8-10
in Wiring Systems.
Is the voltage greater than the specified value?

6.4 volts

Repair the short to voltage on the solenoid supply voltage

circuit. Refer to Wiring Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring
Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1834.
Has the test run and passed?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

7-236

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1834 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-237

DTC P1868 (2.6L, 3.2L)

SIE-ID = 1221792

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 10-jan-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description
Transmission fluid life is determined by monitoring
transmission fluid temperature over a period of time.
The transmission control module (TCM) calculates
transmission fluid life based on a set of temperature
ranges stored in TCM memory. As the vehicle is
driven, a counter increments. The rate at which the
counter increments depends on the temperature range
in which the transmission is currently operating. The
higher the temperature range, the faster the counter
increments. As the counts increment, the TCM
will begin to decrease the fluid life percentage from
100, high fluid life, to 0, low fluid life.
If the TCM detects a calculated transmission oil life of
10 percent or less, then DTC P1868 sets. DTC P1868
is a type C DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

No Transmission Fluid Overtemperature
DTC P0218.
No TFT DTCs P0711, P0712, or P0713.

CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID displays on the

driver information center (DIC).
The TCM records the operating conditions when
the Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM stores this information as a Failure
Record.
The PCM stores DTC P1868 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC

The TCM clears the DIC when the condition no
longer exits.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the fault no longer exists and the DTC passes.

Diagnostic Aids
Inspect the transmission cooling system for possible
blockage and restrictions.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The calculated transmission oil life remaining is less
than 10 percent.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM does not request the ECM to illuminate
the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
2. This step changes the AT fluid and filter. It is
important to reset the oil life monitor after the fluid
and filter are replaced.

DTC P1868 (2.6L, 3.2L)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-238

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P1868 (2.6L, 3.2L) (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM and the TCM Failure Records. Using
the Clear Info function erases the Failure Records
from the ECM and TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Replace the transmission fluid and filter. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
6. Use the scan tool in order to reset the transmission
oil life.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Ensure that the transmission oil life monitor displays
99 percent or greater.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P1868.
Has the test run and passed?

No

Go to Step 3

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
4

Yes

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-239

DTC P2544
SIE-ID = 1354556

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 10-jul-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

To improve shift feel, the transmission control

module (TCM) may request that the engine control
module (ECM) reduce engine torque during shift
events. When such a request is received, the ECM
responds by retarding the base ignition timing
and notifying the TCM that the request has succeeded.
If the ECM is unable to comply with the request, the
ECM sends the TCM a message that the request
has failed.
The torque reduction request is sent to the ECM
through a communication network called the controller
area network (CAN). Two circuits are used to
communicate CAN data between the ECM and TCM.
A fault in the CAN will not cause DTC P2544 to
set by itself. If a CAN fault occurs, other DTCs will set
before DTC P2544.
When the TCM receives a torque reduction failure
message from the ECM, then DTC P2544 will
set. DTC P2544 is a type B DTC.

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the

malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM commands maximum line pressure.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P2544 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
No other CAN errors are present.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM notifies the TCM that a torque reduction
request has failed for 2 seconds.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

DTC P2544
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Did you record any ECM Failure Records?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-240

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P2544 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 4

Go to
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

1. Clear the DTC.

2. Turn the ignition OFF for at least 30 seconds.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
Did DTC P2544 reset?

Did any other DTCs set?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following operation to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC on the scan tool.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P2544.
Has the test run and passed?

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-241

DTC P2637
SIE-ID = 1237612

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Circuit Description

The TCM turns off the pressure control solenoid.

When the pressure control solenoid is off, line
pressure is at maximum.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.

Engine torque information is sent to the transmission

control module (TCM) by the engine control
module (ECM) through a communication network
called the controller area network (CAN). Two circuits
are used to communicate CAN data between the
ECM and TCM. A fault in the CAN will not cause
DTC P2637 to set by itself. If a CAN fault occurs, other
DTCs will set before DTC P2637.
When the ECM sends the TCM an engine torque
signal that is invalid, DTC P2637 will set. DTC P2637
is a type B DTC.

At the time of the second failure, the ECM records

the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P2637 in TCM history.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
No other CAN errors are present.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC

Conditions for Setting the DTC

Engine torque signal is below the lower limit, above
the upper limit, or is an unreliable value for 2 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive trip in which the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met.

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the DTC.
The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without a
non emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the DTC default actions when
the ignition is OFF long enough in order to
power down the TCM.

DTC P2637
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Failure Records.
Did you record any ECM Failure Records?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-242

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P2637 (contd)

Step

Action
1. Clear the DTC.
2. Turn the ignition OFF for at least 30 seconds.
3. Start, and allow the engine to idle.
Did DTC P2637 reset?

Value(s)

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Go to Step 4
Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 5

Perform the following operation to verify the repair:

1. Select DTC on the scan tool.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Start, and idle the engine.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P2637.
Has the test run and passed?

Go to Step 6

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
7

No
Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Did any other DTCs set?

Yes

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-243

DTC P2763
SIE-ID = 1237615
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) provides
voltage to the torque converter clutch pulse width
modulated (TCC PWM) solenoid valve through High
Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM controls the ON
and OFF time of the solenoid by providing a ground
through the output driver module (ODM). The
TCM uses a PWM duty cycle, in order to control
application and release of the TCC. When the solenoid
is commanded OFF, the TCM senses high voltage.
When the solenoid is commanded ON, the TCM
senses low voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous open or short to
ground in the TCC PWM Solenoid valve circuit,
then DTC P2763 sets. DTC P2763 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM inhibits fifth gear if the transmission is in
Hot Mode.
The TCM inhibits the TCC.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
At the time of the first failure, the TCM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions
for Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P2763 in TCM history.

HSD2 is commanded ON.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

Conditions for Setting the DTC
DTC P2763 sets when the TCM detects an short to
voltage in the TCC PWM solenoid valve circuit
when the PWM duty cycle is 45 percent or greater.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the

sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.
A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.

7-244

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the

vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Transmission/Transaxle
Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
2. Listen for a soft rattling sound when the solenoid
energizes. Use a stethoscope if necessary.

DTC P2763
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the
TCC PWM solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of the J 45681.
Does the test lamp illuminate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 20 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the TCC PWM solenoid valve control circuit
(CKT 422) for a short to voltage. Refer to Testing for
a Short to Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

10.013.6

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-245

DTC P2763 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the
TCC PWM solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the TCC PWM solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the TCC PWM solenoid connector for a
short to voltage. Refer to Testing for a Short to
Voltage on page 8-14 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

11

Replace the TCC PWM solenoid valve. Refer to Torque

Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement on
page 7-339.
Is the action complete?

12

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P2763.
Has the test run and passed?

10

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

No

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 12

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
13

Yes

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

7-246

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P2764
SIE-ID = 1237617
SIO-ID = 1219113

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 06-feb-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

1285490

Circuit Description
The transmission control module (TCM) provides
voltage to the torque converter clutch pulse width
modulated (TCC PWM) solenoid valve through High
Side Driver 2 (HSD2). The TCM controls the ON
and OFF time of the solenoid by providing a ground
through the output driver module (ODM). The
TCM uses a PWM duty cycle, in order to control
application and release of the TCC. When the solenoid
is commanded OFF, the TCM senses high voltage.
When the solenoid is commanded ON, the TCM
senses low voltage.
When the TCM detects a continuous open or short to
ground in the TCC PWM Solenoid valve circuit,
then DTC P2764 sets. DTC P2764 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Running the DTC

The engine run time is greater than 5 seconds.
HSD2 is commanded ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

DTC P2764 sets when either of the following
conditions occurs:
The TCM detects an open in the TCC PWM
solenoid valve circuit when the PWM duty cycle is
greater than 20 percent.

The TCM detects a short to ground in the

TCC PWM solenoid valve circuit when the PWM
duty cycle is greater than 20 percent but less than
50 percent.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

The TCM requests the ECM to illuminate the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) during the
second consecutive drive trip in which the
Conditions for Setting the DTC are met.
The TCM turns off power to all solenoids. When
the solenoids are off:
The transmission will operate in fifth gear if
the vehicle has successfully completed a
1-2 upshift in the current ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not completed a 1-2 upshift in
the current ignition cycle, the transmission
will operate in fourth gear. If the transmission
is operating in fifth gear, fourth gear may
be obtained if the engine is stopped briefly
and started again.
The line pressure is at maximum.
The TCM freezes transmission adaptive functions.
Torque management is inhibited.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

At the time of the first failure, the TCM records the

operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The TCM stores this
information as a Failure Record.
At the time of the second failure, the ECM records
the operating conditions when the Conditions for
Setting the DTC are met. The ECM stores
this information as a Freeze Frame.
The TCM stores DTC P2764 in TCM history.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

The ECM turns OFF the MIL after the
sixth consecutive drive trip in which the TCM does
not send a MIL illumination request.

7-247

A scan tool can clear the MIL/DTC.

The TCM clears the DTC from TCM history if the
vehicle completes 40 warm-up cycles without an
emission related diagnostic fault occurring.
The TCM cancels the default actions when the
ignition is OFF long enough in order to power
down the TCM.

Test Description
The number below refers to the step number on the
diagnostic table.
2. Listen for a soft rattling sound when the solenoid
energizes. Use a stethoscope if necessary.

DTC P2764
Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Step 2

Go to Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-43 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L
or Diagnostic
System Check Engine Controls
on page 6-54 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 8

Did you perform the Diagnostic System Check Engine

Controls?

1. Install a scan tool.

2. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
Important:
Before clearing the DTC, use the scan tool in order to
record the ECM Freeze Frame and the TCM Failure
Records. Using the Clear Info function erases the
Freeze Frame and Failure Records from the ECM and
the TCM.
Using the Clear Info function erases stored DTCs in
both the ECM and TCM.
3. Record the DTC Freeze Frame and Failure Records.
4. Clear the DTC.
5. Use the scan tool in order to command the
TCC PWM solenoid ON.
Does the solenoid operate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the AT 20-way inline harness connector.
3. Install the J 45681 jumper harness to the TCM side
of the 20-way connector.
4. Turn ON the ignition with the engine OFF.
5. With the test lamp connected to ground, probe the
HSD2 circuit, terminal 17, of J 45681.
Does the test lamp illuminate?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Install the J 45681 to the transmission side of the
20-way connector.
3. Using the DMM, measure the resistance between
terminal 17 and 20 of the J 45681.
Refer to Component Resistance on page 7-5.
Is the resistance within the specified range?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

10.013.6

7-248

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DTC P2764 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Using the DMM, measure the resistance between

terminal 17 of the J 45681 and ground.
Is the resistance greater than the specified value?

1. Disconnect the TCM.

2. Test the TCC PWM solenoid valve control circuit
(CKT 422) for the following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Turn OFF the ignition.

2. Disconnect the TCM.
3. Test the HSD2 circuit from the TCM to the
TCC PWM solenoid (CKT 1525) for an open circuit.
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find a condition?

1. Remove the transmission oil pan.

2. Test the TCC PWM solenoid wiring from the 20-way
connector to the TCC PWM solenoid connector for
the following conditions:
Open circuit
Short to ground
Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 and
Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13 in
Wiring Systems.
Did you find a condition?

Replace the TCM. Refer to Transmission Control Module

Replacement on page 7-344.
Is the action complete?

Perform the necessary wiring repairs. Refer to Wiring

Repairs on page 8-16 in Wiring Systems.
Is the action complete?

11

Replace the AT internal transmission wiring harness.

Refer to Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.
Is the action complete?

12

Replace the TCC PWM solenoid valve. Refer to Torque

Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement on
page 7-339.
Is the action complete?

Perform the following procedure in order to verify the

repair:
1. Select DTC.
2. Select Clear Info.
3. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
4. Select Specific DTC.
5. Enter DTC P2764.
Has the test run and passed?

10

13

Yes

No

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 12

50K

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 13

Go to Step 14

Go to Step 2

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-249

DTC P2764 (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-53 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 6-68 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

System OK

With the scan tool, observe the stored information, capture

info and DTC info.
Does the scan tool display any DTCs that you have not
diagnosed?
14

SIE-ID = 803553

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = bosier01

Symptoms - Automatic Transmission

Diagnostic Category

Diagnostic Information

The following table consists of nine diagnostic categories that are located in the left hand column. Using this column,
choose the appropriate category based on the operating conditions of the vehicle or transmission. After selecting a
category, use the right hand column to locate the specific symptom diagnostics information.
Fluid Diagnosis
This category contains the following topics:
Fluid condition appearance, contaminants, smell,
overheating
Line pressure high or low
Fluid leaks

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on

page 7-256.
Refer to Fluid Pressure High or Low on page 7-287.
Refer to Fluid Leak Diagnosis on page 7-267.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Overheating on
page 7-288.

Noise and Vibration Diagnosis

This category contains the following topics:
Ratcheting noise
Noise drive gear, final drive, whine, growl, rattle, buzz,
popping
Vibration

Refer to Noise and Vibration Analysis on page 7-265.

Refer to Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound on
page 7-266.
Refer to Popping Noise on page 7-266.
Refer to Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid
Pressure on page 7-266.
Refer to Noise in Random Ranges on page 7-266.

Range Performance Diagnosis

This category contains the following topics:
Drives in Neutral
No Park
No Drive
Shift selector indicator does not match transmission
gear range

Refer to No Drive in All Ranges on page 7-279

.
Refer to Drives with Selector Lever in Position N on
page 7-286.

Shift Quality Feel Diagnosis

This category contains the following topics:
Harsh, soft or slipping shifts
Harsh, soft or delayed engagement
Shift shudder, Flare or tie-up
No engine braking

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Refer to Harsh Shifts on page 7-282.

Refer to Harsh Shift 4 to 5, or 5 to 4 on page 7-282.
Refer to Harsh Shift D to R on page 7-282.
Refer to Degraded 1-2 and 2-1 Shifts on page 7-285.
Refer to Degraded 2-3 and 3-2 Shifts on page 7-286.
Refer to Slips or Shudders in First Gear on page 7-279.
Refer to Degraded 4-5 Shift on page 7-286.
Refer to No Engine Braking in Second Gear on
page 7-284.
Refer to No Engine Braking in First, Second, and
Third Gear on page 7-283.
Refer to No Engine Braking in Third Gear on
page 7-284.
Refer to No Engine Braking on page 7-288.
Refer to No Engine Braking in First Gear on
page 7-283.

7-250

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Symptoms - Automatic Transmission (contd)

Diagnostic Category

Diagnostic Information

Shift Pattern
This category contains the following topics:
One forward gear only
Two forward gears only
Third gear only
Gear missing or slipping
No upshift or slipping
No downshifts
Non- First gear start

Refer to First and Second Gears Only on page 7-280.

Refer to First Gear Only on page 7-280.
Refer to First, Fourth, and Fifth Gears Only on
page 7-281.
Refer to Winter Mode Switch/Indicator Always On or
Inoperative on page 7-253.
Refer to Second and Third Gears Only on page 7-281.
Refer to Fifth Gear Only on page 7-281.
Refer to No Reverse or Slips in Reverse on
page 7-285.
Refer to Slips while Shifting on page 7-285.
Refer to No Second Gear on page 7-280.
Refer to No Third Gear on page 7-281.
Refer to No First Gear on page 7-280.
Refer to No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear on
page 7-281.
Refer to No Fifth Gear on page 7-285.
Refer to Slips while Shifting on page 7-285.

Shift Speed Diagnosis

This category consists of the following topic:
Inaccurate or inconsistent shift points

Refer to Inaccurate Shift Points on page 7-284.

Refer to Sport Mode Switch/Indicator Always On or
Inoperative on page 7-250.

Torque Converter Diagnosis

This category contains the following topics:
Torque converter diagnosis
TCC does not apply
TCC does not release
TCC apply/release quality

Refer to Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure on

page 7-263.
Refer to No Engagement of Torque Converter
Clutch (TCC) on page 7-287.
Refer to Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply on
page 7-283.

Indicator ON or Message Center Displays Message

This category contains the following topics:
Change transmission fluid light ON
Service transmission light ON
Transmission hot idle engine light ON
Snow flake light ON
Sport light ON

Refer to Transmission Indicators and Messages on

page 7-373.
Refer to Sport/Economy Mode Operation on
page 7-377.
Refer to Winter Mode Operation on page 7-377.

If Symptom Not Found

Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on

page 7-256.
Refer to Road Test Procedure on page 7-260.
Refer to Line Pressure Check Procedure on page 7-259
.

Sport Mode Switch/Indicator Always On or

Inoperative
SIE-ID = 1221793
SIO-ID = 1219116

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

LMD = 30-may-2003

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-251

1285491

Circuit Description
The sport and economy shift modes allow driver
selection of 2 different shift patterns. Sport mode
programming in the transmission control module (TCM)
increases transmission line pressure and extends
shift points for performance enhanced driving. In the
economy mode, the TCM uses standard programming,
permitting normal line pressure and shifting. The
sport mode switch is a console mounted momentary
contact switch located on the electronic PRNDL
assembly. Accessory voltage is supplied to the
electronic PRNDL assembly through the ELEC PRNDL
fuse. When the sport mode switch is depressed, it
momentarily contacts the switch signal circuit. The rear
integration module (RIM) recognizes the voltage on
the circuit and sends a class 2 serial data message to
the dash integration module (DIM). The DIM sends
a class 2 message to the engine control
module (ECM). The ECM sends a request to the
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

transmission control module (TCM) through the

controller area network (CAN) to enable the sport
mode program.
The TCM evaluates the request, and if operating
conditions are correct for enabling the program, the
TCM sends a confirmation message to the ECM. The
ECM then requests the instrument panel cluster (IPC)
to illuminate the sport mode indicator.
The sport mode feature remains enabled until the
sport mode switch is pressed again. Once disabled,
the TCM will return to the economy mode
programming.

Diagnostic Aids
Test the instrument panel cluster (IPC) for proper
operation and lamp illumination. Refer to
Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster on
page 8-19 in Instrument Panel, Gages, and
Console.

7-252

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Test the rear integration module (RIM) for proper

sport mode switch input and output operation.
Refer to Body Control System Description
and Operation on page 8-39 in Body Control
System.

Transmission/Transaxle
1. Diagnose all communication and body DTCs first.
The DTC may be the source of the symptom.
4. No PRNDL display could be open in the electronic
PRNDL assembly accessory circuit.
6. This step tests the sport mode circuit by bypassing
the electronic PRNDL assembly.

Test Description
The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the
diagnostic table.

Sport Mode Switch/Indicator Always On or Inoperative

Step

Action
1. Install a scan tool.
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Select DTC Info.
Does the scan tool display DTCs that start with U
or B?
1. Place the gear selector in Park.
2. Turn the ignition to the RUN position with the
engine OFF.
3. While observing the sport mode indicator on the IPC,
press the sport mode switch several times.
Does the sport mode indicator illuminate On and Off with
switch operation?

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 8-15 in
Body Control
System

Go to Step 2

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 7

Is the sport mode indicator always On?

Move the gear selector from Park through all gear

positions while observing the electronic PRNDL display.
Does the PRNDL display all gear positions?

Test the accessory voltage circuit for an open. Refer to

Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

1. Disconnect the electronic PRNDL assembly.

2. Install a fused jumper between terminal 3 and 6 of
the electronic PRNDL connector.
3. Observe the sport mode indicator on the IPC.
Is the sport mode indicator illuminated?

10

Test the electronic PRNDL ground circuits for an open.

Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 12

Go to Diagnostic
Starting Point Body Control
System on
page 8-15 in
Body Control
System

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 9

Test the sport mode switch signal circuit for an open.

Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Test the sport mode switch signal circuit for a short to

ground. Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13
in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

While observing the sport mode indicator on the IPC,

disconnect the electronic PRNDL assembly from the
console wiring harness connector.
Is the IPC sport mode indicator no longer illuminated?

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 10
Go to Step 12

Go to Step 11

Go to Diagnostic
Starting Point Body Control
System on
page 8-15 in
Body Control
System

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-253

Sport Mode Switch/Indicator Always On or Inoperative (contd)

Step
11

12

Action

Value(s)

Replace the electronic PRNDL assembly. Refer to

Console Replacement - Front Floor on page 8-76 in
Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console.
Is the action complete?

After repairs, test the sport/economy mode under the

following conditions:
With the ignition in the RUN position, the IPC sport
mode indicator does not illuminate during the
bulb test.
Engine running:
The IPC sport mode indicator illuminates when the
sport mode button is pressed.
The IPC sport mode indicator does not illuminate
when the sport mode button is pressed again.
Vehicle operating in drive:
Noticeable change in the shift pattern when the
sport mode is selected On and then Off.
The shift pattern returns to the economy mode
after the ignition is cycled.
Does the sport/economy mode operate as described?

Winter Mode Switch/Indicator Always On

or Inoperative
SIE-ID = 1221794
SIO-ID = 1219116

Owner = mchapm01
LMD = 30-may-2003

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

LMD = 22-apr-2003

LMB = mchapm01

Yes

No

Go to Step 12

System OK

Go to Step 1

7-254

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

1285491

Circuit Description
The winter mode allows the driver selection of a
third gear start in order to reduce wheel spin under
low traction conditions. Winter mode programming in
the transmission control module (TCM) will command
the 1-2 shift solenoid On and the 2-3 and 4-5
solenoids Off, enabling third gear for greater traction.
The winter mode switch is a console mounted
momentary contact switch located on the electronic
PRNDL assembly. Accessory voltage is supplied to the
electronic PRNDL assembly through the ELEC
PRNDL fuse. When the winter mode switch is
depressed, it momentarily contacts the switch signal
circuit. The rear integration module (RIM) recognizes
the voltage on the circuit and sends a class 2
serial data message to the dash integration
module (DIM). The DIM sends a class 2 message to
the engine control module (ECM). The ECM sends

a request to the transmission control module (TCM)

through the controller area network (CAN) to
enable the winter mode program.
The TCM evaluates the request, and if operating
conditions are correct for enabling the program, the
TCM sends a confirmation message to the ECM. The
ECM then requests the instrument panel cluster (IPC)
to illuminate the winter mode indicator.
The winter mode feature remains enabled until the
mode switch is pressed again, the transmission
is placed in a lower gear, and certain vehicle speed,
transmission fluid temperature, or accelerator
pedal positions are exceeded. Once disabled, the
TCM will resume a normal shift pattern.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Diagnostic Aids

7-255

Test Description

Test the instrument panel cluster (IPC) for proper

operation and lamp illumination. Refer to
Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster on
page 8-19 in Instrument Panel, Gages, and
Console.
Test the rear integration module (RIM) for proper
winter mode switch input and output operation.
Refer to Body Control System Description
and Operation on page 8-39 in Body Control
System.

The numbers below refer to the step numbers on the

diagnostic table.
1. Diagnose all communication and body DTCs first.
The DTC may be the source of the symptom.
4. No PRNDL display could be open in the electronic
PRNDL assembly accessory circuit.
6. This step tests the winter mode circuit by
bypassing the electronic PRNDL assembly.

Winter Mode Switch/Indicator Always On or Inoperative

Step

Action
1. Install a scan tool.
2. Turn ON the ignition, with the engine OFF.
3. Select DTC Info.
Does the scan tool display DTCs that start with U
or B?
1. Place the gear selector in Park.
2. Turn the ignition to the RUN position with the
engine OFF.
3. While observing the winter mode indicator on the
IPC, press the winter mode switch several times.
Does the winter mode indicator illuminate On and Off with
switch operation?

Value(s)

Yes

No

Go to Diagnostic
Trouble
Code (DTC) List
on page 8-15 in
Body Control
System

Go to Step 2

Go to Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-294 in
Engine Controls
2.6L and 3.2L or
Intermittent
Conditions on
page 6-413 in
Engine Controls
3.6L (LY7)

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 12

Go to Diagnostic
Starting Point Body Control
System on
page 8-15 in
Body Control
System

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 12

Go to Step 10

Is the winter mode indicator always On?

Move the gear selector from Park through all gear

positions while observing the electronic PRNDL display.
Does the PRNDL display all gear positions?

Test the accessory voltage circuit for an open. Refer to

Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

1. Disconnect the electronic PRNDL assembly.

2. Install a fused jumper between terminal 2 and 6 of
the electronic PRNDL connector.
3. Observe the winter mode indicator on the IPC.
Is the winter mode indicator illuminated?

Test the electronic PRNDL ground circuits for an open.

Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Test the winter mode switch signal circuit for an open.

Refer to Testing for Continuity on page 8-13 in Wiring
Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

Test the winter mode switch signal circuit for a short to

ground. Refer to Testing for Short to Ground on page 8-13
in Wiring Systems.
Did you find and correct the condition?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-256

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Winter Mode Switch/Indicator Always On or Inoperative (contd)

Step

10

Action

Value(s)

While observing the winter mode indicator on the IPC,

disconnect the electronic PRNDL assembly from the
console wiring harness connector.
Is the IPC winter mode indicator no longer illuminated?

11

12

After repairs, test the winter mode under the following

conditions:
With the ignition in the RUN position, the IPC winter
mode indicator does not illuminate during the
bulb test.
Engine running:
The IPC winter mode indicator illuminates when the
winter mode button is pressed.
The IPC winter mode indicator does not illuminate
when the winter mode button is pressed again.
When the vehicle is operating in drive, there is
noticeable torque reduction upon vehicle start-off,
third gear.
Winter mode is disabled when the following
conditions occur:
The transmission is placed in a lower gear.
Accelerator pedal position is above 30 percent
while vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h
(25 mph).
Accelerator pedal position is above 50 percent
while vehicle speed is greater than 63 km/h
(39 mph).
Accelerator pedal position is 100 percent while
vehicle speed is greater than 110 km/h (69 mph).
The shift pattern returns to normal after the ignition
is cycled.
Does the winter mode operate as described?

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 04-feb-2002

No

Go to Step 11

Go to Diagnostic
Starting Point Body Control
System on
page 8-15 in
Body Control
System

Replace the electronic PRNDL assembly. Refer to

Console Replacement - Front Floor on page 8-76 in
Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console.
Is the action complete?

SIE-ID = 856433

Yes

Go to Step 12

System OK

Go to Step 1

LMB = mchapm01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-257

Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Start the engine.

2. Depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever
through the gear ranges, pausing a few seconds in
each range. Return the shift lever to the Park range.
3. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. The vehicle must be
level with the engine running and the shift lever in the
PARK range. Refer to Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
on page 0-32 in General Information.
Caution: Refer to Checking Hot Transmission Fluid
through Drain Plug Hole Caution on page P-2 in
Cautions and Notices.
4. Remove the transmission fluid level hole plug (36).
Important: The transmission fluid may darken with normal
use and does not always indicate contamination or
oxidation.
5. Inspect the fluid color. If necessary, use a small
screwdriver as a dipstick.
Is the fluid color red or light brown with no burnt odor?

Does the fluid have a burnt odor or a dark brown color?

Does the fluid have a cloudy or milky appearance?

Let the fluid temperature rise until it has reached the

specified value. Inspect the fluid level. The level should be
even with the bottom of the threaded plug hole.
Is the fluid level low?

3050C
(86122F

Add DEXRON III automatic transmission fluid in

increments of 0.5 L (0.5 qt) until the fluid drains from the
hole plug.
Did you add more than 1.5 L (1.6 qt) to the transmission?

The transmission may have a leak. Refer to Fluid Leak

Diagnosis on page 7-267.
Was a transmission leak found?

The transmission fluid is contaminated with engine

coolant.
Repair or replace the transmission cooler in the radiator.
Is the transmission cooler repair complete?

1. Drain the fluid by removing the transmission fluid pan

drain plug (63).
2. Remove the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
Important: A very small amount of material in the bottom
of the pan is a normal condition.
3. Inspect the bottom pan for any excessive debris.
Was excessive debris found?

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

Go to Step 4

Go to Step 2

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 3

Go to Step 7

Go to Step 8

Go to Step 5

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 6

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 11

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 9

Go to Step 10

7-258

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

1. Repair the transmission, if required.

Important: If the transmission is overhauled, it may be
necessary to flush the transmission fluid cooler and pipes.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and
Flow Test (J45096) on page 7-271 or Automatic
Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test
(J35944-A) on page 7-275.
2. Add enough DEXRONIII automatic transmission
fluid to bring the fluid to the fluid level to the bottom
of the threaded plug hole.
3. Start the engine.
4. Depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever
through the gear ranges, pausing a few seconds in
each range. Return the shift lever to the
PARK range.
5. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. The vehicle must be
level with the engine running and the shift lever in the
PARK range. Refer to Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
on page 0-32 in General Information.
Caution: SIO-ID = 210430 LMD = 12-may-1998 The engine
must be running when the transmission fluid fill plug
is removed, or excessive fluid loss will occur.
Transmission fluid may be hot. Since the actual fluid
level is unknown, stand clear when removing the fill
plug. Have a container ready to capture any lost fluid.
Do not turn the engine off with the fill plug removed,
as you can be injured by hot transmission fluid being
expelled out of the oil fill opening.
6. Let the AT fluid temperature rise until it has reached
the specified value. Remove the transmission plug.
7. If needed, add DEXRONIII automatic transmission
fluid in increments of 0.5 L (0.5 qt) until the fluid
drains from the threaded hole plug.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in Cautions
and Notices.
Important: If the level hole plug (36) and O-ring (37) are
not damaged, they should be reused.
8. Allow fluid to finish draining out of the plug hole.
Inspect the level hole plug (36) and O-ring (37) for
damage. Install the transmission hole plug (36) and
tighten to the specified value.
9. Wipe any excess fluid from the transmission with a
rag or shop towel.
Is the repair complete?

3050C
(86122F)
20 Nm (15 lb ft)

Yes

No

System OK

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-259

Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure (contd)

Step

Action

Value(s)

10

1. Change the fluid and fluid filter. Refer to Automatic

Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
2. Start the engine.
3. Depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever
through the gear ranges, pausing a few seconds in
each range. Return the shift lever to the
PARK range.
4. Raise the vehicle on a hoist. The vehicle must be
level with the engine running and the shift lever in the
PARK range. Refer to Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
on page 0-32 in General Information.
Caution: SIO-ID = 210430 LMD = 12-may-1998 The engine
must be running when the transmission fluid fill plug
is removed, or excessive fluid loss will occur.
Transmission fluid may be hot. Since the actual fluid
level is unknown, stand clear when removing the fill
plug. Have a container ready to capture any lost fluid.
Do not turn the engine off with the fill plug removed,
as you can be injured by hot transmission fluid being
expelled out of the oil fill opening.
5. Let the AT fluid temperature rise until it has reached
the specified value. Remove the transmission level
hole plug (36).
6. If needed, add DEXRONIII automatic transmission
fluid in increments of 0.5 L (0.5 qt) until the fluid
drains from the threaded hole plug.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in Cautions
and Notices.
Important: If the level hole plug (36) and O-ring (37) are
not damaged, they should be reused.
7. Allow fluid to finish draining out of the plug hole.
Inspect the level hole plug (36) and O-ring (37) for
damage. Install the transmission level hole plug (36)
and tighten to the specified value.
8. Wipe any excess fluid from the transmission with a
rag or shop towel.
Is the repair complete?

3050C
(86122F)
20 Nm (15 lb ft)

11

Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in Cautions

and Notices.
Important: If the level hole plug (36) and O-ring (37) are
not damaged, they should be reused.
1. Let the AT fluid temperature rise until it has reached
the specified value. Allow fluid to finish draining out
of the hole plug. Inspect the level hole plug (36) and
O-ring (37) for damage. Install the transmission level
hole plug (36) and tighten to the specified value.
2. Wipe any excess fluid from the transmission with a
shop towel or rag.
Is the repair complete?

3050C
(86122F)
20 Nm (15 lb ft)

Line Pressure Check Procedure

SIE-ID = 856395

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 04-mar-2002

LMB = bosier01

Tools Required
J 21867 Pressure Gage
J 21867-L40 Pressure Gage Adapter
Important: Before performing a line pressure check,
verify that the pressure control (PC) solenoid valve
is receiving the correct electrical signal from the PCM.
1. Install a scan tool.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Yes

No

System OK

System OK

Caution: SIO-ID = 19343 LMD = 14-apr-1998 Keep the

brakes applied at all times in order to prevent
unexpected vehicle motion. Personal injury may
result if the vehicle moves unexpectedly.
2. Start the engine and set the parking brake.
3. Inspect for a stored Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC).
4. Repair the vehicle, if necessary.
5. Check the fluid level. Refer to the Transmission
Fluid Checking Procedure on page 7-256.

7-260

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

6. Check the manual linkage for proper adjustment.

Caution: SIO-ID = 864646 LMD = 01-mar-2002 Do not
allow the line pressure gage hose to come
into contact with the exhaust system.
Transmission fluid is flammable, contact with the
exhaust system may cause bodily injury or
vehicle damage.
7. Turn the engine Off. Remove the transmission
pressure test plug (40) and install J 21867-L40
and J 21867.
8. Put the gear selector in PARK range and set the
parking brake.
9. Start the engine and allow the engine to warm up
at idle.
Notice: SIO-ID = 36671 LMD = 03-may-2002 The total test
running time should not be longer than 2 minutes.
Running the test longer than 2 minutes may damage
the transaxle.
10. Access the PC solenoid valve control test on the
scan tool.
11. Increase the PC solenoid actual current from
0 to 1 amps in 0.1 amp increments. Allow the
pressure to stabilize for five seconds after each
pressure change. Read the corresponding
line pressure on the J 21867.
12. Refer to the Line Pressure on page 7-4
specification table. Compare the data to the table.
13. If pressure readings differ greatly from the table,
refer to Fluid Pressure High or Low on page 7-287.
14. Turn engine OFF. Remove the J 21867.
15. Inspect the pressure test plug (40) and O-ring (66)
for damage.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
Important: If the pressure test plug (40) and
O-ring (66) are not damaged, they should be reused.
16. Install the transmission pressure test plug (40).
Tighten
Tighten the transmission pressure test plug to
11 Nm (8 lb ft).

Road Test Procedure

SIE-ID = 820126

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Important: The Road Test Procedure should be

performed only as part of the Symptom Diagnosis.
Refer to Symptoms - Automatic Transmission on
page 7-249.
The following test provides a method of evaluating the
condition of the automatic transmission. The test is
structured so that most driving conditions would
be achieved. The test is divided into the
following parts:
Electrical Function Check
Upshift Control and Torque Converter
Clutch (TCC) Apply
Part Throttle Detent Downshifts
Full Throttle Detent Downshifts

Transmission/Transaxle
Manual Downshifts
Coasting Downshifts
Manual Gear Range Selection
REVERSE
Manual SECOND
Manual THIRD
Manual FOURTH
Important: Complete the test in the sequence given.
Incomplete testing cannot guarantee an accurate
evaluation.
Before the road test, ensure the following:
The engine is performing properly.
Transmission fluid level is correct. Refer to the
Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
Tire pressure is correct.
During the road test:
Perform the test only when traffic conditions
permit.
Operate the vehicle in a controlled, safe manner.
Observe all traffic regulations.
View the scan tool data while conducting this test.
Take along qualified help in order to operate the
vehicle safely.
Observe any unusual sounds or smells.
After the road test, inspect for the following:
Transmission fluid level
Refer to the Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure on page 7-256.
Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) that may have
set during the testing
Refer to the applicable DTC.
Scan tool data for any abnormal readings or data
Fluid leaks

Electrical Function Check

Perform this check first, in order to ensure the
electronic transmission components are connected
and functioning properly. If these components are not
checked, a simple electrical condition could be
mis-diagnosed.
1. Connect the scan tool.
2. Ensure the gear selector is in PARK and set the
parking brake.
3. Start the engine.
4. Verify that the following scan tool data can be
obtained and is functioning properly.
Refer to Transmission Scan Tool Data List on
page 7-56 for typical data values. Data that
is questionable may indicate a concern.
Engine Speed
Transmission output speed
Vehicle speed
IMS Range
Transmission range (engine list)
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
Commanded gear
PC solenoid reference current
PC solenoid actual current
PC solenoid duty cycle
Brake switch
Engine coolant temperature
Transmission fluid temperature
Acceleration Pedal Position
Ignition voltage
1-2 shift solenoid
2-3 shift solenoid
4-5 shift solenoid
TCC solenoid duty cycle
TCC slip speed
5. Monitor the brake switch signal while depressing
and releasing the brake pedal. The scan tool
should display:
Open when the brake pedal is released.
Closed when the brake pedal is depressed.
6. Check the garage shifts.
6.1. Apply the brake pedal and ensure that the
parking brake is set.
6.2. Move the gear selector through the following
ranges:
6.2.1. PARK to REVERSE
6.2.2. REVERSE to NEUTRAL
6.2.3. NEUTRAL to DRIVE
6.3. Pause 2 to 3 seconds in each gear position.
6.4. Verify the gear engagements are immediate
and not harsh.
Important: Harsh engagement may be caused by any
of the following conditions:
High idle speed
Compare engine idle speed to desired idle speed.
Commanded low PC solenoid current
Compare PC solenoid reference current to PC
solenoid actual current.
A default condition caused by certain DTCs that
result in maximum line pressure to prevent
slippage
Important: Soft or delayed engagement may be
caused by any of the following conditions:
Low idle speed
Compare engine idle speed to desired idle speed.
Low fluid level
Commanded high PC solenoid current
Compare PC solenoid reference current to PC
solenoid actual current.
Cold transmission fluid
Inspect for low transmission fluid temperature.
Selector linkage
Inspect the adjustment.
7. Monitor transmission range on the scan tool,
engine list.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-261

7.1. Apply the brake pedal and ensure the

parking brake is set.
7.2. Move the gear selector through all ranges.
7.3. Pause 23 seconds in each range.
7.4. Return gear selector to PARK.
7.5. Verify that all selector positions match the
scan tool display.
8. Check accelerator pedal input.
8.1. Apply the brake pedal and ensure that the
parking brake is set.
8.2. Ensure the gear selector is in PARK.
8.3. Monitor accelerator pedal while increasing
and decreasing engine speed with the
throttle pedal. The scan tool accelerator
pedal should increase and decrease
with engine speed.
If any of the above checks do not perform properly,
record the result for reference after completion of
the road test.

Upshift Control and Torque Converter

Clutch (TCC) Apply
The PCM calculates the upshift points based primarily
on two inputs: throttle angle and vehicle speed.
When the PCM determines that conditions are met for
a shift to occur, the PCM commands the shift by
closing or opening the ground circuit for the
appropriate solenoid.
Perform the following steps:
1. Refer to the Shift Speed on page 7-4 table in this
section and choose a throttle position of
12 percent, 25 percent or 50 percent. All throttle
angles shown should be tested to cover the
normal driving range.
2. Monitor the following scan tool parameters:
Throttle angle
Vehicle speed
Engine speed
Output shaft speed
Commanded gear
Slip speed
Solenoid states
3. Place the gear selector in the OVERDRIVE
position.
4. Accelerate the vehicle using the chosen throttle
angle. Hold the throttle steady.
5. As the transmission upshifts, note the vehicle
speed when the shift occurs for each gear
change. There should be a noticeable shift feel or
engine speed change within 1 to 2 seconds of
the commanded gear change.
6. Compare the shift speeds to the Shift Speed
table. Refer to Shift Speed on page 7-4. Shift
speeds may vary slightly due to transmission fluid
temperature or hydraulic delays in responding
to electronic controls.
Note any harsh, soft or delayed shifts or
slipping.

7-262

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Note any noise or vibration.

7. Repeat steps 1 6 to complete all throttle angles.
Important: This transmission is equipped with an
electronically controlled capacity clutch (ECCC). The
pressure plate does not fully lock to the torque
converter cover. The pressure plate maintains a small
amount of slippage, approximately 20 RPM, in
THIRD, FOURTH and FIFTH gears, depending on the
vehicle application. ECCC was developed to reduce
the possibility of noise, vibration or chuggle caused by
TCC apply. Typical apply speeds are 4952 km/h
(3032 mph) in THIRD gear and 6573 km/h
(4045 mph) in FOURTH gear. Full lockup is available
at highway speeds on some applications.
Important: The TCC will not engage until the engine
is in closed loop operation and the vehicle speed
is as shown in the Shift Speed table. Refer to Shift
Speed on page 7-4. The vehicle must be in a
near-cruise condition, not accelerating or coasting,
and on a level road surface.
8. Inspect for TCC apply in THIRD, FOURTH and
FIFTH gear.
Note the TCC apply point. When the TCC
applies there should be a noticeable drop
in engine speed and a drop in slip speed to
below 100 RPM. If the TCC apply can not
be detected:
Check for DTCs.
Refer to Torque Converter Diagnosis
Procedure on page 7-263.
Refer to the Shift Speed on page 7-4 table for
the correct apply speeds.
Lightly tap and release the brake pedal. The
TCC will release on most applications.

Part Throttle Detent Downshift

1. Place the gear selector in the OVERDRIVE
position.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 6488 km/h (4055 mph)
in FIFTH gear.
3. Quickly increase throttle angle to greater than
50 percent.
4. Verify the following:
The TCC releases
The transmission downshifts immediately to
FOURTH gear
5. Place the gear selector in the OVERDRIVE
position.

Full Throttle Detent Downshift

1. Accelerate the vehicle to speeds of 6488 km/h
(4055 mph) in FIFTH gear.
2. Quickly increase throttle angle to
100 percent (WOT).
3. Verify the following:
The TCC releases
The transmission downshifts immediately to
THIRD gear

Transmission/Transaxle
Manual Downshifts
The shift solenoid valves control the initial downshift
for the 5-4, 4-3, 3-2 manual downshifts. The solenoid
states should change during or shortly after a
manual downshift is selected.
Manual 54 Downshift
1. Place the gear selector in the OVERDRIVE
position.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 6488 km/h (4055 mph)
in FIFTH gear.
3. Release the throttle while moving the gear
selector to FOURTH.
4. Verify the following:
The TCC releases
The transmission downshifts immediately to
FOURTH gear
The engine slows the vehicle
Manual 5-3 Downshift
1. Place the gear selector in the OVERDRIVE
position.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 6472 km/h (40
45 mph).
3. Release the throttle while moving the gear
selector to THIRD.
4. Verify the following:
The TCC releases.
The transmission downshifts immediately to
THIRD gear.
The engine slows the vehicle.
Manual 5-2 Downshift
1. Place the gear selector in the OVERDRIVE
position.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 48 km/h (30 mph).
3. Release the throttle while moving the gear selector
to SECOND.
4. Verify the following:
The TCC releases.
The transmission downshifts immediately to
SECOND gear.
The engine slows the vehicle.

Coasting Downshifts
1. Place the gear selector in the OVERDRIVE
position.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to FIFTH gear with the
TCC applied.
3. Release the throttle and lightly apply the brakes.
4. Verify the following:
The TCC releases
Downshifts occur at speeds shown in the Shift
Speed table. Refer to Shift Speed on
page 7-4.

Manual Gear Range Selection

The shift solenoids control the upshifts in the manual
gear ranges.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Perform the following tests using 1015 percent

throttle angle.
Reverse
1. With the vehicle stopped, move the gear selector
to REVERSE.
2. Slowly accelerate the vehicle.
3. Verify that there is no noticeable slip, noise, or
vibration.
Manual Second
1. With the vehicle stopped, move the gear selector
to SECOND.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 32 km/h (20 mph).
3. Verify the following:
No upshifts occur.
The TCC does not apply.
There is no noticeable slip, noise, or vibration.
Manual Third
1. With the vehicle stopped, move the gear selector
to THIRD.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 57 km/h (35 mph).
3. Verify the following:
The 1-2 shift occurs.
The 2-3 shift does not occur.
There is no noticeable slip, noise or vibration.
Manual Fourth
1. With the vehicle stopped, move the gear selector
to FOURTH.
2. Accelerate the vehicle to 64 km/h (40 mph).
3. Verify the following:
The 1-2 shift occurs
The 2-3 shift occurs
There is no noticeable slip, noise or vibration

Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure

SIE-ID = 804291

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = bosier01

The Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) is applied by fluid

pressure, which is controlled by a PWM solenoid
valve. This solenoid valve is located inside of
the automatic transmission assembly. The solenoid
valve is controlled through a combination of computer
controlled switches and sensors.

Torque Converter Stator

The torque converter stator roller clutch can have
two different malfunctions.
The stator assembly freewheels in both directions.
The stator assembly remains locked up at
all times.

Poor Acceleration at Low Speed

If the stator is freewheeling at all times, the car tends
to have poor acceleration from a standstill. At
speeds above 5055 km/h (3035 mph), the car may
act normally. For poor acceleration, you should
first determine that the exhaust system is not blocked,
and the transmission is in First gear when starting out.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-263

If the engine freely accelerates to high RPM in

NEUTRAL, you can assume that the engine and the
exhaust system are normal. Check for poor
performance in DRIVE and REVERSE to help
determine if the stator is freewheeling at all times.

Poor Acceleration at High Speed

If the stator is locked up at all times, performance is
normal when accelerating from a standstill. Engine
RPM and car speed are limited or restricted at
high speeds. Visual examination of the converter may
reveal a blue color from overheating.
If the converter has been removed, you can check the
stator roller clutch by inserting a finger into the
splined inner race of the roller clutch and trying to turn
the race in both directions. You should be able to
freely turn the inner race clockwise, but you should
have difficulty in moving the inner race
counterclockwise or you may be unable to move the
race at all.

Noise
Important: Do not confuse this noise with pump
whine noise, which is usually noticeable in PARK,
NEUTRAL and all other gear ranges. Pump whine will
vary with line pressure.
You may notice a torque converter whine when the
vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in DRIVE or
REVERSE. This noise will increase as you increase
the engine RPM. The noise will stop when the vehicle
is moving or when you apply the torque converter
clutch, because both halves of the converter are
turning at the same speed.
Perform a stall test to make sure the noise is actually
coming from the converter:
1. Place your foot on the brake.
2. Put the gear selector in DRIVE.

Notice: SIO-ID = 23422 LMD = 03-jul-2000 You may

damage the transmission if you depress the
accelerator for more than 6 seconds.
3. Depress the accelerator to approximately
1,200 RPM for no more than six seconds.
A torque converter noise will increase under this load.

Torque Converter Clutch Shudder

The key to diagnosing Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
shudder is to note when it happens and under what
conditions.
TCC shudder which is caused by the transmission
should only occur during the apply or the release of the
converter clutch. Shudder should never occur after
the TCC plate is fully applied.

If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or

Release
If the shudder occurs while the TCC is applying, the
problem can be within the transmission or the
torque converter. Something is causing one of the
following conditions to occur:

7-264

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Something is not allowing the clutch to become

fully engaged.
Something is not allowing the clutch to release.
The clutch is releasing and applying at the
same time.
One of the following conditions may be causing the
problem to occur:
Leaking turbine shaft seals
A restricted release orifice
Defective friction material on the TCC plate

If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied

If shudder occurs after the TCC has applied, most of
the time there is nothing wrong with the transmission.
The TCC is not likely to slip after the TCC has
been applied. Engine problems may go unnoticed
under light throttle and load, but they become
noticeable after the TCC apply when going up a hill or
accelerating. This is due to the mechanical coupling
between the engine and the transmission.
Once TCC is applied, there is no torque converter
fluid coupling assistance. Engine or driveline vibrations
could be unnoticeable before TCC engagement.
Inspect the following components in order to avoid
misdiagnosis of TCC shudder. An inspection will also
avoid the unnecessary disassembly of a transmission
or the unnecessary replacement of a torque
converter.
Spark plugs
Inspect for cracks, high resistance or a broken
insulator.
Cylinder coil
Look for a black discoloration on the bottom of
each cylinder coil. This indicates arcing while the
engine is misfiring.
Fuel injector
The filter may be plugged.
Vacuum leak
The engine will not get a correct amount of fuel.
The mixture may run rich or lean depending
on where the leak occurs.
MAF sensor
Like a vacuum leak, the engine will not get the
correct amount of fuel for proper engine operation.
Carbon on the intake valves
Carbon restricts the proper flow of air/fuel mixture
into the cylinders.
Flat cam
Valves do not open enough to let the proper
fuel/air mixture into the cylinders.
Oxygen sensor
This sensor may command the engine too rich or
too lean for too long.
Fuel pressure
This may be too low.
Engine mounts

Transmission/Transaxle
Vibration of the mounts can be multiplied by TCC
engagement.
Axle joints
Check for vibration.
Cylinder balance
Bad piston rings or poorly sealing valves can
cause low power in a cylinder.
Fuel contamination
This causes poor engine performance.
Replace the torque converter if any of the following
conditions exist:
External leaks appear in the hub weld area.
The converter hub is scored or damaged.
The converter pilot is broken, damaged, or fits
poorly into the crankshaft.
You discover steel particles after flushing the
cooler and the cooler lines.
The pump is damaged, or you discover steel
particles in the converter.
The vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC
apply. Replace the torque converter only after
all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses have been
made. The converter clutch material may be
glazed.
The converter has an imbalance which cannot be
corrected. Refer to Flexplate/Torque Converter
Vibration Test on page 7-264.
The converter is contaminated with engine coolant
which contains antifreeze.
An internal failure occurs in the stator roller clutch.
You notice excessive end play.
Overheating produces heavy debris in the clutch.
You discover steel particles or clutch lining
material in the fluid filter or on the magnet, when
no internal parts in the unit are worn or
damaged. This condition indicates that lining
material came from the converter.
Do not replace the torque converter if you discover
any of the following symptoms:
The oil has an odor or the oil is discolored, even
though metal or clutch facing particles are not
present.
Transmission failure did not display evidence of
damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles
or clutch plate lining material in the unit and inside
the fluid filter.
The vehicle has been exposed to high mileage
only. An exception may exist where the lining
of the torque converter clutch dampener plate has
seen excess wear by vehicles operated in
heavy and/or constant traffic, such as taxi,
delivery, or police use.

Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test

SIE-ID = 813332

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 01-jul-2002

LMB = mchapm01

Isolating Vibration
Notice: SIO-ID = 104878 LMD = 01-aug-2003 Some
engine/transaxle combinations cannot be balanced in
this manner due to restricted access or limited
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-265

clearances between the torque converter bolts and the

engine. Ensure that the bolts do not bottom out in
the lug nuts or the torque converter cover could
be dented and cause internal damage.
To isolate and correct a flywheel or torque converter
vibration, separate the torque converter from the
flywheel to determine if vibration is in the engine or
transmission.
1. With the engine at idle speed and the transmission
in PARK or NEUTRAL, observe the vibration.
2. Turn the engine OFF.
3. Raise and suitably support the vehicle. Refer to
Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in
General Information.
4. Mark the relationship of the converter to the
flywheel.
5. Remove the bolts attaching the converter to the
flywheel. Refer to Flywheel to Torque
Converter Bolts.
6. Slide the torque converter away from the flywheel.
7. Rotate the flywheel and torque converter to
inspect for defects or missing balance weights.
Refer to Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
on page 6-240 in Engine Mechanical 2.6L or
Engine Mechanical 3.2L.
8. Lower the vehicle.
9. With the engine at idle speed and the transmission
in PARK or NEUTRAL, observe the vibration.
Refer to Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration
Diagnosis and Correction on page 0-2 in Vibration
Diagnosis and Correction.
10. Turn the engine OFF.

Indexing Torque Converter

To determine and correct a torque converter vibration,
the following procedure may have to be performed
several times to achieve the best possible torque
converter to flywheel balance.
1. Raise and suitably support the vehicle. Refer to
Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in
General Information.
2. Rotate the torque converter one bolt position.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

572368

3. Align the torque converter hub (2) in the engine

crankshaft (3) and install the torque converter to
flywheel bolts. Refer to Flywheel to Torque
Converter Bolts.
4. Lower the vehicle.
5. With the engine at idle speed and the transmission
in PARK or NEUTRAL, observe the vibration.
Refer to Noise and Vibration Analysis on
page 7-265.
Repeat this procedure until you obtain the best
possible balance.

Noise and Vibration Analysis

SIE-ID = 400496

Owner = ekelle01

LMD = 18-mar-2000

LMB = ekelle01

A noise or vibration that is noticeable when the vehicle

is in motion MAY NOT be the result of the
transmission.
If noise or vibration is noticeable in PARK and
NEUTRAL with the engine at idle, but is less
noticeable as RPM increases, the cause may be from
poor engine performance.
Inspect the tire for the following:
Uneven wear
Imbalance
Mixed sizes
Mixed radial and bias ply
Inspect the suspension components for the
following:
Alignment and wear
Loose fasteners
Inspect the engine and transmission mounts for
damage and loose bolts.
Inspect the transmission case mounting holes for
the following:
Missing bolts, nuts, and studs
Stripped threads
Cracks
Inspect the flywheel for the following:

7-266

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Missing or loose bolts

Cracks
Imbalance
Inspect the torque converter for the following:

Transmission/Transaxle
Missing or loose bolts or lugs
Missing or loose balance weights
Imbalance
SIE-ID = 821835

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 25-sep-2001

LMB = mchapm01

Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound

Checks

Action

DEFINITION: A buzz or high frequency rattle

Trace Cooler Pipes
Check for binding or contact at the
Radiator, other than at the Cooler
Pipe connectors
SIE-ID = 821838

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 25-sep-2001

Verify a pressure buzz by watching for a needle vibration of the pressure gage.
A road test may be necessary. Refer to Road Test Procedure on page 7-260.

LMB = mchapm01

Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure

Checks

Action

DEFINITION: In all ranges, a whine which may be sensitive to RPM load, or which ceases when the TCC engages, or which
is sensitive to the oil pressure
Torque Converter (1)

Verify that the noise is internal to the torque converter by placing your left foot
on the brake with the gear or selector in Drive. Momentarily stall the engine.
Torque Converter noise increases under load.

Oil Pump System

Pump whine noise, which is usually noticable in Park, Neutral and all other gear
ranges. Pump whine will vary with line pressure.

SIE-ID = 821840

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 25-sep-2001

LMB = mchapm01

Popping Noise
Checks

Action

DEFINITION: A popping noise, similar to popcorn popping

Oil Pump System

SIE-ID = 821841

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 25-sep-2001

Check fluid level.

Inspect for pump cavitation, indicated by bubbles in fluid.
Inspect the transmission fluid filter for a leaky seam.
Inspect the transmission fluid filter seal for improper positioning or for a
cut seal.

LMB = mchapm01

Noise in Random Ranges

Checks

Action

DEFINITION: Noise only in certain gear ranges

Refer to Range Reference on page 7-3. Determine the power flow and the applicable components that may be causing
this noise.

Steel Plates

Clutch Plate Diagnosis

SIE-ID = 841002

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Composition Plates
Dry the plates and inspect the plates for the following
conditions:
Pitting
Flaking
Wear
Glazing
Cracking
Charring
Chips or metal particles embedded in the lining
Replace a composition plate which shows any of these
conditions.

Wipe the plates dry and inspect the plates for heat
discoloration. If the surfaces are smooth, even if color
smear is indicated, you can reuse the plate. If the
plate is discolored with heat spots or if the surface is
scuffed, replace the plate.

Causes of Burned Clutch Plates

The following conditions can result in a burned
clutch plate:
Incorrect usage of clutch plates
Engine coolant in the transmission fluid
A cracked clutch piston
Damaged or missing seals
Damaged fluid passage sleeves
Low line pressure
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Valve body conditions

The valve body face is not flat.
Porosity is between channels.
The valve bushing clips are improperly
installed.
The checkballs are misplaced.
The Teflon seal rings are worn or damaged.
Low transmission fluid level

Engine Coolant in Transmission

SIE-ID = 804293

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 12-sep-2001

LMB = mchapm01

If the transmission oil cooler has developed a

leak allowing engine coolant to enter the transmission,
perform the following:
1. Disassemble the transmission.
2. Replace all of the rubber type seals. The coolant
will attack the seal material which will cause
leakage.
3. Replace the composition-faced clutch plate
assemblies. The facing material may separate
from the steel center portion.
4. Replace all of the washers.
5. Replace the torque converter.
6. Thoroughly clean and rebuild the transmission,
using new gaskets and oil filter.
7. Flush the cooler lines after the transmission
cooler has been properly repaired or replaced.

Fluid Leak Diagnosis

SIE-ID = 804774

Owner = bosier

LMD = 18-jan-2002

LMB = bosier

Notice: SIO-ID = 851844 LMD = 18-jan-2002 The

transmission fluid level must be checked before fluid
leak diagnosis is performed to prevent damage to
the transmission.
Check transmission fluid lever. Refer to Transmission
Fluid Checking Procedure on page 7-256.

General Method
1. Verify that the leak is transmission fluid.
2. Thoroughly clean the suspected leak area.
3. Operate the vehicle for 24 km (15 mi), or until
normal operating temperatures are reached.
4. Park the vehicle over clean paper or cardboard.
5. Shut OFF the engine.
6. Look for fluid spots on the paper.
7. Make the necessary repairs.

Powder Method
1. Thoroughly clean the suspected leak area with
solvent.
2. Apply an aerosol type powder, such as foot
powder, to the suspected leak area.
3. Operate the vehicle for 24 km (15 mi), or until
normal operating temperatures are reached.
4. Shut OFF the engine.
5. Inspect the suspected leak area.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-267

6. Trace the leak path through the powder in order

to find the source of the leak.
7. Make the necessary repairs.

Dye and Black Light Method

A fluid dye and black light kit is available from various
tool manufacturers.
1. Follow the manufacturers instructions in order to
determine the amount of dye to use.
2. Install the dye. Refer to Transmission Fluid
Checking Procedure on page 7-256.
3. Detect the leak with the black light.
4. Make the necessary repairs.

Find the Cause of the Leak

Pinpoint the leak and trace the leak back to the
source. You must determine the cause of the leak in
order to repair the leak properly. For example, if
you replace a gasket, but the sealing flange is bent,
the new gasket will not repair the leak. You must also
repair the bent flange. Before you attempt to repair
a leak, check for the following conditions, and
make repairs as necessary:
Gaskets
Fluid level/pressure is too high
Plugged vent or drain-back holes
Improperly tightened fasteners
Dirty or damaged threads
Warped flanges or sealing surface
Scratches, burrs, or other damage to the sealing
surface
Damaged or worn gasket
Cracking or porosity of the component
Improper sealant used, where applicable
Incorrect gasket
Seals
Fluid level/pressure is too high
Plugged vent or drain-back holes
Damaged seal bore
Damaged or worn seal
Improper installation
Cracks in component
Manual or output shaft surface is scratched,
nicked, or damaged
Loose or worn bearing causing excess seal wear

Possible Points of Fluid Leaks

Transmission Oil Pan
Incorrectly tightened fluid pan bolts
Improperly installed or damaged fluid pan gasket
Damaged fluid pan or mounting face
Incorrect fluid pan gasket
Fluid Drain Plug
Case Leak
Fluid Fill Plug

7-268

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Extension Housing
Wiring harness O-ring seal
Damaged manual shaft seal
Loose or damaged fluid cooler line seals fittings
Worn or damaged propeller shaft flange seal
Loose line pressure test plug
Porous casting
Fluid fill plug

Converter seal bushing moved forward and

damaged
Converter seal garter spring missing from the seal
Porous casting of the transmission case or the
oil pump
Leak at the Vent
Overfilled system
Water or coolant in the fluid. The fluid will
appear milky
Transmission case porous
Plugged vent
Drain-back holes plugged
Mispositioned oil pump to case gasket, if equipped

Leak at the Torque Converter End

Converter leak in the weld area
Converter seal lip cut. Check the converter hub
for damage

Leak Inspection Points

SIO-ID = 804224

LMD = 12-nov-2001

804221

Legend
(1) Torque Converter Assembly
(2) Fluid Cooler Pipe Connectors

(4) Torque Converter Housing Fluid Seal

Assembly
(24) Automatic Transmission Case Assembly
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
(25)
(29)
(36)
(40)
(56)

Case Extension Gasket

Prop Shaft Flange Seal
Transmission Level Hole Plug
Transmission Pressure Test Plug
Automatic Transmission Wiring Harness
O-ring Seal

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

(60)
(63)
(229)
(243)
(605)
(614)

7-269

Automatic Transmission Fluid Pan Gasket

Automatic Transmission Fluid Drain Plug
Torque Converter Housing Seal
Transmission Vent Assembly
Manual Shift Shaft Seal
Cup Plug

7-270

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Case Porosity Repair

SIE-ID = 401482

Owner = ekelle01

SIO-ID = 45929

LMD = 21-dec-1999

LMD = 21-dec-1999

LMB = bosier01

Some external leaks are caused by case porosity in

non-pressurized areas. You can usually repair
these leaks with the transmission in the car.
1. Thoroughly clean the area to be repaired with a
cleaning solvent. Air dry the area.

Caution: SIO-ID = 8500 LMD = 29-apr-1996 Epoxy

adhesive may cause skin irritations and eye
damage. Read and follow all information on the
container label as provided by the manufacturer.
2. Using instructions from the manufacturer, mix
a sufficient amount of an epoxy to make the
repair.
3. While the transmission case is still hot, apply the
epoxy. You can use a clean, dry soldering acid
brush to clean the area and also to apply the
epoxy cement. Make certain that the area to be
repaired is fully covered.
4. Allow the epoxy cement to cure for three hours
before starting the engine.
5. Repeat the fluid leak diagnosis procedures.

804427

2. Install the TCC solenoid valve, the 1-2 shift

solenoid valve, the 2-3 shift solenoid valve or
the 4-5 shift solenoid into bore number 5 of the
J 44246.
Install the factory retainer clip to retain the
solenoid.

Shift Solenoid Leak Test

SIE-ID = 804487

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 13-sep-2001

LMB = mchapm01

Tools Required
J 44246 Solenoid Testing Kit
J 35616-B GM Terminal Test Kit
Leak Test Procedure
Important:
This procedure tests On/Off type solenoid valves.
Visually inspect the physical condition of the
solenoid before testing. Inspect the O-rings before
and after the test to be sure that they are not
cut or damaged.
1. Remove the shift solenoid valve from the control
valve body or the TCC solenoid valve from the
transmission case. Refer to 1-2 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-331, 2-3 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-333, 4-5 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-335 or Torque Converter
Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement on page 7-339,
Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.

804429

3. Connect the solenoid testing harness supplied

with the J 44246 to the solenoid.
Important: Do not use air pressure in excess of
120 psi. Excessive pressure will not allow the solenoid
ball check valve to seat properly. Recommended air
pressure is 50 psi.
4. Apply compressed air to the J 44246.
5. Connect the solenoid testing harness to the,
12 volt, positive and negative () battery
terminals.
6. Observe if the solenoid is operating electrically.
An audible clicking noise can be heard when
connecting or disconnecting power.
Important:
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

All solenoids need to be energized to seal.

A small amount of air leakage is normal +/
21 kPa (+/ 3 psi).
7. Observe the air flow through the solenoid. The
flow will completely or nearly completely stop.
Replace the solenoid if there continues to be an
obvious air leak when the solenoid is energized.

7-271

Rubber gloves

Machine Set-up

Important: Inspect the O-rings after the test to be sure

that they are not cut or damaged.
8. Install the shift solenoid valve into the control
valve body or the TCC solenoid valve into the
transmission case. Refer to 1-2 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-331, 2-3 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-333, 4-5 Shift Solenoid
Replacement on page 7-335 or Torque Converter
Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement on page 7-339,
Transmission Internal Electrical Harness
Replacement on page 7-306.

Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler

Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
SIE-ID = 1222704

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 08-aug-2003

LMB = mchapm01

GM studies indicate that plugged or restricted

transmission oil coolers and pipes cause insufficient
transmission lubrication and elevated operating
temperatures which can lead to premature
transmission failure. Many repeat repair cases could
have been prevented by following published
procedures for transmission oil cooler flushing and
flow checking. This procedure includes flow checking
and flushing the auxiliary transmission oil cooler, if
equipped.

1212328

1. Verify that the main power switch (1) is in the

OFF position.
2. Place the main function switch (2) in the IDLE
position.

Important: Use the J 45096 or equivalent to flush and

flow test the transmission oil cooler and the oil
cooler pipes after the transaxle is removed for repairs.
Only GM Goodwrench DEXRONIII automatic
transmission fluid should be used when doing a repair
on a GM transmission.
Time allowance for performing the cooler flow checking
and flushing procedure has been included in the
appropriate labor time guide operations since the 1987
model year. The service procedure steps for oil
cooler flushing and flow testing are as follows:

Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Machine Set-up
Determine Minimum Flow Rate
Back Flush
Forward Flush
Flow Test
Code Recording Procedure
Clean-up

Tools Required
J 45096 Transmission Oil Cooling System Flush
and Flow Test Tool
Shop air supply with water/oil filters, regulator and
pressure gage minimum 90 psi
Eye protection
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

1212329

3. Connect J 45096 to the vehicle 12V DC power

source by connecting the red battery clip to the
positive, +, battery post on the vehicle and connect
the negative lead to a known good chassis
ground.
4. Turn the main power switch to the ON position.

7-272

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Determine Minimum Flow Rate

1212332

Notice: SIO-ID = 1212640 LMD = 21-apr-2003 Do not

overfill the supply vessel. Damage to the unit may
result. To verify the fluid level, view the LCD screen
display while filling the unit, to ensure the fluid
level does not exceed 30 L (32 qt).

1212334

1. From the machine display, identify the temperature

of the automatic transmission fluid that is stored in
the supply vessel of J 45096.

5. Fill the supply tank with DexronIII/Mercon, or

equivalent, through the fill port.
6. Reinstall and tighten the fill cap.

1212335

1212333

7. Connect a shop air supply hose to the

quick-disconnect on the rear panel marked
SUPPLY AIR.

2. Determine whether the transmission oil cooler is

steel or aluminum by using a magnet (1) at the
cooler flange (2) at the radiator.
3. Refer to the table below. Using the temperature
from step 1, locate on either the Steel MINIMUM
Flow Rate table or the Aluminum MINIMUM
Flow Rate table the minimum flow rate in gallons
per minutes (GPM). Record the minimum flow
rate in GPMs and the supply fluid temperature for
further reference.
Example:
Fluid temperature: 75F
Cooler type: Steel
The MINIMUM flow rate for this example would
be 0.8 GPM.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-273

4. Inspect transmission oil cooler lines for damage or

kinks that could cause restricted oil flow. Repair
as needed and refer to the appropriate GM service
manual procedures.

Minimum Flow Rate in Gallons Per

Minute (GPM)
Temperature Range

Steel

Aluminum

65 66F

0.6 gpm

0.5 gpm

67 70F

0.7 gpm

0.6 gpm

71 75F

0.8 gpm

0.7 gpm

76 80F

0.9 gpm

0.8 gpm

81 84F

1.0 gpm

0.9 gpm

85 89F

1.1 gpm

1.0 gpm

90 94F

1.2 gpm

1.1 gpm

95 98F

1.3 gpm

1.2 gpm

99 103F

1.4 gpm

1.3 gpm

1212338

104 108F

1.5 gpm

1.4 gpm

109 112F

1.6 gpm

1.5 gpm

113 117F

1.7 gpm

1.6 gpm

118 120F

1.8 gpm

1.7 gpm

2. Connect the black supply hose (1) to the return

line, top connector of the transmission, and the
clear waste hose (2) to the feed line, bottom
connector of the transmission, to the vehicle cooler
lines. This is the reverse flow backflush
direction.

Back Flush Procedure

1212339
1212336

1. Connect the J 45096 adapters (1) to the vehicles

transmission oil cooler supply and return lines at
the transmission.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

3. Turn the main function switch to the FLUSH

position. Allow the machine to operate for
30 seconds.

7-274

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

1212341

4. Turn the main function switch to the IDLE position

and allow the supply vessel pressure to dissipate.

Forward Flush

1212343

2. Turn the main function switch to the FLUSH

position and allow machine to operate for 30
seconds.

Flow Test

1212342

1. Disconnect the supply and waste hoses from the

vehicle cooler lines. Reverse the supply and
waste hoses to provide a normal flow direction.

1212345

Important: If the flow rate is less than 0.5 gpm, the

LCD displays an error message. Refer to the
Troubleshooting section of the operation manual.
1. Turn the main function switch to the FLOW
position and allow the oil to flow for 15 seconds.
Observe and note the flow rate; this is the
TESTED flow rate.
2. Compare the TESTED flow rate to the MINIMUM
flow rate information previously recorded.
If the TESTED flow rate is equal to or greater
than the MINIMUM flow rate recorded, the oil
cooling system is functioning properly.
Perform Code Recording Procedure.
If the TESTED flow rate is less than the
MINIMUM flow rate previously recorded, repeat
the back flush and forward flush procedures.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

3. If the TESTED flow rate is less than the MINIMUM

flow rate after the second test, perform Code
Recording Procedure.

7-275

Clean-up

3.1. Replace the transmission oil cooler.

3.2. Reconnect supply and waste hoses to the
cooler lines in the normal flow direction.
Perform Flow Test.
3.3. Perform Code Recording Procedure.

Code Recording Procedure

1212328

1212346

1. Turn the main function switch to the CODE

position.

1. Turn the main function switch (2) to the IDLE

position and allow the supply vessel pressure
to dissipate.
2. Turn the main power switch (1) to the OFF
position.
3. Disconnect the supply and waste hoses and the
12-volt power source from the vehicle.
Note: A small amount of water may drain from the
bottom of the unit when the air supply is
disconnected. This is a normal operation of the
built-in water separator.

Important:
If power is interrupted prior to the recording of the
seven-character code, the code will be lost and
the flow rate test will need to be repeated.
The flow test must run for a minimum of 8
10 seconds and be above 0.5 gpm for a code to
be generated.
2. Record TESTED flow rate, temperature, cycle and
seven-character flow code information on
repair order.

1212333

4. Disconnect the air supply hose from J 45096.

5. Dispose of the waste ATF in accordance with all
applicable federal, state, and local requirements.

Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler

Flushing and Flow Test (J35944-A)
SIE-ID = 634330
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 27-may-2003

LMB = mchapm01

7-276

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

GM studies indicate that plugged or restricted

transmission oil coolers and pipes cause insufficient
transmission lubrication and elevated operating
temperatures which can lead to premature
transmission wear-out. Many repeat repair cases
could have been prevented by following published
procedures for transmission oil cooler flushing and flow
checking. This procedure includes flow checking
and flushing the auxiliary transmission oil cooler, if
equipped.

Transmission/Transaxle

Oil drain container

Pail with lid 19 L (5 gallon)
Eye protection
Rubber gloves

Preparation
1. During the installation of the repaired or
replacement transmission, do not connect the oil
cooler pipes.

Important: Use the J 35944-A or equivalent to flush

the transmission oil cooler and the oil cooler pipes
whenever the transaxle is removed for the following
repairs:
Torque converter
Oil pump
Oil pump drive shaft
Drive sprocket support
Transaxle overhaul complete
Transaxle assembly replacement
Important: Use the J 35944-A or equivalent to flush
the transmission oil cooler and the oil cooler pipes
whenever the transmission is removed for the following
repairs:
Torque converter
Oil pump
Turbine shaft
Transmission overhaul complete
Transmission assembly replacement
Only GM Goodwrench DEXRONIII automatic
transmission fluid should be used when doing a repair
on a GM transmission.
Time allowance for performing the cooler flow checking
and flushing procedure has been included in the
appropriate labor time guide operations since the 1987
model year. The service procedure steps for oil
cooler flushing are as follows:
Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
1. Tools Required
2. Preparation
3. Back Flush
4. Forward Flush
5. Flow Check
6. Clean-up
Tools Required
J 35944-A Transmission Oil Cooler and Line
Flusher
J 35944-22 Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing Fluid
Measuring cup
Funnel
Water supply hot water recommended
Water hose, at least 16 mm (5/8 in) ID
Shop air supply with water/oil filters, regulator and
pressure gage
Air chuck with clip, if available

652486

Notice: SIO-ID = 767251 LMD = 14-dec-2000 Do not use

solutions that contain alcohol or glycol. Use of
solutions that contain alcohol or glycol may damage
the J 35944-A, oil cooler components and/or
transmission components.
Important: The J 35944-22 is environmentally safe,
yet powerful enough to cut through transmission
fluid to dislodge any contaminants from the cooler.
The safety precautions on the label, regarding potential
skin and eye irritations associated with prolonged
exposure, are typical precautions that apply to many
similar cleaning solutions. It should be noted that
according to GM, use of other non-approved fluids for
cooler flushing can have an adverse reaction to the
seals inside the transmission.
2. Remove the fill cap (9) on the J 35944-A and fill
the flusher tank (4) with 0.6 L (2021 oz) of
J 35944-22, using the measuring cup (6). Do not
overfill.
3. Install the fill cap (9) on the J 35944-A and
pressurize the flusher tank (4) to 550
700 kPa (80100 psi), using the shop air supply at
the tank air valve (2).
4. With the water supply valve (1) on the J 35944-A
in the OFF position, connect the water supply
hose from the J 35944-A to the water supply at the
faucet.
5. Turn ON the water supply at the faucet.

Back Flush
1. Inspect the transmission oil cooler pipes for kinks
or damage. Repair as necessary.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

893800

2. Connect the J 35944-A to the oil cooler feed top

connector.
3. Clip the discharge hose (2) onto the oil drain
container.
4. Attach the J 35944-A to the undercarriage of the
vehicle with the hook provided and connect the
flushing system feed supply hose (1) from
the J 35944-A to the bottom connector oil cooler
return pipe.
5. Turn the J 35944-A water supply valve (3) to the
ON position and allow water to flow through the
oil cooler and pipes for 10 seconds to remove any
remaining transmission fluid. If water does not
flow through the oil cooler and pipes, the cause of
the blockage must be diagnosed and the
plugged component must be repaired or replaced.
Continue with the cooler flushing and flow
check procedure once the blockage is corrected.
6. Turn the J 35944-A water supply valve (3) to the
OFF position and clip the discharge hose onto a
19 liter (5 gallon) pail with a lid, to avoid
splashback.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-277

893801

Important: Flushing for approximately 2 minutes in

each cooler line direction will result in a total of about
810 gallons of waste fluid. This mixture of water
and flushing fluid is to be captured in a bucket
or similar container.
7. Turn the J 35944-A water supply valve (3) to the
ON position and depress the trigger (1) to mix
cooler flushing solution into the water flow.
Use the clip provided on the handle to hold the
trigger (1) down. The discharge will foam
vigorously when the solution is introduced into the
water stream.
8. Flush the oil cooler and pipes with water and
solution for 2 minutes. During this flush, attach
the shop air supply 825 kPa (120 psi) to the
flushing system feed air valve (2) located on the
J 35944-A, for 35 seconds at the end of
every 1520 second interval to create a surging
action.
9. Release the trigger (1) and turn the J 35944-A
water supply valve (3) to the OFF position.

7-278

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Forward Flush

Transmission/Transaxle
Flow Test

893800

1. Disconnect both hoses (1 and 2) from the oil

cooler pipes and connect them to the opposite
oil cooler pipe. This will allow the oil cooler
and pipes to be flushed in the normal flow
direction.
2. Repeat Step 6 and 7 of the Back Flush.

893802

Important: The Flow Test must be performed after

the flush to ensure that all flushing solution and water
is removed from the oil cooling system.
1. Disconnect the hose from the oil cooler pipe.
Connect the oil cooler feed pipe, top connector,
to the transmission for normal flow.
2. Clip the discharge hose (1) to an empty oil
container.
3. Confirm the transmission is filled with automatic
transmission fluid. Refer to Fluid Capacity
Specifications on page 0-0 for the correct
automatic transmission fluid capacity.
4. Start the engine with the transmission in PARK
range and run for 30 seconds after fluid begins
to flow from the discharge hose (1). A minimum of
1.9 L (2 quarts) must be discharged during this
30 second run time.
5. If the fluid flow meets or exceeds 1.9 L (2 quarts)
in 30 seconds, connect the oil cooler feed pipe to
the front connector on the transmission.
6. If fluid flow is less than 1.9 L (2 qt) in 30 seconds,
perform the following diagnosis:

893801

3. Release the trigger (1) of the J 35944-A and allow

water only to rinse the oil cooler and pipes for
1 minute.
4. Turn the J 35944-A water supply valve (3) to the
OFF position and turn OFF the water supply at
the faucet.
5. Attach the shop air supply to the flushing system
feed air valve (2) on the and J 35944-A blow out
the water from the oil cooler and pipes.
Continue, until no water comes out of the
discharge hose.

6.1. Disconnect the J 35944-A discharge

hose (1) from the oil cooler return pipe.
6.2. Disconnect the oil cooler feed pipe at the
radiator.
6.3. Connect the J 35944-A discharge hose (1)
to the oil cooler feed pipe, radiator end.
6.4. Clip the discharge hose (1) onto the oil
drain container.
6.5. Start the engine with the transmission in
PARK range and run for 30 seconds after
fluid begins to flow from the discharge
hose (1). A minimum of 1.9 L (2 qt) must be
discharged during this 30 second run time.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

3. After every third use, clean the J 35944-A as

described in the instructions included with
the tool.

7. If the amount of transmission fluid flow remains

less than 1.9 L (2 qt) in 30 seconds, inspect the
oil cooler feed pipe, top connector, for restrictions
or damage. If no condition is found with the
feed pipe, inspect the transmission.

4. Dispose of any waste water/solution and

transmission fluid in accordance with local
regulations.

Clean-up
1. Disconnect the water supply hose from the
J 35944-A and bleed any remaining air pressure
from the flusher tank.
2. Remove the fill cap from the J 35944-A and return
any unused flushing solution to its container.
Rinse the J 35944-A with water. Do not store the
J 35944-A with flushing solution in it.

7-279

SIE-ID = 803551

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Slips or Shudders in First Gear

Checks

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted in first gear, Drive range, with little or no vehicle forward speed
increase. Second, third, and fourth gear operations are normal. Shifts into first gear are soft or do not occur. First gear ratio
is 2.921:1
Forward Clutch

Clutch plates worn

Porosity in the piston
Piston seal damaged
Forward clutch housing ball check valve not sealing or
damaged
Input shaft fluid seals damaged or missing

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

Face not flat

Spacer plate or gaskets mispositioned or damaged

Input Sun Gear Shaft

Broken shaft

Forward Sprag Clutch Assembly

Sprags not holding

Low Clutch Sprag Assembly

Sprags not holding

Torque Converter Assembly

Stator roller clutch not holding

Line Pressure

Refer to Fluid Pressure High or Low on page 7-287.

SIE-ID = 804153

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No Drive in All Ranges

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted, with no vehicle forward speed increase, during the following
conditions:
The engine is running.
The transmission is in Drive range.
The vehicle is stopped or moving slowly.
The vehicle brakes are not applied.
The throttle is opened 25 percent or greater.
Forward Clutch Assembly

Damaged or worn clutch plates

Damaged or cut piston
Damaged or stuck ball check valve

Forward Clutch Sprag

Damaged sprag
Worn or pitted inner race

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-280

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

No Drive in All Ranges (contd)

Check

Causes

Fluid Pump

Low Clutch Sprag

Damaged sprag
Worn or pitted inner race

Input and Reaction Carrier

SIE-ID = 804022

Owner = mchapm01

Damaged vanes
Missing slide spring
Fluid pump screen assembly plugged or damaged
Fluid pump rotor guide omitted or misassembled
Fluid pump rotor cracked or broken
Porosity in fluid pump
Fluid pump surfaces not flat
Excessive fluid pump rotor clearance

Damaged or worn gears

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No First Gear
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted in first gear, Drive range, with little or no vehicle forward speed
increase. Second, third, and fourth gear operation are normal. Shifts into first gear are soft or do not occur.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

1-2 shift control valve stuck released

1-2 shift valve stuck released
1-2 SS valve stuck ON

Forward and Low Clutch Sprag

Damaged sprag
Worn or pitted inner race

Forward Clutch Assembly

SIE-ID = 804008

Owner = mchapm01

Damaged
LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

First Gear Only

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: The transmission only provides first gear in Drive range. The vehicle accelerates from a stop in first gear and
does not upshift.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

1-2 shift control valve stuck applied

1-2 shift valve stuck applied

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

The spacer plate or gasket are mispositioned or damaged

Shift Solenoid Valve

SIE-ID = 804023

Owner = mchapm01

Stuck or damaged
Faulty electrical connection
LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No Second Gear
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted in second gear, Drive range, with little or no vehicle forward speed
increase. First, third, and fourth gear operation are normal. Shifts into second gear are soft or do not occur.
Second Clutch

Damaged piston
Damaged or worn clutch plates

Second Coast Clutch

Damaged piston
Damaged or worn clutch plates

Second Clutch Sprag

Damaged sprag
Worn or pitted inner race

Second Clutch Fluid Passage Sleeve

SIE-ID = 804013

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

Leaking
LMB = bosier01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-281

First and Second Gears Only

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: The transmission only provides first and second gear in Drive range.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

SIE-ID = 804019

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

2-3 SS valve stuck

2-3 shift valve stuck applied
Spacer plate or gaskets are mispositioned or damaged
LMB = bosier01

First, Fourth, and Fifth Gears Only

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: The transmission provides first, fourth and fifth gear in Drive range.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

SIE-ID = 804027

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 01-mar-2002

1-2 SS valve stuck off

Spacer plate or gaskets are mispositioned or damaged
LMB = bosier01

Second and Third Gears Only

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: The transmission only provides second and third gear in Drive range. The shift pattern as the vehicle
accelerates from a stop is 2233.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

12 SS valve stuck applied

Spacer plate or gaskets are mispositioned or damaged

Winter Mode active

SIE-ID = 804164

Owner = mchapm01

Shorted switch or circuit

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No Third Gear
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted in third gear, Drive range, with no vehicle forward speed increase.
First, second, and fourth gear operation are normal. Shifts into third gear are soft or do not occur.
Intermediate Clutch Sprag

Damaged sprag
Worn or pitted inner race

Intermediate Clutch

Damaged piston
Damaged or worn clutch plates

Intermediate Fluid Passage Sleeve

SIE-ID = 804144

Owner = mchapm01

Leaking

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM is noted in fourth gear or no vehicle forward speed increase. Shifts into fourth gear are
soft or do not occur.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

3-4 shift valve stuck applied

3-4 shift control valve stuck applied

Direct and Reverse Clutch

Damaged or worn piston (406)

Damaged or worn clutch plates
Damaged ball check valve (405)

SIE-ID = 804030

Owner = mchapm01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

LMD = 01-mar-2002

LMB = bosier01

7-282

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Fifth Gear Only

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: The transmission only provides fifth gear in Drive range. The vehicle accelerates from a stop in fifth gear.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

Feed limit valve or spring stuck in the exhaust position

Wiring Harness

Improper electrical connection to shift solenoids

Inspect for active transmission DTCs

Transmission DTC default action active

SIE-ID = 804031

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Harsh Shift 4 to 5, or 5 to 4
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: One of the two following conditions occurs during a 4th to 5th and 5th to 4th gear steady throttle upshift, or a
4th to 5th gear coast, or a light to moderate throttle detent downshift:
Harsh shift feel - an unacceptable quick gear change occurs.
Overdrive Clutch and Coast Clutch

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates

Fluid Pump Assembly

Pressure Control Solenoid

SIE-ID = 804033

Owner = mchapm01

Pressure regulator valve stuck

Pressure regulator valve spring
Line boost valve spring
Line boost valve or bushing stuck, damaged or
incorrectly assembled
Fluid pump screen assembly plugged or damaged
Fluid pump rotor guide omitted or misassembled
Fluid pump rotor cracked or broken
Porosity in fluid pump
Fluid pump surfaces not flat
Excessive fluid pump rotor clearance
Pump slide seal out of location
Pump vanes damaged
Pump slide spring damaged

Damaged
LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Harsh Shift D to R
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: Gear engagement that is harsh when the engine is idling in Park or Neutral, and the gear selector is moved
to Drive or Reverse range.
Forward Clutch

Damaged or worn piston (436)

Damaged or worn clutch plates (449)
Damaged or stuck ball check valve (434)

Reverse Clutch

Damaged or worn piston (404)

Damaged or worn clutch plates (418/417)
Damaged or stuck ball check valve (403)

Fluid Pump Assembly

Refer to Harsh Shift 4 to 5, or 5 to 4 on page 7-282.

PC Solenoid

Damaged

SIE-ID = 804034

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 01-mar-2002

LMB = bosier01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-283

Harsh Shifts
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: Harsh shift feel an unacceptable quick gear change occurs.

Pressure Control Solenoid

Damaged O-rings
Contamination

Output Speed Sensor

Open or grounded circuit

Input Speed Sensor

Open or grounded circuit

Throttle Position

Open or grounded circuit

Forward Clutch Assembly

Damaged or worn clutch plates

Damaged or cut piston
Damaged or stuck ball check valve

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

Accumulator piston stuck

Stuck or missing ball check valves

Fluid Pump

Inspect for active transmission DTCs

SIE-ID = 804036

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

Pressure regulator valve stuck

Pressure regulator valve spring
Line boost valve spring
Line boost valve or bushing stuck, damaged or
incorrectly assembled
Fluid pump screen assembly plugged or damaged
Fluid pump rotor guide omitted or misassembled
Fluid pump rotor cracked or broken
Porosity in fluid pump
Fluid pump surfaces not flat
Excessive fluid pump rotor clearance
Pump slide seal out of location
Pump vanes damaged
Pump slide spring damaged

Transmission DTC default action active

LMB = bosier01

Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A unacceptable quick TCC apply or release occurs in third, fourth or fifth gear, overdrive, Drive or Manual
third range, with the throttle held steady.
Control Valve Body & Accumulator Assembly

Stuck TCC regulator apply valve

TCC Solenoid Valve

Stuck ON

SIE-ID = 804170

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No Engine Braking in First, Second, and Third Gear

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase and forward vehicle speed decrease do not immediately occur when the
transmission is shifted from Overdrive or fourth gear in Drive range to either first or second gear, manual second.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

SIE-ID = 804061

Owner = mchapm01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

LMD = 14-dec-2001

3-4 shift valve stuck released

Missing or stuck low pressure control valve
4-5 shift valve and/or 4-5 control shift valve stuck
released
1-2 shift valve stuck released
2-3 shift valve and/or 2-3 control shift stuck released
LMB = bosier01

7-284

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

No Engine Braking in First Gear

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase and forward vehicle speed decrease do not immediately occur when the
transmission is shifted from Overdrive or fourth gear in Drive or manual third range to first.
Low and Reverse Clutch

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

SIE-ID = 804137

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

3-4 shift control valve stuck

3-4 shift valve stuck 1st , 2nd or 3rd gear
Low pressure control valve 1st , 2nd or 3rd gears
4-5 SS valve stuck off 1st , 2nd , or 3rd gears
4-5 shift valve stuck applied 1st , 2nd , 3rd gears
3-4 shift valve and/or 3-4 control shift valve stuck
released
Low pressure control valve stuck released
4-5 shift valve and/or 4-5 control shift valve stuck
released
1-2 shift valve stuck released
LMB = bosier01

No Engine Braking in Second Gear

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase and forward vehicle speed decrease do not immediately occur when the
transmission is shifted from third to fourth gear in Drive or Manual Third range to either second gear, Manual Second.
Coast Clutch

SIE-ID = 804037

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates
Damaged or stuck ball check valve
3-4 shift valve and/or 3-4 control shift valve stuck
released
Low pressure control valve stuck released
4-5 shift valve and/or 4-5 control shift valve stuck
released
1-2 shift valve stuck applied
2-3 shift and/or 2-3 control shift stuck released

LMB = bosier01

No Engine Braking in Third Gear

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase and forward vehicle speed decrease in third gear do not immediately occur
when the transmission is shifted from overdrive or fourth gear in Drive or Manual Third range to third gear range.
Overdrive Clutch

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

3-4 shift valve and/or 3-4 control shift valve stuck

released
Low pressure control valve stuck released
4-5 shift valve and/or 4-5 control shift valve stuck
released
1-2 shift valve stuck applied
2-3 shift and/or 2-3 control shift stuck applied

SIE-ID = 804039

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 01-mar-2002

LMB = bosier01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-285

Inaccurate Shift Points

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: An upshift or a downshift, or TCC apply, that occurs at a speed outside of the calibrated range. Refer to Shift
Speed on page 7-4.
Fluid Pump Assembly

Stuck pressure regulator valve

Sticking pump slide

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

Spacer plate and gasket misaligned or damaged

Throttle Position Sensor

Disconnected or damaged

Input Speed Sensor

Disconnected or damaged
Bolt not torqued properly

Output Speed Sensor

Disconnected or damaged
Bolt not torqued properly

Shift Solenoids

Leaking

Sport Mode active

Shorted switch or circuit

SIE-ID = 804040

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No Fifth Gear
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted in fifth gear, Drive range, with little or no vehicle forward speed
increase. First, second, third gear and fourth operation are normal. Shifts into fifth gear are soft or do not occur.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

4-5 SS valve stuck On

4-5 shift valve stuck applied
4-5 shift control valve stuck applied

Overdrive Clutch

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates

SIE-ID = 804176

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

No Reverse or Slips in Reverse

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted with little or no vehicle rearward speed increase during the following
conditions:
The engine is running.
The transmission is in Reverse range.
The vehicle is stopped or moving slowly.
The vehicle brakes are not applied.
The throttle is opened 25 percent or greater.
Direct and Reverse Clutch Assembly

Damaged reverse clutch housing ball check valve

Damaged or cut piston
Damaged or worn clutch plates

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

Reverse lockout valve stuck

TCC PWM solenoid valve leaking

Selector Lever
SIE-ID = 804140

Owner = mchapm01

Adjustment
LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Slips while Shifting

Checks

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase is noted in fifth, fourth, third, second or first in Drive range, with little or no
vehicle forward speed increase. Shifts into fifth, fourth, third, second or first gear are soft or do not occur.
Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

Accumulator piston seals

Porosity in the accumulator piston housings
Stuck or missing ball check valves

Pressure Control Solenoid

Damaged

Fluid Pump

Damaged

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-286

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

SIE-ID = 804042

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

Transmission/Transaxle

LMB = bosier01

Degraded 1-2 and 2-1 Shifts

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: One of the two following conditions occurs during a first to second gear steady throttle upshift, or a second to
first gear coast, or a light to moderate throttle detent downshift:
Harsh shift feel
An unacceptable quick gear change occurs.
Soft shift feel
An unacceptable long gear change occurs.
Second Clutch

Damaged piston, 1-2, 2-1 shift

Damaged or worn clutch plates, 1-2, 2-1 shift

Pressure Control Solenoid

Damaged

Fluid Pump

Damaged

SIE-ID = 804045

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Degraded 2-3 and 3-2 Shifts

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: One of the two following conditions occurs during a second to third gear steady throttle upshift, or a third to
second coast, or a light to moderate throttle detent downshift:
Harsh shift feel
An unacceptable quick gear change occurs.
Soft shift feel
An unacceptable long gear change occurs.
Intermediate Clutch

Damaged piston, 2-3, 3-2 shift

Damaged or worn clutch plates, 2-3, 3-2 shift

Pressure Control Solenoid

Damaged

Fluid Pump

Damaged

SIE-ID = 804048

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

Degraded 4-5 Shift

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: One of the two following conditions occurs during a fourth to fifth gear steady throttle upshift, or a fifth to
fourth coast, or a light to moderate throttle detent downshift:
Harsh shift feel
An unacceptable quick gear change occurs.
Soft shift feel
An unacceptable long gear change occurs.
Coast Clutch

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates
Damaged or stuck ball check valve

Intermediate Clutch

Damaged piston, 2-3, 3-2 shift

Damaged or worn clutch plates, 2-3, 3-2 shift

Overdrive Clutch

Damaged or worn clutch plates

Damaged or worn piston

Pressure Control Solenoid

Damaged

Fluid Pump

Damaged

SIE-ID = 803548

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-287

Drives with Selector Lever in Position N

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: Vehicle moves forward while in Neutral.

Forward Clutch and Coast Clutch Assembly

Damaged or worn clutch plates

Damaged or cut piston
Damaged or stuck ball check valve

Selector Lever
SIE-ID = 803445

Owner = mchapm01

Adjustment
LMD = 01-mar-2002

LMB = bosier01

No Engagement of Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large difference in RPM is noted between the engine speed and the transmission input turbine speed in
third or fourth gear, Drive or Manual Third range when the TCC is commanded ON by the PCM.
Control Valve Body and Accumulator Assembly
Torque Converter Housing

TCC regulator apply valve stuck released

TCC regulator apply valve spring broken
Transmission fluid pump cover damaged or misaligned

TCC PWM Solenoid Assembly

Stuck Off
Internal damage
Damaged or cut O-ring
Screen damaged
Electrical connector damage

Fluid Pump

Stuck, binding TCC control valve

TCC enable valve
Stick or binding TCC enable valve spring
Misaligned gasket

Turbine Shaft

Damaged or cut O-ring

Inspect for active transmission DTCs

Transmission DTC default action active

SIE-ID = 804049

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 01-mar-2002

LMB = bosier01

Fluid Pressure High or Low

Check

Causes

DEFINITION: Transmission main line pressure that is determined to be high or low. Refer to Line Pressure Check
Procedure on page 7-259.
Fluid Pump Assembly

Fluid Filter

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Pressure regulator valve stuck

Pressure regulator valve spring
Line boost valve spring
Line boost valve or bushing stuck, damaged or
incorrectly assembled
Pressure relief ball not seated or damaged
Pressure relief ball spring
Pump slide seal out of location
Fluid pump screen assembly plugged or damaged
Fluid pump rotor guide omitted or misassembled
Fluid pump rotor cracked or broken
Porosity in fluid pump
Fluid pump surfaces not flat
Excessive fluid pump rotor clearance

Intake pipe restricted

Cracks in fluid filter
Fluid filter seal missing, cut or damaged

7-288

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

Fluid Pressure High or Low (contd)

Check

Causes

Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly

Manual valve scored or damaged

Spacer plate or gaskets misassemble or damaged
Control valve top channel plate not flat
Control valve bottom channel plate not flat
Feed limit valve or spring stuck in the exhaust position

Pressure Control Solenoid Assembly

Contaminated
O-rings cut or damaged
Electrical connection

System Voltage

12 Volts not supplied to transmission

Electrical short - pinched solenoid wire
Solenoid not grounded

Clutch Accumulator

Leaking

Inspect for active transmission DTCs

Transmission DTC default action active

SIE-ID = 803443

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 13-sep-2001

LMB = mchapm01

No Engine Braking
Check

Causes

DEFINITION: A large engine RPM increase and forward vehicle speed decrease do not immediately occur when the
transmission is shifted from overdrive or fourth gear in Drive or manual third range to either first, second gear, or third gear,
manual second.
Coast Clutch

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates
Damaged or stuck ball check valve

Overdrive Clutch

Damaged or cut piston

Damaged or worn clutch plates

SIE-ID = 804051

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 01-mar-2002

LMB = bosier01

Automatic Transmission Overheating

Checks
Fluid Pump Assembly

Causes

Pressure Control Solenoid Assembly

Inspect for active transmission DTCs

Pressure regulator valve stuck

Pressure regulator valve spring
Line boost valve spring
Line boost valve or bushing stuck, damaged or
incorrectly assembled
Pressure relief ball not seated or damaged
Pressure relief ball spring
Fluid pump screen assembly plugged or damaged
Fluid pump rotor guide omitted or misassembled
Fluid pump rotor cracked or broken
Porosity in fluid pump
Fluid pump surfaces not flat
Excessive fluid pump rotor clearance

Contaminated
O-Rings cut or damaged
Electrical connection
Transmission DTC default action active

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-289

Repair Instructions
Floor Shift Control Boot Replacement
SIE-ID = 792988

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 10-aug-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the shift boot from the console trim plate
by lightly prying up on the rear of the shift
control boot.

795752

3. Lift the shift control boot up over the shift knob.

4. Remove the shift knob retaining screw.

795757

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-290

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
5. Lift the shift control boot and knob assembly off of
the shift lever.

795758

Installation Procedure
1. Install the shift control boot and knob assembly
onto the shift lever.

795758

2. Install the shift knob retaining screw.

795757

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-291

3. Insert the front tabs of the shift control boot into

the console trim plate opening.
4. Press the rear of the shift control boot down into
the console trim plate opening.
5. Tug lightly to insure the shift control boot is
securely attached to the console trim plate
opening.

795752

Floor Shift Control Replacement

SIE-ID = 792990

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 25-feb-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the shift control linkage adjustment nut.
3. Disengage the shift control linkage rod from
the shift control assembly.
4. Lower the vehicle.

785879

5. Remove the shift control boot. Refer to Floor Shift

Control Boot Replacement on page 7-289.
6. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to
Console Replacement - Front Floor on page 8-76
in Instrument Panel, Gages and Console.
7. Remove the electrical connector (1) from the shift
control assembly.
8. Disconnect the shift lock actuator electrical
connector (2) at the shift control assembly.

796319

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-292

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
9. Remove the 4 nuts securing the shift control
assembly to the tunnel reinforcement.
10. Remove the shift control assembly from the
vehicle.

796320

Installation Procedure
1. Install the shift control assembly to the tunnel
reinforcement.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
2. Install the 4 nuts securing the shift control
assembly to the tunnel reinforcement.
Tighten
Tighten the nuts to 12 Nm (106 lb in).

796320

3. Install the electrical connector (1) to the shift

control assembly.
4. Connect the shift lock actuator electrical
connector (2) at the shift control assembly.
5. Install the center console assembly. Refer to
Console Replacement - Front Floor on page 8-76
in Instrument Panel, Gages and Console.
6. Install the shift control boot. Refer to Floor Shift
Control Boot Replacement on page 7-289.

796319

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-293

7. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and

Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
8. Connect the shift control linkage rod to the shift
control assembly.
9. Install the shift control linkage adjustment nut
finger tight.
10. Adjust the shift control linkage. Refer to Shift
Control Linkage Adjustment on page 7-293.
11. Lower the vehicle.

785879

Shift Control Linkage Adjustment

SIE-ID = 792993

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 20-jun-2002

LMB = tbrown01

1. Position the shift lever in PARK.

2. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
3. Loosen the shift control linkage adjustment nut to
allow the adjuster to slide freely.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
4. Hold the selector lever on transmission against
the rear stop to eliminate any play.
Tighten
Tighten the shift control linkage adjustment nut to
9 Nm (80 lb in).
5. Lower the vehicle.
785879

6. Inspect the operation of the starting system with

the shift lever in each position. The engine should
only crank when the lever is in the PARK or
NEUTRAL position.

796468

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-294

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Shift Control Linkage Replacement
SIE-ID = 792994

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 24-jun-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the nut from the shift control linkage rod.
3. Disconnect the shift control linkage rod from
the shift control assembly.

785879

4. Remove the manual shift shaft nut.

5. Remove the shift control linkage from the vehicle.

785877

Installation Procedure
1. Install the shift control linkage to the vehicle.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7
in Cautions and Notices.
2. Install the manual shift shaft nut.
Tighten
Tighten the manual shift shaft nut to
15 Nm (11 lb ft).

785877

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-295

3. Connect the shift control linkage rod to the shift

control assembly.
4. Install the nut to the shift control linkage rod.
5. Adjust the shift control linkage. Refer to Shift
Control Linkage Adjustment on page 7-293.
6. Lower the vehicle.

785879

Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control

Release Switch Replacement
SIE-ID = 792997

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 27-nov-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the left closeout/insulator panel. Refer to
Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left on
page 8-57 in Instrument Panel, Gages and
Console.
2. Remove the torque converter clutch/cruise release
switch (3) by pulling the upper switch out of the
retainer.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector from the
torque converter clutch/cruise release switch (3).

776637

Installation Procedure
1. Connect the electrical connector to the torque
converter clutch/cruise release switch (3).
2. Install the torque converter clutch/cruise release
switch (3) into the upper retainer.
3. Adjust the torque converter clutch/cruise release
switch. Refer to Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise
Control Release Switch Adjustment on page 7-296.
4. Install the left closeout/insulator panel. Refer to
Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left on
page 8-57 in Instrument Panel, Gages and
Console.

776637

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-296

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control
Release Switch Adjustment
SIE-ID = 792998

776637

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 27-nov-2001

LMB = tbrown01

1. Remove the left closeout/insulator panel. Refer to

Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left on
page 8-57 in Instrument Panel, Gages and
Console.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, insert the torque
converter clutch/cruise release switch (3) into the
retainer until the switch body seats in the
retainer.
3. Note that CLICKS can be heard as the threaded
portion of the switch is pushed through the
retainer.
4. Slowly pull the brake pedal fully rearward against
the stop until the CLICK sound can no longer be
heard. The switch will be moved in the retainer
providing proper adjustment.
5. Install the left closeout/insulator panel. Refer to
Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left on
page 8-57 in Instrument Panel, Gages and
Console.

Auxiliary Automatic Transmission (AT) Oil

Cooler Replacement
SIE-ID = 826377

Owner = bhamli01

LMD = 16-oct-2001

LMB = dfrank01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the front air deflector. Refer to Air
Deflector Replacement - Front on page 8-13
in Body Front End.
2. Disconnect the auxiliary transmission cooler
inlet line.
3. Disconnect the auxiliary transmission cooler
outlet line.
4. Remove the auxiliary transmission oil cooler
mounting bolts (1).
5. Remove the auxiliary transmission oil cooler.

823315

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-297

Installation Procedure
1. Install the auxiliary transmission oil cooler.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
2. Install the auxiliary transmission oil cooler
mounting bolts (1).
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 6.5 Nm (58 lb in).
3. Connect the auxiliary transmission cooler
outlet line.
4. Connect the auxiliary transmission cooler inlet line.
5. Install the front air deflector. Refer to Air
Deflector Replacement - Front on page 8-13
in Body Front End.
6. Check the transmission fluid level. Refer to
Transmission General Specifications on page 7-2
Fluid Capacity Specifications on page 7-3.
7. Check the auxiliary transmission oil cooler
for leaks.

823315

Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter

Replacement
SIE-ID = 792999

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 25-sep-2003

LMB = kbille01

Tools Required
J 6125-1B Slide Hammer Adapter
J 23129 Universal Seal Remover
J 36850 Transjel Lubricant

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Place a suitable drain pan under the transmission
fluid drain plug.
3. Remove and discard the transmission fluid
drain plug.
4. Allow the transmission fluid to drain.
5. Inspect the transmission fluid for discoloration and
contamination while draining.
Notice: Refer to Component Fastener Tightening
Notice on page P-6 in Cautions and Notices.
6. After the transmission fluid has finished draining,
Install a NEW transmission fluid drain plug.
Tighten
Tighten the fluid drain plug to 20 Nm (15 lb ft).

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

792890

7-298

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
7. Remove the fluid pan bolts (3).
8. Lightly tap the fluid pan (2) with a rubber mallet if
necessary in order to loosen.
9. Remove the fluid pan (2) and the gasket (4).
10. Clean and inspect the following for damage
or wear.
magnet (1)
pan (2)
bolts (3)
gasket (4)

795698

11. Remove the fluid filter (2). Use a long screwdriver

in order to pry the fluid filter neck out of the seals.
12. Remove the 2 fluid filter seals (1) using J 23129
and J 6125-1B.

795695

Installation Procedure
1. Install 2 NEW fluid filter seals (1), onto the
transmission fluid filter neck. Coat the new seals
with a small amount of J 36850 or petroleum
jelly before installation.
2. Install the transmission fluid filter (2) into the case.

795695

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-299

Important: Fluid pan gaskets are reusable. Replace

the gasket ONLY if the sealing surface is damaged.
3. Install the fluid pan (2) and the gasket (4) at
the same time.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
4. Install the fluid pan bolts (3).
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 11 Nm (97 lb in).
5. Fill the transmission to the proper level. Refer to
Transmission General Specifications on page 7-2,
Fluid Capacity Specifications on page 7-3, and
Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
6. Lower the vehicle.
7. Inspect the oil pan gasket for leaks.
795698

Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe

Replacement (LY7)
SIE-ID = 1311187

Owner = bhamli01

LMD = 23-apr-2003

LMB = jschro01

Tools Required
J 44827 Transmission Cooler Quick Disconnect

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the front air deflector. Refer to Air
Deflector Replacement - Front on page 8-13
in Body Front End.
3. Place an oil drain pan under the transmission fluid
cooler pipes near the radiator.

1213016

4. Disconnect the transmission fluid cooler pipes

from the transmission fluid cooler by using the
J 44827.

795414

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-300

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
5. Remove the bolt securing the transmission fluid
cooler pipes bracket to the engine.

1213017

6. Remove the bolt securing the transmission fluid

cooler pipes retainer to the transmission.
7. Remove the transmission fluid cooler pipes from
the transmission, and position aside.
8. Remove the O-rings. Do not reuse the O-rings.

785867

Installation Procedure
1. Install the fluid cooler pipe assembly to the
vehicle.

1213017

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-301

2. Connect the transmission fluid cooler pipes to the

transmission fluid cooler at the radiator using the
following steps:
2.1. Push the transmission fluid cooler pipes
into the quick connect fitting, until a click
is heard.
2.2. Tug gently on the transmission cooler pipes
to ensure proper retention.

1213016

3. Place NEW seals over the transmission fluid

cooler pipes.
4. Insert the transmission fluid cooler pipes into the
transmission.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
5. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid
cooler pipe retainer to the transmission.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission fluid cooler pipe retainer
bolt to 25 Nm (18 lb ft).

785867

6. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid

cooler pipes brace to the engine.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission fluid cooler pipes brace
bolt to 50 Nm (37 lb ft).
7. Install the front air deflector. Refer to Air Deflector
Replacement - Front on page 8-13 in Body
Front End.
8. Lower the vehicle.
9. Inspect the transmission fluid level. Refer to
Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
10. Inspect for fluid leaks.

1213017

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-302

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe
Replacement (LA3, LY9)
SIE-ID = 1311180

Owner = bhamli01

LMD = 23-apr-2003

LMB = jschro01

Tools Required
J 44827 Transmission Cooler Quick Disconnect

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the front air deflector. Refer to Air
Deflector Replacement - Front on page 8-13
in Body Front End.
3. Remove the wiring harness retainer (2) from the
transmission fluid cooler pipes brace (1).

785770

4. Remove the bolt securing the transmission fluid

cooler pipes brace to the engine.
5. Place an oil drain pan under the transmission fluid
cooler pipes.

785866

6. Disconnect the fluid cooler hoses from the

transmission fluid cooler by using the J 44827.

795414

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-303

7. Remove the bolt securing the transmission fluid

cooler pipe retainer to the transmission.
8. Remove the transmission fluid cooler pipes from
the transmission, and position aside.
9. Remove the O-rings. Do not reuse the O-rings.

785867

10. Remove the fluid cooler pipe assembly from the

vehicle.

785864

11. Remove the transmission fluid inlet pipe (1) from

the retainer (2).

785865

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-304

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Installation Procedure
1. Hook the retainer (2) over the transmission fluid
inlet pipe (1).

785865

2. Install the fluid cooler pipe assembly to the

vehicle.
3. Connect the fluid cooler lines to the transmission
fluid cooler using the following steps.
3.1. Push the transaxle fluid cooler pipe into the
quick connect fitting, until a click is heard.
3.2. Tug gently on the cooler pipe to ensure
proper retention.

785864

4. Place NEW seals over the transmission fluid

cooler pipes.
5. Insert the transmission fluid cooler pipes into the
transmission.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
6. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid
cooler pipe retainer to the transmission.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission fluid cooler pipe retainer
bolt to 25 Nm (18 lb ft).

785867

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-305

7. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid

cooler pipes brace to the engine.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission fluid cooler pipes brace
bolt to 50 Nm (37 lb ft).

785866

8. Install the wiring harness retainer (2) to the

transmission fluid cooler pipes brace (1).
9. Install the front air deflector. Refer to Air Deflector
Replacement - Front on page 8-13 in Body
Front End.
10. Lower the vehicle.
11. Check the transmission fluid level. Refer to
Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
12. Inspect for fluid leaks.

785770

Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement

SIE-ID = 793001

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 30-aug-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove and discard the oil pressure test plug.

792887

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-306

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Installation Procedure
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
1. Install a NEW oil pressure test plug.
Tighten
Tighten the oil pressure test plug to
11 Nm (97 lb in).
2. Check the transmission fluid level (fill if
necessary). Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure on page 7-256.
3. Lower the vehicle.

792887

Transmission Internal Electrical Harness

Replacement
SIE-ID = 793003

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the Transmission fluid pan and filter.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the transmission wiring harness
connector (1) from the transmission by rotating the
locking latch (2) counterclockwise.

785868

3. Disconnect the internal wiring harness from

components (1-8).

822499

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-307

4. Remove the internal wiring harness retainer (2)

from the internal wiring harness (1).

812734

5. Remove the internal wiring harness (2) from the

transmission.
6. Remove the O-ring seals (3) from the internal
wiring harness (2) only if the O-rings are cut
or worn.

792825

Installation Procedure
1. Install new O-ring seals (3) onto the internal wiring
harness (2) if the O-rings were previously
removed.
2. Install the internal wiring harness (2) to the
transmission.

792825

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-308

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
3. Install the internal wiring harness retainer (2) to
the internal wiring harness (1).

812734

4. Connect the internal wiring harness to

components (1-8).

822499

5. Connect the transmission wiring harness

connector (1) to the transmission by rotating the
locking latch (2) clockwise.
6. Install the Transmission fluid pan and filter. Refer
to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.

785868

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-309

Drive Flange and Seal Replacement

SIE-ID = 793005

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 25-feb-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Tools Required
J 6125-1B Slide Hammer
J 23129 Universal Seal Remover
J 29873 Injector Nozzle Socket 30 mm
J 44765 Seal Installer
J 45012 Holding Fixture
J 45019 Universal Puller

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
3. Disconnect the shift linkage from the transmission.
4. Place the transmission in neutral by rotating
the transmission shift shaft clockwise 2 clicks.

785877

5. Remove the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust

System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14 or
Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.
6. Disconnect the propeller shaft coupler (1) from the
transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Driveline/Axle.
7. Push the front propeller shaft toward the rear of
the vehicle in order to release the propeller shaft
coupler (1) from the transmission drive flange.

801931

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-310

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
8. Secure the front propeller shaft (1) to the shift
control lever (3) with a piece of mechanics
wire (2).

787650

9. Install J 45012 to the drive flange.

10. While holding J 45012. Remove the drive flange
nut using J 29873.
11. Remove J 45012 from the drive flange.

804354

12. Remove the drive flange thrust washer (4).

13. Remove the drive flange (2) using J 45019.
14. Remove the drive flange O-ring seal (3) from the
drive flange.
15. Remove the output shaft assembly retainer (1).

822505

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-311

16. Use J 6125-1B and J 23129 to remove the

transmission case extension seal (1).

794669

Installation Procedure
Important: Install the seal onto the tool before
installing into the case to prevent damage to the seal.
1. Using J 44765 install the new transmission
case extension seal (1).

794670

2. Install a NEW output shaft assembly retainer (1).

Position the retainer on end of the output shaft
splines. The retainer will be pushed to the proper
depth as the drive flange is installed onto the
output shaft.
3. Install a NEW drive flange O-ring seal (3) into the
drive flange.
4. Install the drive flange (2) to the transmission
output shaft.
5. Install a NEW drive flange thrust washer (4).

822505

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-312

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
6. Install the J 45012 to the drive flange.

Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in

Cautions and Notices.
7. While holding J 45012 Install a NEW drive flange
nut using J 29873.
Tighten
Tighten the drive flange nut to 57 Nm (42 lb ft).
8. Remove J 45012 from the drive flange.

804354

9. Remove the mechanics wire (2) securing front

propeller shaft (1) to the shift control lever (3).

787650

10. Install the propeller shaft coupler (1) to the

transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Driveline/Axle.
11. Install the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust
System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14
or Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.

801931

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-313

12. Place the transmission in the park position by

rotating the shift shaft fully counter clockwise.
13. Connect the shift linkage to the transmission.
14. Install the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission manual shift shaft nut to
9 Nm (80 lb in).
15. Check the transmission fluid level. Refer to
Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
16. Lower the vehicle.

785877

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-314

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission Mount Inspection

SIE-ID = 826588

Owner = rmcart01

LMD = 18-oct-2001

LMB = rmcart01

Notice: SIO-ID = 16605 LMD = 18-aug-1998 In order to

avoid oil pan damage and possible engine failure,
insert a block of wood that spans the width of the oil
pan bottom between the oil pan and the jack support.
1. Raise the transmission/transaxle in order to
remove the weight from the transmission/transaxle
mount and create slight tension in the rubber.
2. Observe the transmission/transaxle mount while
raising the transmission/transaxle. Replace the
transmission/transaxle mount if the
transmission/transaxle mount exhibits any of the
following conditions:

Transmission/Transaxle
Important: Black paint on the rubber will crack with
time, this does no constitute a failure.
The hard rubber surface is covered with heat
check cracks.
The rubber is separated from the metal plate
of the transmission/transaxle mount.
The rubber is split through the center of the
transmission/transaxle mount.
3. If there is movement between the metal plate of
the transmission/transaxle mount and its attaching
points, lower the transmission/transaxle on the
transmission/transaxle mount. Tighten the bolts or
nuts attaching the transmission/transaxle mount
to the frame or transmission/transaxle mount
bracket.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-315

Transmission Mount Replacement

SIE-ID = 791759

Owner = rmcart01

LMD = 26-feb-2002

LMB = cdougl01

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the transmission support. Refer to
Transmission Support Replacement on page 8-21
in Frame and Underbody.
3. Remove the transmission mount upper
mounting bolts.
4. Remove the transmission mount.

792207

Installation Procedure
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
1. Install the transmission mount and upper
mounting bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the mount bolts to 60 Nm (44 lb ft).
2. Install the transmission support. Refer to
Transmission Support Replacement on page 8-21
in Frame and Underbody.
3. Lower the vehicle.

792207

Extension Housing and Seal Replacement

SIE-ID = 793006

Owner = parisi

LMD = 06-jun-2003

LMB = parisi

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the drive flange (2) and seal (3). Refer to
Drive Flange and Seal Replacement on
page 7-309.
2. Place a suitable jack under the transmission pan
in order to support the transmission.
3. Remove the transmission support. Refer to
Transmission Support Replacement on page 8-21
in Frame and Underbody.

822505

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-316

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
4. Place an drain pan under the extension housing.
5. Remove the extension housing bolts (35).
6. The output shaft retainer will slide off the output
shaft while removing the case extension housing.
7. Remove the extension housing (27) and the
seal (25).

801792

Installation Procedure
1. Install the output shaft thrust washer to the back
side of the case extension housing prior to
installing of the case extension housing. Align the
thrust washer tabs with the locating slots on
the case extension housing.

830379

Important: The case extension gasket seal is

reusable. Replace the gasket ONLY if the sealing
surface is damaged.
2. Install the extension housing (27) and the
seal (25).
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
3. Install the extension housing bolts (35).
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 22 Nm (16 lb ft).
4. Install the transmission support. Refer to
Transmission Support Replacement on page 8-21
in Frame and Underbody.
5. Remove the transmission jack.

801792

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-317

6. Install the drive flange (2) and seal (3). Refer to

Drive Flange and Seal Replacement on
page 7-309.

822505

Output Shaft Bearings Replacement

SIE-ID = 793007

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 20-jun-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Tools Required
J 5590 Pinion Bearing Race Installer
J 7079-2 Universal Driver Handle
J 45131-2 Bearing Remover
J 45131-1 Bearing Installer
J 44762 Bearing Installer

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the case extension housing (2) from the
transmission. Refer to Extension Housing and
Seal Replacement on page 7-315.
2. Remove the prop shaft flange seal (4) from the
case extension housing (2).

792821

3. Use J 5590 to remove the outer output shaft

bearing.

801972

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-318

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
4. Place J 45131-1 (2) onto the inner output shaft
bearing.
5. Place the case extension on J 45131-2 (3).
6. Insert J 7079-2 (1) into J 45131-1 (2).
7. Remove the inner output shaft bearing.

822274

Installation Procedure
1. Using J 44762 install the outer output shaft
bearing (3) with the numbers on the bearing
facing up.

812781

2. Using J 44762 install the inner output shaft

bearing (3) with numbers on bearing facing up.
3. Install the case extension housing. Refer to
Extension Housing and Seal Replacement on
page 7-315.

812782

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-319

Parking Pawl Replacement

SIE-ID = 793008

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 24-jun-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
3. Disconnect the shift linkage from the transmission.
4. Place the transmission in neutral by rotating
the transmission shift shaft clockwise 2 clicks.

785877

5. Remove the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust

System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14 or
Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.
6. Disconnect the propeller shaft coupler (1) from the
transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Driveline/Axle.
7. Push the front propeller shaft toward the rear of
the vehicle in order to release the propeller shaft
coupler (1) from the transmission flange.

801931

8. Secure the front propeller shaft (1) to the shift

control lever (3) with a piece of mechanics
wire (2).

787650

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-320

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
9. Remove the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.
10. Using two equally sized suitable blocks of wood
and a suitable transmission jack positioned under
the transmission pan area. Support the
transmission case on both sides with the wood
blocks to prevent the transmission internal
components from contacting the transmission jack.
11. Remove the transmission support. Refer to
Transmission Support Replacement on page 8-21
in Frame and Underbody.

795918

12. Remove the extension housing. Refer to Extension

Housing and Seal Replacement on page 7-315.
13. Remove the parking pawl spring.
14. Remove the parking pawl pivot pin.
15. Remove the parking pawl.
16. Inspect the following:
Parking pawl tooth for chipping or wear
Parking pawl spring for over expansion
Pivot pin for scoring, excessive wear

854136

Installation Procedure
1. Install the parking pawl (3).
2. Install the pivot pin (1).
3. Install the parking pawl spring (2). The straight
end of the spring locates against the case and
the hooked end locates over the parking pawl.
4. Install the extension housing. Refer to Extension
Housing and Seal Replacement on page 7-315.
5. Install the transmission support. Refer to
Transmission Support Replacement on page 8-21
in Frame and Underbody.
6. Remove the transmission jack.
7. Install the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.

830384

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-321

8. Remove the mechanics wire (2) securing front

propeller shaft (1) to the shift control lever (3).

787650

9. Install the propeller shaft coupler (1) to the

transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Driveline/Axle.
10. Install the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust
System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14
or Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.

801931

11. Place the transmission in the park position by

rotating the shift shaft fully counter clockwise.
12. Connect the shift linkage to the transmission.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7
in Cautions and Notices.
13. Install the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission manual shift shaft nut to
15 Nm (11 lb ft).
14. Fill the transmission to the proper level. Refer to
Transmission General Specifications on page 7-2,
Fluid Capacity Specifications on page 7-3, and
Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure on
page 7-256.
15. Lower the vehicle.

785877

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-322

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Manual Shaft Shift Position Switch
Replacement
SIE-ID = 793009

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 24-jun-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Tools Required
J 44767 Seal Installer.

Removal Procedure
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Remove the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
3. Disconnect the shift linkage from the transmission
manual shift shaft.

785877

4. Remove the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust

System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14 or
Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.
5. Disconnect the propeller shaft coupler (1) from the
transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Driveline/Axle.
6. Push the front propeller shaft toward the rear of
the vehicle in order to release the propeller shaft
coupler (1) from the transmission flange.

801931

7. Secure the front propeller shaft (1) to the shift

control lever (3) with a piece of mechanics
wire (2).

787650

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-323

Important: Replace the shaft seal only if leaking.

8. Using a small screwdriver, remove and discard
the shaft seal.

812779

Important: Replace the cup plug only if leaking.

9. Using a small screwdriver, remove and discard
the cup plug.

812777

Important: Removal of the transmission from the

vehicle is NOT required for removal or replacement of
the shift shaft position switch. Remove the
transmission from the vehicle and refer to Unit Repair
for replacement of the manual shift shaft ONLY if
replacement of the manual shift shaft (3) is necessary.
10. Remove the transmission fluid pan and filter.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.

796172

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-324

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
11. Disconnect the electrical connector from the
manual shift shaft position switch.
12. Using a suitable pin punch (1). Remove the
manual shift shaft position switch retaining pin (2).

795841

13. Remove the manual shift shaft detent spring (1)

and bolts (2).

795840

14. Position a suitable transmission jack under the

transmission support.
15. Remove the transmission support from the body
ONLY. Refer to Transmission Support
Replacement on page 8-21 in Frame and
Underbody.
16. Using the transmission jack, lower the rear of the
transmission only enough to allow the manual
shift shaft (1) to clear the vehicle floor pan.
17. Extract the manual shift shaft (1) from the
transmission case only far enough to allow
removal of the manual shift shaft position
switch (6).
18. Remove the manual shift shaft position switch (6),
the manual shift shaft detent lever (4), the manual
shift shaft assembly spacer (3), and the park
pawl actuator (2) as an assembly.
796173

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-325

Installation Procedure
1. Install the manual shift shaft position switch (6),
the manual shift shaft detent lever (4), the
manual shift shaft assembly spacer (3), and the
park pawl actuator (2) as an assembly. It may
be necessary to push up on the park pawl in order
to fully insert the park pawl actuator (2).
2. Fully insert the manual shift shaft (1) into the
transmission case.
3. Raise the transmission to its original position.
4. Install the transmission support. Refer to
Transmission Support Replacement on page 8-21
in Frame and Underbody.
5. Remove the transmission jack.

796173

6. Install the manual shift shaft detent spring (1).

7. Install the control valve body bolts (2) retaining
the manual shift shaft detent spring. Do not
tighten at this time.

795840

8. Confirm that the manual shift shaft detent lever

locating pin (2) is properly engaged with the
manual valve link (1).
9. Confirm that the detent spring roller (4) is properly
engaged with the manual shift shaft switch (3).

795843

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-326

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
10. Using a suitable pin punch (1). Install the manual
shift shaft position switch retaining pin (2).
11. Connect the electrical connector to the manual
shift shaft position switch.

795841

12. Install a 0.8 mm spacer (2) between the manual

shaft detent lever (1) and the manual shaft detent
spring (3).
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
13. tighten the detent spring bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 11 Nm (97 lb in).
14. Remove the spacer (2).

822502

15. Install the transmission fluid pan and filter. Refer

to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
16. If previously removed, install a new shaft seal
using J 44767.
17. Position the seal onto the J 44767 before installing
the seal into the transmission case.
18. Carefully slide the seal and tool over the manual
shift shaft and Insert the seal into the transmission
until fully seated

812780

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-327

19. If previously removed, install a new cup plug.

Lubricate the cup plug with transmission fluid
before installation.
20. Insert the cup plug into the transmission until flush
with the transmission case.

812778

21. Remove the mechanics wire (2) securing front

propeller shaft (1) to the shift control lever (3).

787650

22. Install the propeller shaft coupler (1) to the

transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Driveline/Axle.
23. Install the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust
System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14
or Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.

801931

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-328

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
24. Connect the shift linkage to the transmission
manual shift shaft.
25. Install the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
Tighten
Tighten the nut to 15 Nm (11 lb ft).
26. Adjust the shift control linkage. Refer to Shift
Control Linkage Adjustment on page 7-293.
27. Lower the vehicle.

785877

Input Speed Sensor Replacement

SIE-ID = 793010

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 25-feb-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan and filter.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness
connector (1) from the input speed sensor (2).

795916

3. Remove the input speed sensor bolt (2).

4. Remove the input speed sensor (1).
5. Inspect the input speed sensor (1) for the following
conditions:
Damaged or missing magnet
Damaged housing
Bent or missing electrical terminals
Metal contamination stuck to magnet

812729

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-329

Installation Procedure
1. Install the input speed sensor (1).
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
2. Install the input speed sensor bolt (2).
Tighten
Tighten the input speed sensor bolt to
11 Nm (97 lb in).

812729

3. Connect the electrical wiring harness connector (1)

to the input speed sensor (2).
4. Install the transmission fluid pan and filter. Refer
to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.

795916

Output Speed Sensor Replacement

SIE-ID = 793011

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 25-feb-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan and filter.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness
connector (3) from the output speed sensor (2).

795914

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-330

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove the output speed sensor bolt (3).

Remove the output speed sensor (2).
Remove the output speed sensor spacer (1).
Inspect the output speed sensor (2) for the
following conditions:
Damaged or missing magnet
Damaged housing
Bent or missing electrical terminals

812728

Installation Procedure
1. Install the output speed sensor spacer (1).
2. Install the output speed sensor (2).
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
3. Install the output speed sensor bolt (3).
Tighten
Tighten the output speed sensor bolt to
11 Nm (97 lb in).

812728

4. Connect the electrical wiring harness connector (3)

to the output speed sensor (2).
5. Install the transmission fluid pan and filter. Refer
to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.

795914

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-331

1-2 Shift Solenoid Replacement

SIE-ID = 793012

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 08-aug-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness
connector (2) from the 1-2 shift solenoid (1).

795919

3. Using a small screwdriver or pick, remove the 1-2

shift solenoid retainer from the control valve body.

795835

4. Remove the 1-2 shift solenoid (7) from the control

valve body.
5. Remove the O-ring seals (4-5) from the 1-2 shift
solenoid (7) ONLY if the O-rings are cut or worn.

792793

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-332

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Installation Procedure
1. Install new O-ring seals (4-5) to the 1-2 shift
solenoid (7), if the O-rings were previously
removed.
2. Install the 1-2 shift solenoid (7) into the control
valve body.

792793

3. Install the 1-2 shift solenoid retainer into the

control valve body.

795835

4. Connect the electrical wiring harness connector (2)

to the 1-2 shift solenoid (1).
5. Install the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.

795919

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-333

2-3 Shift Solenoid Replacement

SIE-ID = 793013

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 12-oct-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness
connector (1) from the 2-3 shift solenoid (2).

795839

3. Using a small screwdriver or pick, remove the 2-3

shift solenoid retainer from the control valve body.

795835

4. Remove the 2-3 shift solenoid (7) from the control

valve body.
5. Remove the O-ring seals (4-5) from the 2-3 shift
solenoid (7) ONLY if the O-rings are cut or worn.

792791

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-334

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Installation Procedure
1. Install new O-ring seals (4-5) to the 2-3 shift
solenoid (7), if the O-rings were previously
removed.
2. Install the 2-3 shift solenoid (7) into the control
valve body.

792791

3. Install the 2-3 shift solenoid retainer into the

control valve body.

795835

4. Connect the electrical wiring harness connector (1)

to the 2-3 shift solenoid (2).
5. Install the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.

795839

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-335

4-5 Shift Solenoid Replacement

SIE-ID = 793015

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 12-oct-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness
connector (1) from the 4-5 shift solenoid (2).

795923

3. Using a small screwdriver or pick, remove the 4-5

shift solenoid retainer from the control valve body.

795835

4. Remove the 4-5 shift solenoid (7) from the control

valve body.
5. Remove the O-ring seals (4-5) from the 4-5 shift
solenoid (7) ONLY if the O-rings are cut or worn.

792785

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-336

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Installation Procedure
1. Install new O-ring seals (4-5) to the 4-5 shift
solenoid (7), if the O-rings were previously
removed.
2. Install the 4-5 shift solenoid (7) into the control
valve body.

792785

3. Install the 4-5 shift solenoid retainer into the

control valve body.

795835

4. Connect the electrical wiring harness connector (1)

to the 4-5 shift solenoid (2).
5. Install the transmission fluid pan. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
on page 7-297.

795923

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-337

Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS)

Replacement
SIE-ID = 793016

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 08-aug-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan and filter.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness
connector (2) from the pressure control
solenoid (1).

795921

3. Using a small screwdriver or pick, remove the

pressure control solenoid retainer from the control
valve body.

795835

4. Remove the pressure control solenoid (1) from the

control valve body.
5. Remove the O-ring seals (3-4) from the pressure
control solenoid (1), ONLY if the O-rings are cut
or worn.

792778

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-338

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Installation Procedure
1. Install new O-ring seals (3-4) to the pressure
control solenoid (1), if the O-rings were
previously removed.
2. Install the pressure control solenoid (1) into the
control valve body.

792778

3. Install the pressure control solenoid retainer into

the control valve body.

795835

4. Connect the electrical wiring harness connector (2)

to the pressure control solenoid (1).
5. Install the transmission fluid pan and filter. Refer
to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.

795921

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-339

Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid

Replacement
SIE-ID = 793017

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 08-aug-2001

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan and filter.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness
connector (1) from the torque converter
clutch (TCC) pulse width modulation (PWM)
solenoid valve (2).

795920

3. Using a small screwdriver or pick, remove the

TCC PWM solenoid valve retainer from the
control valve body.

795835

4. Remove the TCC PWM solenoid valve (1) from

the control valve body.
5. Remove the O-ring seals (3-4) from the TCC
PWM solenoid valve (1), ONLY if the O-rings
are cut or worn.

792782

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-340

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Installation Procedure
1. Install new O-ring seals (3-4) to the torque
converter clutch (TCC) pulse width
modulation (PWM) solenoid valve (1), if the
O-rings were previously removed.
2. Install the TCC PWM solenoid valve (1) into the
control valve body.

792782

3. Install the TCC PWM solenoid valve retainer into

the control valve body.

795835

4. Connect the electrical wiring harness connector (1)

to the TCC PWM solenoid valve (2).
5. Install the transmission fluid pan and filter. Refer
to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.

795920

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-341

Control Valve Body Accumulator

Assembly Replacement
SIE-ID = 793019

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 25-feb-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission fluid pan and filter.
Refer to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.
2. Disconnect the internal electrical wiring harness
connectors from all internal electrical
components (1-8).

822499

3. Remove ONLY bolts (1, 3) from the valve body

assembly. Do NOT remove bolts (2) called out in
the graphic.

812785

4. Remove the bolts (3) securing the control valve

body accumulator assembly (1) and manual shaft
detent assembly (2) to the transmission case.
5. Remove the manual shaft detent assembly (2)
and control valve body accumulator assembly (1)
from the transmission.

812731

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-342

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
6. Remove the fluid passage sleeves only if
replacement of the sleeves is necessary.

812730

Installation Procedure
1. Install NEW fluid passage sleeves if previously
removed.

812730

2. Install the control valve body accumulator

assembly (1) and manual shaft detent spring (2)
to the transmission.
3. Install the manual shaft detent spring bolts (3) and
hand tighten.

812731

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-343

4. Confirm that the manual shift shaft detent lever

locating pin (2) is properly engaged with the
manual valve link (1).
5. Confirm that the detent spring roller (4) is properly
engaged with the manual shift shaft switch (3).

795843

6. Install the control valve body accumulator

assembly to the transmission case bolts (1-3) and
hand tighten.

812785

Important: If the bolts are tightened at random, valve

bores may become distorted and inhibit proper valve
operation.

Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in

Cautions and Notices.
7. Tighten the control valve body assembly bolts in
sequence.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 11 Nm (97 lb in).

802251

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-344

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
8. Install a 0.8 mm spacer (2) between the manual
shaft detent lever (1) and the manual shaft detent
spring (3).
9. tighten the detent spring bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the bolts to 11 Nm (97 lb in).
10. Remove the spacer (2).

822502

11. Connect the internal electrical wiring harness

connectors to all internal electrical
components (1-8).
12. Install the transmission fluid pan and filter. Refer
to Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter
Replacement on page 7-297.

822499

Transmission Control Module

Replacement
SIE-ID = 1215502

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 07-apr-2003

LMB = kbille01

Removal Procedure
1. Unlock the transmission control module electrical
connector by pulling the retainer (2) away from
the electrical connector (1).
Important: Twisting or tilting of the transmission
control module electrical connector while disconnecting
may result in bent or misaligned electrical
terminal pins.
2. Carefully disconnect the electrical connector (1)
from the transmission control module.

796810

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-345

3. Remove the transmission control module from the

mounting bracket by pulling back on the retaining
tabs (1) to release the control module.

796811

Installation Procedure
1. Align the transmission control module with the
locating pins (2) on the module mounting
bracket.
2. Install the transmission control module by seating
it fully into the bracket until all of the retaining
tabs (1) have engaged the edge of the
module edge.

796811

Important: Twisting or tilting of the transmission

control module electrical connector while connecting
may result in bent or misaligned electrical
terminal pins.
3. Carefully connect the transmission control module
electrical connector (1) to the transmission control
module.
4. Lock the transmission control module electrical
connector securely to the transmission control
module by pushing the retainer (2) toward
the electrical connector (1) until fully seated.
5. The transmission control module must be
programmed with the proper software/calibrations.
Refer to Transmission Control Module
Programming Procedure on page 7-346.

796810

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-346

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission Control Module

Programming Procedure
SIE-ID = 857048

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 06-feb-2002

LMB = bosier01

TCM Programming Procedures

1. The transmission control module (TCM) must be
programmed with the proper software/calibrations.
Ensure that the following conditions exist in
order to prepare for TCM programming:
The battery is fully charged.
The ignition switch is in the RUN position.

Transmission/Transaxle
The Techline equipment cable connection at
the data link connector (DLC) is secure.
2. Program the TCM using the latest software
matching the vehicle. Refer to up-to-date Techline
equipment user instructions.
3. If the TCM fails to program, proceed as follows:
Ensure that the TCM connection is OK.
Inspect the Techline equipment for the latest
software version.
Attempt to program the TCM. If the TCM still
cannot be programmed properly, replace
the TCM.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-347

Torque Converter Replacement

SIE-ID = 793022

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 16-apr-2003

LMB = kbille01

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission from the vehicle. Refer
to Transmission Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L) on
page 7-349 or Transmission Replacement (3.6L
(LY7)) on page 7-359.
2. Remove the torque converter from the
transmission.

792797

3. Remove the input shaft seal.

812783

Installation Procedure
Important: Take care to prevent cutting of the input
shaft seal on the input shaft splines.
1. Install the input shaft seal.

848536

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-348

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Important: Ensure the torque converter is fully seated
into the transmission pump drive gear and turbine
shaft.
2. Install the torque converter. Push the torque
converter into position while rotating.
The torque converter must be fully seated on
the turbine shaft
The torque converter must be fully seated in
the pump drive gear
3. Install the transmission to the vehicle. Refer to
Transmission Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L) on
page 7-349 or Transmission Replacement (3.6L
(LY7)) on page 7-359.

792797

Seal Replacement - Torque Converter

SIE-ID = 793023

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 25-feb-2002

LMB = tbrown01

Tools Required
J 8092 Universal driver Handle
J 44766 Seal Installer
J 45000 Seal Remover

Removal Procedure
1. Remove the transmission torque converter. Refer
to Torque Converter Replacement on page 7-347.
2. Remove and discard the torque converter
seal bolts.
3. Remove the torque converter seal using J 45000.

812732

Installation Procedure
1. Assemble J 8092 onto J 44766.
2. Install the torque converter seal onto the tool
before installing into the case to prevent
damage to the seal.
Important: Align the torque converter seal with the
bolt holes.
3. Install the torque converter seal into the torque
converter housing.
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
4. Install the torque converter seal bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the NEW torque converter seal bolts to
3.6 Nm (31.9 lb in).

812733

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-349

5. Install the transmission torque converter. Refer to

Torque Converter Replacement on page 7-347.

Transmission Replacement (2.6L and 3.2L)

SIE-ID = 1215505

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 31-jul-2003

LMB = kbille01

Removal Procedure
Important: NEW torque converter bolts will be
required each time the torque converter bolts are
removed.
1. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
2. Drain the transmission fluid if disassembly of the
transmission is necessary. Refer to Automatic
Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
3. Remove the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
4. Disconnect the shift linkage from the transmission.
5. Place the transmission in neutral by rotating
the transmission shift shaft clockwise 2 clicks.

785877

6. Remove the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust

System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14 or
Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.
7. Disconnect the propeller shaft coupler (1) from the
transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Propeller Shaft.
8. Push the front propeller shaft toward the rear of
the vehicle in order to release the propeller shaft
coupler (1) from the transmission flange.

801931

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-350

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
9. Secure the front propeller shaft (1) to the shift
control lever (3) with a piece of mechanics
wire (2).
10. Remove the catalytic converter hanger bracket.
Refer to Catalytic Converter Hanger Bracket
Replacement on page 6-37 in Engine Exhaust.

787650

11. Disconnect the transmission wiring harness

connector (1) from the transmission by rotating
the locking latch (2) counterclockwise.

785868

12. Disconnect the wiring harness clips from the

transmission, and position the wiring
harness aside.

785869

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-351

13. Remove the transmission close out plug.

14. Mark the torque converter to flexplate/flywheel
orientation to ensure proper realignment.

785863

15. Remove the torque converter bolt close out plug

from the engine block by pulling outward.
16. Remove the front air deflector. Refer to Air
Deflector Replacement - Front on page 8-13
in Body Front End.

785758

17. Repeat the following steps for all 3 torque

converter bolts:
17.1. Rotate the harmonic balancer center bolt
clockwise ONLY, in order to align the
torque converter bolt with the access hole.
17.2. Remove and discard the torque converter
bolt. The bolt is self locking and is NOT
reusable.

785760

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-352

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
18. Place an oil drain pan under the transmission fluid
cooler pipes.
19. Remove the bolt securing the transmission fluid
cooler pipes brace to the engine.

785866

20. Disconnect the fluid cooler pipes from the

transmission.
21. Plug the open outlet ports to prevent fluid loss
and contamination.
22. Position a suitable transmission jack under the
transmission.
23. Remove the transmission mount. Refer to
Transmission Mount Replacement on page 7-315.

785867

24. Remove the 3 lower transmission mounting

bolts (1-2).
25. Lower the rear of the transmission only enough to
gain access to the remaining 3 upper transmission
mounting bolts.

785862

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-353

26. Disconnect the engine wiring harness retaining

clips (1) from the transmission mounting bolts.

785771

27. Remove the 3 upper transmission mounting

bolts (2-3).
28. Pull the transmission free from the engine
dowels (1).
Important: Ensure clearance is maintained between
the transmission and the following:
The catalytic converters
The wiring harnesses
The cooler pipes
The propeller shaft
29. Carefully lower the transmission from the vehicle.
30. Flush the transmission oil cooler. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and
Flow Test (J45096) on page 7-271 or Automatic
Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow
Test (J35944-A) on page 7-275.
785861

Installation Procedure
Important: Ensure clearance is maintained between
the transmission and the following:
The catalytic converters
The wiring harnesses
The cooler pipes
The propeller shaft
1. Using the transmission jack, carefully raise the
transmission to the vehicle.
2. Align the engine dowels (1) with the transmission.

785861

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-354

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
3. Install the 3 lower transmission mounting
bolts (1-2).
Tighten
Tighten the transmission mounting bolts (2) to
75 Nm (55 lb ft).
Tighten the transmission mounting bolt (1) to
50 Nm (37 lb ft).
4. Lower the rear of the transmission only enough to
gain access to the remaining 3 upper transmission
mounting bolts.

785862

5. Install the 3 upper transmission mounting

bolts (2-3).
Tighten
Tighten the transmission mounting bolts to
75 Nm (55 lb ft).

785861

6. Connect the engine wiring harness retaining

clips (1) to the transmission mounting bolts.
7. Install the transmission mount. Refer to
Transmission Mount Replacement on page 7-315.
8. Remove transmission jack from under the
transmission.

785771

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-355

Important: Replace the O-rings if cracked, cut, or

distorted.
9. Lubricate the O-rings with automatic
transmission fluid.
10. Install the O-rings onto the cooler pipes prior to
inserting the cooler pipes into the transmission.
11. Insert the transmission fluid cooler pipes into the
transmission.
12. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid
cooler pipe retainer to the transmission.
Tighten
Tighten the bolt to 25 Nm (18 lb ft).

785867

13. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid

cooler pipes brace to the engine.
Tighten
Tighten the bolt to 50 Nm (37 lb ft).

785866

14. Align the torque converter to flexplate/flywheel

orientation marks made during the removal
procedure.
Important: Torque converter bolts are self locking and
must be replaced with NEW torque converter bolts
every time the bolts are removed.
15. Repeat the following steps for all 3 torque
converter bolts:
15.1. Rotate the harmonic balancer center bolt
clockwise ONLY, in order to align the
torque converter bolt holes in the
flexplate/flywheel with the access hole in
the engine block.
15.2. To aid in alignment of the torque converter
to the flexplate/flywheel. Install all 3 NEW
torque converter bolts before fully
tightening.
Tighten
785760

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-356

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Tighten the torque converter bolts to
63 Nm (46 lb ft).
16. Press the torque converter bolt close out plug into
the engine block.
17. Install the front air deflector. Refer to Air Deflector
Replacement - Front on page 8-13 in Body
Front End.

785758

18. Install the transmission close out plug.

785863

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-357

19. Connect the wiring harness clips to the

transmission.

785869

20. Connect the transmission wiring harness

connector (1) to the transmission by rotating the
locking latch (2) clockwise.
21. Install the catalytic converter hanger bracket.
Refer to Catalytic Converter Hanger Bracket
Replacement on page 6-37 in Engine Exhaust.

785868

22. Remove the mechanics wire (2) securing front

propeller shaft (1) to the shift control lever (3).

787650

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-358

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
23. Install the propeller shaft coupler (1) to the
transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Propeller Shaft.

801931

785877

24. Place the transmission in the park position by

rotating the shift shaft fully counter clockwise.
25. Connect the shift linkage to the transmission.
26. Install the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission manual shift shaft nut to
15 Nm (11 lb ft).
27. Install the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust
System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14
or Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.
28. Check the transmission fluid level (fill if
necessary). Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure on page 7-256.
29. Adjust the shift control linkage. Refer to Shift
Control Linkage Adjustment on page 7-293.
30. Lower the vehicle.
31. The transmission control module must be
programmed with the proper software/calibrations.
Refer to Transmission Control Module
Programming Procedure on page 7-346.

Transmission Final Test and Inspection

Complete the following procedure after the
transmission is installed in the vehicle:
1. With the ignition OFF or disconnected, crank the
engine several times. Listen for any unusual
noises or evidence that any parts are binding.
2. Start the engine and listen for abnormal
conditions.
3. While the engine continues to idle raise and
support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and Jacking
the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General Information.
4. Inspect for fluid leaks while the engine is idling.
5. Lower the vehicle.
6. Perform a final inspection for the proper fluid level.
7. Road test the vehicle.
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-359

Transmission Replacement (3.6L (LY7))

SIE-ID = 1361442

Owner = kbille01

LMD = 26-aug-2003

LMB = kbille01

Removal Procedure
Important: NEW torque converter bolts will be
required each time the torque converter bolts are
removed.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Refer to
Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect
Procedure on page 6-62 in Engine Electrical.
2. Remove the thermostat housing to gain access to
the upper transmission mounting bolts. Refer to
Thermostat Housing Replacement (LA3, LY9)
on page 6-100 or Thermostat Housing
Replacement (LY7) on page 6-101 in Engine
Cooling.
3. Raise and support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and
Jacking the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General
Information.
4. Drain the transmission fluid if disassembly of the
transmission is necessary. Refer to Automatic
Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement on
page 7-297.
5. Remove the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
6. Disconnect the shift linkage from the transmission.
7. Place the transmission in neutral by rotating
the transmission shift shaft clockwise 2 clicks.

785877

8. Remove the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust

System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14 or
Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.
9. Disconnect the propeller shaft coupler (1) from the
transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Propeller Shaft.
10. Push the front propeller shaft toward the rear of
the vehicle in order to release the propeller shaft
coupler (1) from the transmission flange.

801931

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-360

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
11. Secure the front propeller shaft (1) to the shift
control lever (3) with a piece of mechanics
wire (2).

787650

12. Disconnect the transmission wiring harness

connector (1) from the transmission by rotating
the locking latch (2) counterclockwise.

785868

13. Disconnect the wiring harness clips from the

transmission, and position the wiring
harness aside.

785869

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-361

14. Remove the starter motor to gain access to the

torque converter bolts. Refer to Starter Motor
Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-86 or Starter
Motor Replacement (LY7) on page 6-88 in
Engine Electrical.
15. Mark the torque converter to flexplate/flywheel
orientation to ensure proper realignment.

887715

16. Remove the front air deflector. Refer to Air

Deflector Replacement - Front on page 8-13 in
Body Front End.
17. Repeat the following steps for all 3 torque
converter bolts:
17.1. Rotate the harmonic balancer center bolt
clockwise ONLY, in order to align the
torque converter bolt with the starter motor
opening in the engine block.
17.2. Remove and discard the torque converter
bolt. The bolt is self locking and is NOT
reusable.

699902

18. Place an oil drain pan under the transmission fluid

cooler pipes.
19. Remove the bolt securing the transmission fluid
cooler pipes brace to the engine.

785866

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-362

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
20. Disconnect the fluid cooler pipes from the
transmission.
21. Plug the open outlet ports to prevent fluid loss
and contamination.
22. Position a suitable transmission jack under the
transmission.
23. Remove the transmission mount. Refer to
Transmission Mount Replacement on page 7-315.

785867

24. Remove the 3 lower transmission mounting

bolts (1-2).
25. Support the engine with a suitable jack. Loosen
the two rear cradle bolts approximately one inch.
Lower the engine and transmission just enough
to gain access to the remaining 3 upper
transmission mounting bolts.

785862

26. Disconnect the engine wiring harness retaining

clips (1) from the transmission mounting bolts.

785771

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-363

27. Remove the 3 upper transmission mounting

bolts (2-3).
28. Pull the transmission free from the engine
dowels (1).
Important: Ensure clearance is maintained between
the transmission and the following:
The catalytic converters
The wiring harnesses
The cooler pipes
The propeller shaft
29. Carefully lower the transmission from the vehicle.
30. Flush the transmission oil cooler. Refer to
Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and
Flow Test (J45096) on page 7-271 or Automatic
Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow
Test (J35944-A) on page 7-275.
31. If the transmission is being replaced, remove the
drive flange and install it on the replacement unit.
Refer to Drive Flange and Seal Replacement
on page 7-309.

785861

Installation Procedure
Important: Ensure clearance is maintained between
the transmission and the following:
The catalytic converters
The wiring harnesses
The cooler pipes
The propeller shaft
1. Using the transmission jack, carefully raise the
transmission to the vehicle.
2. Align the engine dowels (1) with the transmission.

785861

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-364

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Notice: Refer to Fastener Notice on page P-7 in
Cautions and Notices.
3. Install the 3 lower transmission mounting
bolts (1-2).
Tighten
Tighten the transmission mounting bolts (2) to
75 Nm (55 lb ft).
Tighten the transmission mounting bolt (1) to
50 Nm (37 lb ft).
4. Lower the engine and transmission only enough
to gain access to the remaining 3 upper
transmission mounting bolts.

785862

5. Install the 3 upper transmission mounting

bolts (2-3).
Tighten
Tighten the transmission mounting bolts to
75 Nm (55 lb ft).
6. Raise the engine and tighten the rear cradle bolts.
Tighten
Tighten the rear cradle mounting bolts to
191 Nm (141 lb ft).

785861

7. Connect the engine wiring harness retaining

clips (1) to the transmission mounting bolts.
8. Install the transmission mount. Refer to
Transmission Mount Replacement on page 7-315.
9. Remove transmission jack from under the
transmission.

785771

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-365

Important: Replace the O-rings if cracked, cut, or

distorted.
10. Lubricate the O-rings with automatic
transmission fluid.
11. Install the O-rings onto the cooler pipes prior to
inserting the cooler pipes into the transmission.
12. Insert the transmission fluid cooler pipes into the
transmission.
13. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid
cooler pipe retainer to the transmission.
Tighten
Tighten the bolt to 25 Nm (18 lb ft).

785867

14. Install the bolt securing the transmission fluid

cooler pipes brace to the engine.
Tighten
Tighten the bolt to 50 Nm (37 lb ft).

785866

15. Align the torque converter to flexplate/flywheel

orientation marks made during the removal
procedure.
Important: Torque converter bolts are self locking and
must be replaced with NEW torque converter bolts
every time the bolts are removed.
16. Repeat the following steps for all 3 torque
converter bolts:
16.1. Rotate the harmonic balancer center bolt
clockwise ONLY, in order to align the
torque converter bolt holes in the
flexplate/flywheel with the starter motor
opening in the engine block.
16.2. To aid in alignment of the torque converter
to the flexplate/flywheel. Install all 3 NEW
torque converter bolts before fully
tightening.
Tighten
887715

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-366

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Tighten the torque converter bolts to
63 Nm (46 lb ft).
17. Install the starter motor. Refer to Starter Motor
Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-86 or Starter
Motor Replacement (LY7) on page 6-88 in
Engine Electrical.
18. Install the front air deflector. Refer to Air Deflector
Replacement - Front on page 8-13 in Body
Front End.

699902

19. Connect the wiring harness clips to the

transmission.

785869

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-367

20. Connect the transmission wiring harness

connector (1) to the transmission by rotating the
locking latch (2) clockwise.

785868

21. Remove the mechanics wire (2) securing front

propeller shaft (1) to the shift control lever (3).

787650

22. Install the propeller shaft coupler (1) to the

transmission flange. Refer to Propeller Shaft
Replacement (Automatic Transmission) on
page 4-7 or Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual
Transmission) on page 4-11 or Propeller Shaft
Replacement (CTS-V) on page 4-14 in
Propeller Shaft.

801931

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

7-368

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

785877

Transmission/Transaxle
23. Place the transmission in the park position by
rotating the shift shaft fully counter clockwise.
24. Connect the shift linkage to the transmission.
25. Install the transmission manual shift shaft nut.
Tighten
Tighten the transmission manual shift shaft nut to
15 Nm (11 lb ft).
26. Install the exhaust system. Refer to Exhaust
System Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-14
or Exhaust System Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-18 in Engine Exhaust.
27. Check the transmission fluid level (fill if
necessary). Refer to Transmission Fluid Checking
Procedure on page 7-256.
28. Adjust the shift control linkage. Refer to Shift
Control Linkage Adjustment on page 7-293.
29. Lower the vehicle.
30. Install the thermostat housing. Refer to Thermostat
Housing Replacement (LA3, LY9) on page 6-100
or Thermostat Housing Replacement (LY7) on
page 6-101 in Engine Cooling.
31. Connect the negative battery cable. Refer to
Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect
Procedure on page 6-62 in Engine Electrical.
32. The transmission control module must be
programmed with the proper software/calibrations.
Refer to Transmission Control Module
Programming Procedure on page 7-346.

Transmission Final Test and Inspection

Complete the following procedure after the
transmission is installed in the vehicle:
1. With the ignition OFF or disconnected, crank the
engine several times. Listen for any unusual
noises or evidence that any parts are binding.
2. Start the engine and listen for abnormal
conditions.
3. While the engine continues to idle raise and
support the vehicle. Refer to Lifting and Jacking
the Vehicle on page 0-32 in General Information.
4. Inspect for fluid leaks while the engine is idling.
5. Lower the vehicle.
6. Perform a final inspection for the proper fluid level.
7. Road test the vehicle.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-369

Description and Operation

Definitions and Abbreviations

Heavy Throttle: Approximately 3/4 of accelerator

pedal travel 75 percent throttle position.
Light Throttle: Approximately 1/4 of accelerator
pedal travel 25 percent throttle position.
Medium Throttle: Approximately 1/2 of accelerator
pedal travel 50 percent throttle position.
Minimum Throttle: The least amount of throttle
opening required for an upshift.
Wide Open Throttle (WOT): Full travel of the
accelerator pedal 100 percent throttle position.
Zero Throttle Coastdown: A full release of
the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion
and in drive range.

Hunting: A repeating quick series of upshifts and

downshifts that causes a noticeable change in engine
RPM, such as a 4-3-4 shift pattern. This condition
is also defined as BUSYNESS.
Initial Feel: A distinctly firmer feel at the start of a
shift than at the finish of the shift.
Late: A shift that occurs when the engine RPM is
higher than normal for a given amount of throttle.
Shudder: A repeating jerking condition similar to
CHUGGLE but more severe and rapid. This condition
may be most noticeable during certain ranges of
vehicle speed.
Slipping: A noticeable increase in engine RPM
without a vehicle speed increase. A slip usually occurs
during or after initial clutch or band apply.
Soft: A slow, almost unnoticeable clutch or band
apply with very little shift feel.
Surge: A repeating engine related condition of
acceleration and deceleration that is less intense than
CHUGGLE.
Tie-Up: A condition where two opposing clutch
and/or bands are attempting to apply at the same time
causing the engine to labor with a noticeable loss of
engine RPM.

Shift Condition Definitions

Noise Conditions

Bump: A sudden and forceful apply of a clutch or

a band.
Chuggle: A bucking or jerking. This condition may
be most noticeable when the converter clutch is
engaged. It is similar to the feel of towing a trailer.
Delayed: A condition where a shift is expected but
does not occur for a period of time. This could be
described as a clutch or band engagement that does
not occur as quickly as expected during a part
throttle or wide open throttle apply of the accelerator,
or during manual downshifting to a lower range.
This term is also defined as LATE or EXTENDED.
Double Bump Double Feel: Two sudden
and forceful applies of a clutch or a band.
Early: A condition where the shift occurs before the
car has reached proper speed. This condition tends
to labor the engine after the upshift.
End Bump: A firmer feel at the end of a shift than at
the start of the shift. This is also defined as END
FEEL or SLIP BUMP.
Firm: A noticeably quick apply of a clutch or band
that is considered normal with a medium to heavy
throttle. This apply should not be confused with
HARSH or ROUGH.
Flare: A quick increase in engine RPM along with a
momentary loss of torque. This most generally
occurs during a shift. This condition is also defined as
SLIPPING.
Harsh Rough: A more noticeable apply of a clutch
or band than FIRM. This condition is considered
undesirable at any throttle position.

Drive Link Noise: A whine or growl that increases

or fades with vehicle speed, and is most noticeable
under a light throttle acceleration. It may also be
noticeable in PARK or NEUTRAL operating ranges
with the vehicle stationary.
Final Drive Noise: A hum related to vehicle speed
which is most noticeable under a light throttle
acceleration.
Planetary Gear Noise: A whine related to vehicle
speed, which is most noticeable in FIRST gear,
SECOND gear, FOURTH gear or REVERSE. The
condition may become less noticeable, or go away,
after an upshift.
Pump Noise: A high pitched whine that increases in
intensity with engine RPM. This condition may also
be noticeable in all operating ranges with the vehicle
stationary or moving.
Torque Converter Noise: A whine usually noticed
when a vehicle is stopped, and the transmission
is in DRIVE or REVERSE. The noise will increase with
engine RPM.

SIE-ID = 822119

Owner = ekelle01

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = ekelle01

Throttle Positions
Engine Braking: A condition where the engine is
used to slow the vehicle by manually downshifting
during a zero throttle coastdown.
Full Throttle Detent Downshift: A quick apply of
the accelerator pedal to its full travel, forcing a
downshift.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission Abbreviations
A/C:
AC:
APP:
A/T:
CKT:
DC:
DIC:

Air Conditioning
Alternating Current
Accelerator Pedal Position
Automatic Transmission
Circuit
Direct Current
Driver Information Center

7-370

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

DLC: Diagnostic Link Connector

DMM: Digital Multimeter
DTC: Diagnostic Trouble Code
ECCC: Electronically-Controlled Capacity Clutch

OBD:

On Board Diagnostic

OSS:

Output Speed Sensor

PCS:

Pressure Control Solenoid

ECM:
ECT:
IGN:
IMS:
ISS:
MAP:
MIL:
NC:
NO:

PWM:

Pulse Width Modulation

RPM:

Revolutions Per Minute

Engine Control Module

Engine Coolant Temperature
Ignition
Internal Mode Switch
Input Speed Sensor
Manifold Absolute Pressure
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Normally Closed
Normally Open

PM:

SS:

Permanent Magnet

Shift Solenoid

SOL:

Solenoid

TAP:

Transmission Adaptive Pressure

TCC:

Torque Converter Clutch

TCM:

Transmission Control Module

TFT:

Transmission Fluid Temperature

Transmission Identification Information

SIE-ID = 822006

Owner = ekelle01

SIO-ID = 826503

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = ekelle01

821958

Legend
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)

Production or Service New

Transmission Family
Model Year
Alpha Code
Part Number
Serial Number
Empty

(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)

Calibration Code
I.D. Tag Location
Remanufactured
Remanufactured Date Week
Remanufactured Date Year
R = Remanufactured

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-371

7-372

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission General Description

SIE-ID = 822007

Owner = ekelle01

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = ekelle01

The Hydra-matic 5L40-E is a fully automatic,

five speed, rear wheel drive, electronically controlled
transmission. It consists primarily of a four-element
torque converter, one planetary gear set, friction and
mechanical clutches and a hydraulic pressurization
and control system.
The TCM commands shift solenoids, within the
transmission, on and off to control shift timing. The
TCM controls shift feel through the pressure control
solenoid. The TCM also controls the apply and release
of the torque converter clutch which allows the
engine to deliver the maximum fuel efficiency without
sacrificing vehicle performance. The hydraulic
system primarily consists of a vane type pump,
two control valve bodies, two channel plates, converter
housing and case. The pump maintains the working
pressures needed to stroke the clutch pistons that
apply or release the friction components. These friction
components, when applied or released, support the
automatic shifting qualities of the transmission.
The friction components used in this transmission
consist of nine multiple disc clutches. The multiple disc
clutches combine with four mechanical sprag
clutches, to deliver six different gear ratios through the
gear set. The gear set then transfers torque through
the output shaft.
The transmission can be operated in any one of the
seven different modes.
P Park position enables the engine to be started
while preventing the vehicle from rolling either
forward or backward. For safety reasons,
the vehicle parking brake should be used in
addition to the transmission Park position. Since
the output shaft is mechanically locked to the case
through the parking pawl and rear internal gear,
Park position should not be selected until the
vehicle has come to a complete stop.
R Reverse enables the vehicle to be operated in
a rearward direction.
N Neutral position enables the engine to start
and operate without driving the vehicle. If
necessary, this position should be selected to
restart the engine while the vehicle is moving.
OD Overdrive range should be used for all
normal driving conditions for maximum efficiency
and fuel economy. Overdrive range allows the
transmission to operate in each of the five forward
gear ratios. Downshifts to a lower gear, or
higher gear ratio are available for safe passing by
depressing the accelerator or by manually
selecting a lower gear with the shift selector.
4 Manual Fourth can be used for conditions
where it may be desirable to use only four gear
ratios. These conditions include towing a
trailer and driving on hilly terrain as described
above. This range is also helpful for engine
braking when descending slight grades. Upshifts
and downshifts are the same as in Overdrive
range for first, second, third and fourth gears
except that the transmission will not shift into fifth

Transmission/Transaxle
gear. Manual Fourth can be selected at any
vehicle speed but will downshift into fourth gear
only if vehicle speed is low enough not to overrev
the engine, calibratable in TCM.
3 Manual Third adds more performance for
congested traffic and hilly terrain. It has the same
starting ratio, first gear, as Manual Fourth but
prevents the transmission from shifting above
Third gear. Thus, Manual Third can be used
to retain third gear for acceleration and engine
braking as desired. Manual Third can be selected
at any vehicle speed but will downshift into
third gear only if vehicle speed is low enough not
to overrev the engine, calibratable in TCM.
2 Manual Second adds more performance for
congested traffic and hilly terrain. It has the
same starting ratio, first gear, as Manual Third but
prevents the transmission from shifting above
second gear. Thus, Manual Second can be used
to retain second gear for acceleration and
engine braking as desired. Manual Second can be
selected at any vehicle speed but will downshift
into second gear only if vehicle speed is low
enough not to overrev the engine, calibratable
in TCM.
When the vehicle speed slows down to a speed low
enough not to overrev the engine, calibratable in TCM,
the transmission will automatically downshift into
first gear. This is particularly beneficial for maintaining
maximum engine braking when descending steep
grades.

Transmission Component and System

Description
SIE-ID = 804318

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = mchapm01

The mechanical components of the 5L40-E are

as follows:
Torque converter assembly
Direct and reverse clutch assembly
Forward and coast clutch assembly
Input sungear shaft and forward sprag clutch
assembly
Output shaft assembly, with rear internal gear
Intermediate clutch sprag assembly
Overdrive clutch housing
Low clutch sprag
Center support
Input and reaction carrier
Fluid pump assembly
Control valve body and accumulator assembly
The electrical components of the 5L40-E are
as follows:
12, 23 and 45 shift solenoids
Transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
Transmission pressure control (PC) solenoid
TCC pulse width modulation (PWM) solenoid valve
Transmission fluid temperature (TFT) sensor
Input speed sensor (ISS)
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-373

Transmission Control Module (TCM)

Output speed sensor (OSS)

For more information, refer to Electronic Component
Description on page 7-373.

Transmission Adaptive Functions

SIE-ID = 840995

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

The Hydra-Matic 5L40-E uses a line pressure control

system which has the ability to adapt the system
line pressure in order to compensate for normal wear
of clutch fiber plates, seals, springs, etc. The adapt
feature is similar in function to fuel control
(integrator/block learn).
The Hydra-Matic 5L40-E transmission uses the adapt
function for garage shifts, upshifts, and TCC
application. The TCM monitors the input shaft speed
in order to determine if the shift is occurring too fast or
too slow and adjusts the pressure control solenoid
in order to maintain the correct shift feel.

Transmission Indicators and Messages

SIE-ID = 826497

Owner = mchapm01

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMB = mchapm01

The following transmission-related indicators and

messages may be displayed on the Instrument Panel
Cluster (IPC). For a complete listing and description
of all vehicle indicators and messages, refer to
Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
on page 8-83 in Instrument Panel, Gages, and
Console.
Change Transmission Fluid: This illuminates when
the TCM determines that the transmission fluid life
is less than 10%. Once the TCM determines that the
transmission fluid life is greater than 10% the light
will go OFF.
Service Transmission: This illuminates when the
TCM determines that there is a fault in the
transmission.
Trans Hot Idle Engine: This message is displayed
when the TCM detects a transmission fluid
temperature (TFT) equal to or greater than 132C
(269F) for 1 minute.

Electronic Component Description

SIE-ID = 806499

Owner = bosier01

SIO-ID = 820612

LMD = 17-oct-2001

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

LMD = 06-feb-2002

LMB = bosier01

819373

The transmission control module (TCM) is mounted in

the engine compartment and connects directly to
the engine wiring harness. A single 42-way connector
is used to make the connection between the vehicle
wiring and the TCM. The TCM is an electronic control
module that receives input or provides output in
order to control the operation of the 5L40-E automatic
transmission.
The TCM receives the following inputs from the
engine control module (ECM):
Engine speed and torque values
Engine intake air temperature (IAT), accelerator
pedal position (APP) information
Engine coolant temperature (ECT)
Kick-down request
Traction control status
Driver selected shift mode
Air-conditioning (A/C) status
Cruise control status
The ECM provides this data to the TCM through the
controller area network (CAN). The CAN is a
2-wire communication connection between the
2 controllers.
Other TCM inputs are the following:
Battery and ignition voltage
Brake switch status
Transmission manual shift shaft switch assembly
Transmission fluid temperature (TFT)
Transmission input shaft speed (ISS) sensor
Transmission output shaft speed (OSS) sensor
The TCM provides the following outputs in order to
control the automatic transmission:
Shift solenoids to control transmission shifting
TCC PWM solenoid operation controls the apply
and release of the torque converter clutch ASM

7-374

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle
Automatic Transmission Output Speed (A/T
OSS) Sensor (42)

Pressure control solenoid (PCS) regulates

transmission line pressure
Other TCM outputs provided to the ECM are the
following:
MIL illumination request
Vehicle speed
Transmission input speed
Transmission fluid temperature
Commanded gear status
TCC status
Torque reduction requests
Manual shift shaft switch status
Transmission service status
SIO-ID = 806453

LMD = 16-oct-2001

Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch

Assembly (602)
804368

The A/T OSS sensor is a variable reluctance magnetic

pickup located in the rear of the transmission case.
The sensor is mounted in the case (24) opposite
the rear internal gear (560). The rear internal gear is
splined to the output shaft assembly (562). The sensor
consists of a permanent magnet surrounded by a
coil of wire. As the output shaft and rear internal gear
rotate, an alternate current (AC) is induced in the
coil by the teeth on the rear internal gear as they pass
by the magnetic pickup. Therefore, whenever the
vehicle is moving, the A/T OSS sensor produces an
AC voltage signal proportional to vehicle speed.

804367

The transmission manual shift shaft switch

assembly (602) is a sliding contact switch attached to
the manual shift shaft inside the transmission case.
The five inputs to the TCM from the transmission
manual shift shaft switch assembly indicate the
transmission gear selector lever position. This
information is used for engine controls as well as
determining the transmission shift patterns. The state
of each input is available for display on the scan
tool. The five input parameters represented are
Signal A, Signal B, Signal C, Signal P (Parity) and
Signal N (P/N Start).
SIO-ID = 806456

At the TCM, the AC signal is electronically converted

to a 5 volt square wave pattern. The square wave
pattern can then be interpreted as transmission output
speed by the TCM through the frequency of square
waves in a given time frame. The square waves
can be thought of as a representation of the rear
internal gear teeth. Therefore, the more teeth or waves
that pass by the magnetic pickup in a given time
frame, the faster the vehicle is moving. The square
wave pattern is compared to a fixed clock signal
internal to the TCM to determine transmission
output speed.
SIO-ID = 806458

LMD = 17-oct-2001

LMD = 17-oct-2001

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Automatic Transmission Input Speed (A/T

ISS) Sensor (44)

804376

The A/T ISS sensor operates identically to the A/T

OSS sensor except that is uses the stamped teeth on
the reverse clutch input housing assembly (401) as
the rotor reluctor. Remember that the reverse
clutch input housing assembly is driven at converter
turbine speed. The A/T ISS sensor square wave
pattern is also compared to a fixed clock signal internal
to the TCM to determine actual converter turbine
speed. The TCM uses transmission input and output
speeds to help determine line pressure, transmission
shift patterns, TCC apply pressure, gear ratios,
and TCC slippage for diagnostic purposes.
SIO-ID = 806461

7-375

temperature. Refer to Transmission Fluid

Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications on page 7-1.
The sensor has a negative-temperature coefficient.
This means that as the temperature increases,
the resistance decreases, and as the temperature
decreases the resistance increases. The TCM supplies
a 5-volt reference signal to the sensor and measures
the voltage drop in the circuit. When the transmission
fluid is cold the sensor resistance is high and the
TCM detects high signal voltage. As the fluid
temperature warms to a normal operating temperature,
the resistance becomes less and the signal voltage
decreases. The TCM uses this information to maintain
shift quality and torque converter clutch apply
quality over operating temperature range.
If transmission fluid temperatures become excessively
high, above approximately 140C (248F), the TCM
will disable ECCC function and command lock
up mode. Applying the TCC serves to reduce
transmission fluid temperatures created by the fluid
coupling in the torque converter with the TCC
released.
Above approximately 149C (284F), the TCM will set
a transmission fluid temperature code (P0218).
This causes the TCM to use a fixed default value of
135C (275F) as the transmission fluid temperature
input signal.
SIO-ID = 806464

LMD = 01-jul-2002

Shift Solenoid Valves

LMD = 17-oct-2001

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Temperature (TFT) Sensor

804380

804378

The TFT sensor is part of the transmission wiring

harness assembly (55). The TFT sensor is a resistor,
or thermistor, which changes value based on
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The Hydra-matic 5L40E uses three electromagnetic

shift solenoid valves 12, 23 and 45 to control
upshifts and downsifts in all forward gear ranges. The
shift solenoid valves are all identical, normally
closed, 3port, ON/OFF type solenoids controlled by
the TCM. These shift solenoid valves work together in
a combination of ON and OFF sequences to control
the various shift valves. The TCM uses numerous
inputs to determine which solenoid state combination
the transmission should be in. Refer to Shift
Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio on page 7-3.

7-376

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

SIO-ID = 806467

LMD = 16-oct-2001

Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width

Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve (352)

Transmission/Transaxle
TCC PWM solenoid valve resistance should measure
between 10.011.5 when measured at 20C
(68F). The resistance should measure approximately
16 at 150C (300F).
SIO-ID = 806472

LMD = 16-oct-2001

Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (357)

804396

The TCC PWM solenoid valve is a normally-closed,

pulse width modulated (PWM) solenoid used to control
the apply and release of the converter clutch. The
TCM operates the solenoid with a negative duty cycle,
at a fixed frequency of 32 Hz, to control the rate of
TCC apply/release. The solenoids ability to ramp the
TCC apply and release pressures results in a
smoother TCC operation.
When vehicle operating conditions are appropriate to
apply the TCC, the TCM increases the duty cycle
to allow the TCC PWM solenoid valve to command
TCC signal fluid pressure at a level sufficient to move
the TCC enable valve and the TCC control valve to
the apply position. Release pressure is directed
to exhaust, and regulated apply fluid is directed to the
apply side of the converter pressure plate/damper
assembly. The TCM then increases the duty cycle to
control a slippage of 2080 RPM between the
pressure plate/damper assembly and the converter
cover. This provides for improved filtration of engine
vibrations and allows the TCC to apply at low
engine speeds in 2nd , 3rd , 4th and 5th gear. At high
speed, lock up mode is set by activating the TCC
PWM solenoid valve at maximum duty cycle.
Release of the TCC is achieved by decreasing the
duty cycle to a level low enough to allow spring force
to move the TCC enable valve and the TCC control
valve to the release position. Apply fluid is directed to
exhaust and converter feed fluid is directed into
the release circuit to the release side of the pressure
plate/damper assembly.
There are also some operating conditions that may
prevent or enable TCC apply under various conditions,
engine temperature, transmission temperature, or
brake switch activation, depending on vehicle
application.

804408

The pressure control (PC) solenoid valve is a precision

electronic pressure regulator that controls transmission
line pressure based on current flow through its coil
windings. As current flow is increased, the magnetic
field produced by the coil moves the solenoids plunger
further away from the exhaust port. Opening the
exhaust port decreases the output fluid pressure
regulated by the PC solenoid valve, which ultimately
decreases line pressure. The TCM controls the
PC solenoid valve based on various inputs including
throttle position, transmission fluid temperature
and gear state.
Duty Cycle, Frequency and Current Flow
A duty cycle may be defined as the percentage of
time current is flowing through a solenoid coil during
each cycle. The number of cycles that occur within
a specified amount of time, usually measured in
seconds, is called frequency. Typically, the operation
of an electronically controlled pulse width modulated
solenoid is explained in terms of duty cycles and
frequency.
The TCM controls the PC solenoid valve on a positive
duty cycle at a fixed frequency of 292.5 Hz cycles
per second. A higher duty cycle provides a greater
current flow through the solenoid. The high positive
side of the PC solenoid valve electrical circuit at
the TCM controls the PC solenoid valve operation.
The TCM provides a ground path for the circuit,
monitors average current and continuously varies the
PC solenoid valve duty cycle to maintain the correct
average current flowing through the PC solenoid valve.
The duty cycle and current flow to the PC solenoid
valve are mainly affected by throttle position and
engine torque. As the throttle angle engine torque
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-377

increases, the duty cycle is decreased by the TCM

which decreases current flow to the PC solenoid valve.
Current flow to the PC solenoid valve creates a
magnetic field that moves the solenoid armature
against spring force.
Transmission Adapt Function
Programming within the TCM also allows for automatic
adjustments in shift pressure that are based on the
changing characteristics of the transmission
components. As the apply components within the
transmission wear, shift time, the time required
to apply a clutch, increases. In order to compensate
for this wear, the TCM adjusts trim pressure by
controlling the PC solenoid valve in order to maintain
the originally calibrated shift timing. The automatic
adjusting process is referred to as adaptive learning
and it is used to assure consistent shift feel plus
increase transmission durability. The TCM monitors
the A/T ISS and the A/T OSS during commanded shifts
to determine if a shift is occurring too fast, harsh or
too slow, soft and adjusts the PC solenoid valve signal
to maintain a set shift feel.

Transmission fluid leaking into the connector,

wicking up into the external wiring harness
and degrading the wire insulation
Low terminal tension in the external connector
from excessive connection and disconnection
of the wiring connector assembly
Terminal corrosion from contamination
Damaged connector or connector lock assembly
Remember the following points:
In order to disconnect the connector, turn the
connector clockwise and pull.
Do not pry the connector with a screwdriver or
other tool.
The connector should screw into place with a
positive feel and lock when properly installed.
Whenever the transmission external wiring
connector is disconnected from the internal
harness and the ignition is ON, transmission DTCs
will set. Clear these DTCs after reconnecting
the transmission connector.

Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way

Connector Description

Sport/Economy Mode Operation

SIE-ID = 841000

Economy Mode Operation

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

SIE-ID = 800728

LMB = bosier01

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 21-jan-2002

LMB = bosier01

During economy mode operation, drivers may notice

increased powertrain braking after releasing the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle will not coast freely
when the accelerator pedal is released, but will start to
gradually slow down as if the brakes were lightly
applied. This feels very similar to what is experienced
when releasing the accelerator pedal on a vehicle
equipped with a manual transmission.

Sport Mode Operation

821545

The transmission electrical connector is an important

part of the transmission operating system. Any
interference with the electrical connection can cause
the transmission to set diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
or affect proper operation.
The following items can affect the electrical connection:
Bent terminals in the connector from rough
handling during connection and disconnection
Wires backing away from the pins or coming
uncrimped, in either the internal or the external
wiring harness
Dirt or moisture contamination entering the
connector when disconnected
Pins in the internal wiring connector backing out
of the connector during connection
2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

The sport mode was designed to simulate the

performance driving of a manual transmission
equipped vehicle. This means that, given certain
driving conditions, the vehicle will maintain specific
gears longer than a traditional automatic transmission
would. In addition, if a person is driving in the
normal mode in fifth gear, depressing the sport button
will cause an immediate 5-4 downshift that will be
maintained for ten seconds. If the transmission is in
any other gear when sport is engaged, no downshift
will take place. No attempt should be made to change
or alter these operating characteristics.

Winter Mode Operation

SIE-ID = 800729

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 14-dec-2001

LMB = bosier01

The winter mode enables the transmission to start the

vehicle moving in third gear. Third gear take-off
reduces the torque applied to the rear wheels, which
reduces wheel spin during slippery conditions.
To activate the winter mode, press the winter mode
switch located next to the transmission gear selector
lever. The snowflake icon will illuminate brightly.

Limp Home Mode Description

SIE-ID = 800730

Owner = bosier01

LMD = 04-jun-2001

LMB = bosier01

7-378

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Transmission/Transaxle

If a major electrical system failure occurs which could

affect vehicle safety or damage the transmission
during normal operation, the TCM enters a default
mode. In the default mode, the transmission operates
in the following manner:
The pressure control solenoid is off and the line
pressure is at maximum in order to minimize
clutch slippage.
The TCC solenoid is off. The converter clutch is
disabled.
All three of the shift solenoids are off. The
transmission will operate in fifth gear if the vehicle
has successfully completed a 12 upshift in the
current ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not
completed a 12 upshift in the current ignition
cycle, the transmission will operate in fourth gear.
If the transmission is operating in fifth gear,
fourth gear may be obtained if the engine is
stopped briefly and re-started.
In default mode, the gear selector lever is ineffective
at selecting forward gear ranges. In fourth or fifth gear,
heat builds up in the transmission quickly, particularly
in stop and go traffic. Excessive heat build-up may
cause transmission failure if the vehicle is driven
for extended distances in default mode.

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

7-379

Special Tools and Equipment

SIE-ID = 814812

Owner = ekelle01

LMD = 27-mar-2003

Illustration

LMB = bosier01

Tool Number/ Description

Illustration

Tool Number/ Description

J 5590
Pinion Bearing Race
Installer

3407

J 21867-L40
Pressure Gage Adapter

863602

J 6125-1B
Slide Hammer

177628

J 23129
Universal Seal Remover

36152

J 29873
Injector Nozzle Socket
30 mm

J 7079-2
Universal Driver Handle

997

60216

J 8092
Universal Driver Handle

2015

J 35616-A
GM Terminal Test Kit

8917

J 35944-A
Transmission Oil Cooler and
Line Flusher

J 21867
Pressure Gage

29339

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

9210

7-380

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Illustration

Tool Number/ Description

Transmission/Transaxle
Illustration

Tool Number/ Description

J 35944-22
Transmission Oil Cooler
Flushing Fluid

652475

J 44762
Bearing Adaptor

800970

J 36797
Getrag Axle Output Shaft
Seal Installer

59270

J 44765
Seal Installer

800972

J 36850
Transjel Lubricant

13128

J 44766
Seal Installer

800973

J 42066
Rear Hub Holding Tool

241561

J 44767
Seal Installer

800975

J 44827
Transmission Cooler Quick
Disconnect

J 44246
Solenoid Testing Kit

656904

794852

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

Transmission/Transaxle
Illustration

Automatic Transmission - 5L40-E

Tool Number/ Description

Illustration

Tool Number/ Description

J 45000
Seal Remover

786136

J 45131-2
Bearing Installer

800982

J 45012
Holding Fixture

800976

J 45681
Jumper Harness

817264

J 45019
Universal Puller

819777

1215917

J 45131-1
Bearing Remover

2004 - D Car (October 9, 2003)

J 45806
Cooler Flushing Adapter

826520

J 45096
Transmission Oil Cooling
System Flush and Flow
Test Tool

800981

7-381